UC-NRLF 
 
 IS 150 
 
 - 
 
 
 
GIFT OF 
 
 Uivii Eng. L-ept. 
 
 rt 
 
 ENGINEERING LIBRARY 
 OF 
 
 WILLIAM B. STOREY 
 
 A GRADUATE OF 
 
 THE COLLEGE OF MECHANICS 
 CLASS OF 1881 
 
 PRESENTED TO THE UNIVERSITY 
 1922 
 
AJPRACTICAL SYSTEM FOR WRITING 
 SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDINGS ^ ^ ^ 
 
 BY 
 
 \V: Fraixk Bower 
 
 Member of New Jersey Society of Architects. 
 
 Second Edition, 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 WILLIAM T. COMSTOCK, 
 
 23 Warren Street. 
 J8<8. 
 
ENS. DEPT> 
 
 Copyright, 1894, 
 W. FRANK BOWER 
 
 d* 
 
 Copyright. ISilx, 
 W. FRANK BOWER. 
 
 Printed by 
 
 THE REPUBLIC PRESS, 
 New York. 
 
 ~f~/T 
 
PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 
 
 This work is the embodiment of a system of specification writing which I have used in my 
 own practice for a number of years. It is not a treatise on specifications, nor instructions in 
 writing them. What I have attempted is an arrangement of the matter commonly used in 
 specification writing, in a form from which specifications for most buildings may be prepared 
 with more than usual facility and with a reasonable degree of certainty that nothing has been 
 omitted, and also the insertion in the shape of notes of information essential or valuable in 
 specification writing. 
 
 To facilitate the use of the book, the specification matter has been placed on the left-hand 
 pages only, large type has been used, and such matter as would be changed to suit particular 
 specifications has been printed in italics, or otherwise arranged, so as to readily attract the eye. 
 In places where special makes, grades and numbers are commonly specified, it has seemed 
 preferable to insert appropriate ones rather than to leave blank spaces, always more or less 
 confusing. 
 
 The order in which the various headings are.placed is, perhaps, as good as any. The main 
 object in this respect has been to arrange them conveniently for dividing in the various usual 
 ways. Some items, specifying methods obsolete or suited only to special work and conditions, 
 have been omitted, as I believe the insertion of such would encumber the book with matter 
 rarely cared for. It is manifestly impossible, in fact, to provide here" for a myriad of individual 
 or local requirements, but in order that users might be able to supply with the pen any needs 
 of their own, much blank space has been left throughout, and the lines on the left-hand pages 
 have been placed sufficiently far apart to permit of ample interlineations. In this way even 
 exter.sive alterations and enlargements can be made at will. 
 
 I would i.ot wish to be understood as recommending all the methods of construction 
 described many have been inserted solely because they are in use in some localities ; neither do 
 I make any particular claim to originality in the matter contained. Material has been collected 
 from many sources, but I entertain the hope that I have, perhaps, compiled a work which will 
 make specification writing more sure and systematic and less arduous. 
 
 PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 
 
 It is now about two years since this work was first issued, and the almost unexpected favor 
 with which it was received has necessitated a second edition. In preparing this edition no 
 thorough revision has been attempted. Considerable matter" has, however, been added, both 
 in the specifications and in the shape of notes. 
 
 On the following page and on page 23 a new feature is suggested. It is obvious that an 
 arrangement of this kind can only be developed by the individual user of the book and cannot 
 be put into his hands read}* made. 
 
 During the past two years the Author has received so many encouraging letters from 
 Architects, that he desires to acknowledge their kindness and to express the hope that the book 
 will continue to meet their approbation. 
 
 W. FRANK BOWER, 
 NEWARK, N. J., May, 1898. 
 
NOTE. 
 
 For a practical use of the book a system of supplements similar to those on page 23 
 might be used extensively to advantage by having them typewritten and pasted on the note 
 pages as flaps, one over the other in siich a way that only the headings would show. A glance 
 would then show which supplement would fit the case wanted. A full set of " supplements" 
 as here suggested would greatly facilitate the preparation of specification work for type- 
 writing, making it necessary in most cases to write only the headings and the number of 
 the supplement wanted, writing out in full only such portions of the specification as could 
 not be covered by "supplements." This method will be found to require much less time 
 than dictating, as well as insuring greater accuracy in the work. 
 
 Cases in which dimensions, etc., vary so widely that it would be difficult to prepare a 
 "supplement " to cover each case, might be arranged with a letter to indicate such variations, 
 as for instance under " Cesspools," a supplement might be prepared as follows: 
 
 Supplement A. One tig/it cesspool, brick, specify X. 
 
 CESSPOOL. Construct the cesspool X feet from the building, etc. , etc. 
 
 In preparing the speci'ication for typewriting it would only be necessary to write: 
 
 Cesspool; Sup. A. p. 41. X=(iO'. 
 
 And the typewriter could easily copy it for the specification. 
 
 In addition to supplements as here suggested, the left hand pages might be divided 
 into sections with red ink rulings on the margin and each section lettered and the line num- 
 bered. Any part of the book could then be easily referred to for copying. 
 
 For using the book in this way three or four copies should be arranged, fixing the Mason's 
 Specification matter in one, the Carpenter's in another, etc., so that one maybe used while 
 the other is being copied. 
 
 Whenever a case occurred that no "section" or "supplement" would "fit" a new one 
 could be added, thus increasing the efficiency of the book. 
 
 A vast amount of specification work is needlessly written over many times. With a 
 system of this kind properly elaborated a specification could be prepared for copying in a 
 few hours which would require days to write out. 
 
Summary of Specifications. 
 
 Page 
 
 2. General Conditions. 
 
 Contractor. 
 
 Work and Material. 
 4. Drawings. 
 
 Obstructions and Repair 
 
 Award. 
 
 Care of Building. 
 
 Hason's Specification. 
 
 6. General Conditions, pages 
 
 2 and 4. 
 Water. 
 
 Fuel and Stoves 
 Care of Building 
 Arch Centres 
 
 8. Demolition of Old Build- 
 ings. 
 
 Disposition of Material. 
 Ownership of Material. 
 Bridge and Platform. 
 10. Survey. 
 Location. 
 Excavation. 
 Trees. 
 
 Sod and Top Soil. 
 Excavation. 
 Tamping. 
 
 Excavation for Piling. 
 Disposition of Earth. 
 Blasting. 
 12. Shoring. 
 
 of Excavation, 
 of Adjoining Buildings. 
 Underpinning. 
 
 of Adjoining Buildings. 
 Sheet Piling. 
 14. Piling. 
 Piles. 
 Driving. 
 
 Shoes and Rings. 
 Filling. 
 Concrete. 
 Stone. 
 Capping. 
 Wood. 
 16. Platform. 
 
 Stone. 
 Pumping. 
 Grading. 
 Trees. 
 Grading. 
 Drives. 
 
 Page 
 
 16. Paths. 
 Con-d. Sodding. 
 Terraces. 
 Lawns. 
 Pits. 
 
 18. Lime, Cement and Sand. 
 Mortar. 
 Concrete. 
 Rosendale. 
 Portland. 
 Ordinary. 
 
 For Important Work. 
 20. Brickwork. 
 
 Hollow Walls. 
 Backing. 
 
 Wall for Waterproofing. 
 Curb. 
 Floors. 
 Fireproofing. 
 22. Footings. 
 Concrete. 
 Stone. 
 Brick. 
 
 Foundations. 
 Stone. 
 
 For Dwellings, etc. 
 For City Buildings. 
 Brick. 
 Mortar. 
 24. Outside Plastering. 
 
 Foundation above 
 
 grade. 
 
 Damp Course. 
 Piers. 
 
 Inverted Arches. 
 26. Vaults. 
 
 Beam Filling. 
 Cellar Area. 
 Other Areas. 
 Coal Slide. 
 28 Cellar Bottom. 
 Ordinary. 
 
 For City Buildings. 
 Top Coat. 
 Waterproofing. 
 30. Trench for Drain Pipe. 
 Trap Pits. 
 Cold Air Duct. 
 Brick Set Heater. 
 Furnace Pit. 
 32. Chimneys. 
 
 Kitchen Flue. 
 Heater Flue. 
 
 Page 
 
 32 Other Flues. 
 end. Plastering Outside. 
 Facing. 
 Ash Pit. 
 Thimbles. 
 Rough Fireplaces. 
 34. Fireplace Finish. 
 Facings. 
 Brick. 
 Tile. 
 Linings. 
 Brick. 
 Iron. 
 Frames. 
 Grates. 
 Gas Logs. 
 Hearths. 
 Tile. 
 Brick. 
 Slate. 
 
 Kitchen Fireplace. 
 For Brickset Range. 
 For Portable Range. 
 36. Ventilating Flues. 
 Face Brickwork. 
 Ordinary. 
 
 For City Buildings. 
 Moulded Brick. 
 Terra Cotta. 
 
 38. Preparation for Tiling. 
 Floors. 
 Walls. 
 
 Fire and Mice Stops. 
 Brick Paving. 
 Waterproof Floor. 
 Cistern. 
 Overflow. 
 Vent. 
 Supply. 
 
 40. Privy Vault. 
 40. Discharge Pipe. 
 Cesspools. 
 
 Two: tight and loose. 
 Tight. 
 Loose. 
 Overflow. 
 Grease Trap. 
 42. Drains. 
 Dry. 
 Leader. 
 Sewer. 
 Irrigation. 
 Yard Catch Basins. 
 
 Page 
 
 44. Ironwork. 
 
 Anchors. 
 Chimney Rods. 
 Guards. 
 Gratings. 
 Plastering. 
 Whitewashing. 
 Deafening. 
 46. Lathing. 
 
 Plastering. 
 
 Three Coat Work. 
 
 Laid on Work. 
 
 Two Coat Work. 
 48. Finish of Walls. 
 
 Hard Finish. 
 
 Sand Finish. 
 King'sWindsor Cement. 
 Adamant. 
 50. Patching. 
 Centres. 
 Cornices. 
 Beams. 
 Brackets. 
 Coves. 
 
 Outside Plastering. 
 52. Bluestone. 
 
 Templates. 
 Pier Caps and Bonds. 
 Bases. 
 
 Footing Stones. 
 Cellar Area Stone. 
 Drain Trench Cover. 
 Kitchen Fireplaces. 
 Cistern Cover. 
 Cesspool Cover. 
 Grease Trap Cover. 
 Terrace Steps. 
 Step Flags. 
 Flag Sidewalk. 
 
 Ordinary. 
 
 54- For City Work. 
 
 Curb. 
 Gutter. 
 
 Area Flagging. 
 Cement Sidewalk. 
 56. Cut 5tone. 
 
 Qualityand Description. 
 Clamps. 
 Carving. 
 58. Setting. 
 
 If included. 
 
 If delivered only. 
 Protection. 
 
tage 
 
 58. Kind of Stone. 
 Con"d Ashlar Work. 
 60. Margins. 
 
 Water Table. 
 Sills. 
 Lintels. 
 Jambs. 
 
 Mullions, etc. 
 Quoins. 
 Chimney Caps. 
 62. Pier Caps and Bonds. 
 Coping. 
 Steps. 
 Stoops. 
 
 Terrace Steps. 
 Belts. 
 
 Columns and Pilasters. 
 Platforms. 
 Arches. 
 Step Stones. 
 Posts. 
 Ironwork. 
 64. Miscellaneous Items. 
 
 Mason's, pages 20 & 44. 
 Cut Stone, page 56. 
 Carpenter's, page 84. 
 Structural Iron Work. 
 Principle of Construc- 
 tion. 
 Tests. 
 Cast Iron. 
 
 66. Wrought Iron. 
 Steel. 
 Setting. 
 
 Bolting and Riveting. 
 68. Punching. 
 Bases. 
 Lintels. 
 
 Cast Iron Columns. 
 Wrought Iron and 
 Steel Columns. 
 70. Beams and Girders. 
 
 Box and Plate Gir- 
 ders. 
 Painting. 
 72. Roofs. 
 
 Trusses. 
 
 Riveted Work. 
 Pin Connected 
 
 Work. 
 Expansion. 
 Purlins. 
 
 74. Covering. 
 
 Fire Escapes. 
 Sidewalk Doors. 
 76. Stairs. 
 Grilles. 
 Shutters. 
 Area Railings. 
 Fences. 
 Walk Lights. 
 Coal Covers. 
 
 Page 
 
 76. Gates. 
 
 CoavBalconies. 
 
 Cresting. 
 
 Wheel Guards. 
 
 Carpenter's 
 
 Specification. 
 
 78. General Conditions, p. 2. 
 
 Cutting. 
 
 Demolition of Old Build- 
 ings, page 8. 
 Bridge and Platform, 
 
 page 8. 
 
 Shoring, page 12. 
 80. Timber. 
 82. Framing. 
 84. Sills, etc. 
 Ties. 
 
 Floor Beams. 
 Sizing. 
 Firecut. 
 
 Beam Anchors. 
 Headers and Trim- 
 mers. 
 
 Flitch Plates. 
 Stirrups. 
 Roof. 
 
 Straps. 
 86. Partitions. 
 
 Bridging. 
 
 Lintels, Arches, etc. 
 Sheathing. 
 88. Roofs. 
 
 Shingle. 
 Slate. 
 
 Ridge Rolls. 
 Cresting. 
 Flashing. 
 Roof. 
 Aprons. 
 Counter. 
 Other Flashing. 
 oo. Scuttle. 
 Skylights. 
 
 Side and Gable Shingle. 
 Siding. 
 92. Outside Finish 
 
 Quality of Material. 
 Cornices. 
 Open. 
 
 Gutter on Roof. 
 Raking. 
 Verge Boards. 
 Open Timber Work. 
 Lattice Work. 
 Water Table. 
 Corner Boards. 
 Belts. 
 
 Other Outside Finish. 
 94. Wood Carving. 
 
 Page 
 94. 
 
 96. 
 
 98. 
 
 100. 
 
 102. 
 
 104. 
 
 106. 
 
 108. 
 
 no. 
 
 Composition Work. 
 Piazzas. 
 
 Floors. 
 
 Steps. 
 
 Floor Gutters. 
 
 Ceiling. 
 
 Lattice. 
 
 Columns. 
 
 Balusters. 
 
 Rails. 
 
 Balconies. 
 
 Porte Cochere. 
 Cellar Hatchway. 
 
 Steps. 
 
 Louvre Boarding. 
 Window and Door 
 Frames. 
 
 Windows. 
 Casement. 
 Plank. 
 Screen. 
 Paneled. 
 
 Door. 
 
 Entrance. 
 
 Setting. 
 
 Temporary Enclosing. 
 Furring. 
 
 Ceilings. 
 
 Back Plaster. 
 
 Coves. 
 Grounds. 
 Deafening. 
 
 Mineral Wool. 
 
 Sawdust Filling. 
 Preparation for Tiling. 
 Floors. 
 
 Sleepers. 
 
 Under Flooring. 
 
 Mice Stops. 
 
 Hardwood. 
 Protection. 
 Parquet. 
 
 Ordinary. 
 Sash. 
 
 Hardwood. 
 
 Storm. 
 
 Priming. 
 Glazing. 
 
 Plate Glass. 
 
 Stained Glass. 
 
 Single Thick. 
 
 Double Thick. 
 Mosquito Frames. 
 
 Windows. 
 
 Doors. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Finish. 
 Blinds. 
 
 Outside. 
 Hardware. 
 Painting. 
 
 Inside Shutters. 
 
 Page 
 
 no. 
 
 Con'd. 
 
 112. 
 
 114. 
 
 116. 
 
 118. 
 
 120. 
 
 122. 
 
 124. 
 
 Material. 
 Finish. 
 Hardware. 
 Venetian Blinds. 
 Material. 
 Finish. 
 Hardware. 
 Sliding Blinds. 
 
 Material. 
 Finish of Blinds. 
 Steel Shutters. 
 Rolling Partitions. 
 Doors. 
 
 Veneering. 
 Sizes. 
 Hardware. 
 Front. 
 
 Dutch Door. 
 Vestibule. 
 Outside. 
 Inside. 
 
 Sliding. 
 Glass. 
 Transom. 
 Dwarf. 
 Trap. 
 Saddles 
 Screen. 
 Water Closet. 
 Trim and Base. 
 Material. 
 Description. 
 Special. 
 Closet. 
 Ordinary. 
 
 Boxing of Shutters. 
 Wood Cornices. 
 Picture Mold. 
 Chair Rail. 
 Wainscoting. 
 Ceiled. 
 Paneled. 
 Angle Beads. 
 Wood Ceilings. 
 Beam Casing. 
 Store Front. 
 Sash. 
 Doors. 
 Stairs. 
 Main. 
 Rear. 
 
 Protection. 
 Cellar. 
 
 Winter Steps. 
 Mantels, etc. 
 Mantels. 
 Sideboard. 
 Hat Rack. 
 Book Cases. 
 Arches, Seats, etc. 
 Mirrors. 
 Finish of. 
 
 11. 
 
Page 
 
 126. Closets. . 
 
 Butler's Pantry. 
 
 China Closet. 
 
 Kitchen Pantry. 
 
 Bed Room Closets. 
 128. Tin Closet. 
 
 Kitchen Dresser. 
 
 Wardrobes. 
 
 Cedar Closet. 
 
 Linen Closet. 
 
 Store Rooms. 
 
 Medicine Closet. 
 
 Coat Closet. 
 
 Other Closets. 
 130. Drawers in. 
 
 Ventilation of. 
 Work for Plumbing. 
 
 Bath Room. 
 
 Water Closet. 
 132. Lavatory. 
 
 Other Wash Bowls. 
 
 Kitchen Sink. 
 
 Wash Trays. 
 
 Pipe Casing. 
 
 Tack Boards. 
 134. Tank. 
 
 Conservatory. 
 Clothes Chute. 
 Dumb Waiter. 
 Elevator. 
 
 136. Refrigerator. 
 Cellar Work. 
 
 Partitions. 
 
 Coal Bins. 
 
 Laundry Tubs. 
 
 Water Closet. 
 
 Other Closets. 
 
 Store Room. 
 138. Swing Shelves. 
 
 Bins. 
 
 Wine Closet. 
 
 Laundry. 
 
 Cold Air Box. 
 Storm House. 
 Clothes Posts. 
 Yard House. 
 
 Temporary Privy. 
 140. Wood Cistern. 
 
 Cistern Cover. 
 
 Terrace Steps. 
 Board Walk. 
 Fences. 
 
 Board. 
 
 Picket. 
 
 Iron. 
 
 142. Hardware. 
 Sash. 
 
 Double Hung. 
 Locks and Lifts. 
 
 Single. 
 
 Locks and Lifts. 
 
 Cellar. 
 
 Page 
 142. 
 
 144. 
 
 146. 
 
 148. 
 
 Hinges, Buttons and 
 
 Hooks. 
 Casement. 
 
 Hinges, Arms, 
 
 Hooks. 
 French. 
 
 Hinges, Locks. 
 
 Handles, Bolts. 
 Doors under Windows. 
 
 Hinges, Bolts. 
 
 Catches, Locks. 
 Storm Sash. 
 
 Hinges, Plates. 
 
 Catches. 
 Doors. 
 
 Front and Vestibule. 
 
 Locks, Knobs. 
 
 Hinges, Push. 
 
 Buttons, Bell Pulls. 
 
 Combination Letter 
 
 Boxes and Bell Pulls. 
 
 Bolts. 
 Storm. 
 
 Hinges, Handles. 
 Sliding. 
 
 Sheaves, Track. 
 
 Locks, Pulls. 
 
 Escutcheons. 
 Double Acting. 
 
 Hinges, Push Plates. 
 Ordinary. 
 
 Locks, Knobs. 
 
 Escutcheons, Roses. 
 
 Hinges, Bolts. 
 
 Springs. 
 Stops. 
 Transoms. 
 
 Hinges, Adjusters. 
 Trap. 
 
 Hinges, Riog Lifts, 
 
 Bolts. 
 Scuttle. 
 
 Hinges, Hooks, 
 
 Bolts. 
 Cellar Hatchway. 
 
 Hinges, Locks, 
 
 Bolts. 
 Water Closet. 
 
 Spring, Hinges. 
 
 Indicating Bolts. 
 
 Clothes Hooks. 
 Store Doors. 
 
 Handles or Knobs. 
 
 Locks, Bolts. 
 Blinds. 
 Outside. 
 
 Hinges, Fasteners. 
 
 Adjusters. 
 
 Inside Openers. 
 Shutters. 
 
 Hinges, Bars, Flaps. 
 
 Knobs. 
 
 Page 
 148. 
 
 Con'd. 
 
 Venetian. 
 
 Cord Fasteners, 
 
 Hooks. 
 Sliding. 
 Lifts. 
 
 Rolling Partitions. 
 Tracks. 
 Sheaves. 
 
 Pull Plates or han- 
 dles. 
 Locks. 
 Screen. 
 Sliding. 
 Lifts. 
 Swinging. 
 
 Hinges, Hooks, 
 
 Catches. 
 Doors. 
 
 Hinges, Catches, 
 
 Locks. 
 Closets. 
 
 Draw Pulls. 
 Catches, Locks. 
 Clothes Hooks. 
 
 Electrical 
 
 Specification. 
 
 150. General Conditions, p. 2. 
 
 Inspection. 
 Cutting. 
 
 Electric Lighting. 
 
 Tubing. 
 
 Wiring. 
 152. Arrangement. 
 
 Distribution of 
 
 Outlets, Lights and 
 Switches. 
 
 Cut Outs. 
 
 Switches. 
 
 Fixtures. 
 154. Burglar Alarm. 
 
 Springs. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 Batteries. 
 156. Electric Gas Lighting. 
 
 Automatics. 
 
 Pendants. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 Batteries. 
 158. Electric Bells. 
 
 Push Plates. 
 
 Annunciators. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 Batteries. 
 Door Openers. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 Batteries. 
 
 Page 
 
 Painter's 
 
 Specification. 
 
 100. General Conditions. 
 162. Painted Work. 
 
 Exterior. 
 164. Metal. 
 
 Interior. 
 Shingles. 
 Natural Wood Finish. 
 
 Hardwood. 
 166. Floors and Stair Treads 
 
 Pine and Soft Wood. 
 Enamel Finish. 
 
 Gold. 
 
 168. Staining. 
 Graining. 
 Kalsomining. 
 Painted Plaster Work. 
 Finish of Mantels, etc. 
 
 Plumber's 
 
 Specification. 
 
 170. General Conditions, p. 2. 
 
 Excavating. 
 Cutting. 
 172. Pipes. 
 
 Earthenware. 
 Cast Iron. 
 Weights. 
 Hangers. 
 Coating. 
 Joints. 
 
 Wrought Iron. 
 Wastes. 
 Supplies. 
 
 174. Heating. 
 
 Gas. 
 
 ' Weights. 
 Lead. 
 Wastes. 
 Supplies. 
 Weights. 
 Supports. 
 Joints. 
 Brass. 
 176. Pipe Casing. 
 
 Exposed Pipes. 
 Testing of Pipes. 
 Wastes. 
 Gas. 
 
 Supplies. 
 
 Cesspool, page 40. 
 178. House Sewer. 
 House Drain. 
 House Trap. 
 Cleaning Screws. 
 Fresh Air Inlet. 
 Yard Drains. 
 Leader Drains. 
 
 in. 
 
Page 
 
 180. Standing Soil and 
 
 Waste Lines. 
 Vent Pipes. 
 
 Pipes Enlarged. 
 Roof Joints. 
 Baskets. 
 182 Leaders. 
 Inside. 
 
 Outside Connections. 
 Traps. 
 Traps. 
 Ordinary. 
 Grease. 
 Bell. 
 Safes. 
 Marble. 
 Lead. 
 
 Wastes. 
 184. Tank. 
 
 Overflow. 
 Emptying Pipe. 
 Supply to Tank. 
 City. 
 
 Cistern or Well. 
 Cistern and Well. 
 
 Telltale Pipe. 
 Supplies from Tank. 
 186. Water Supply. 
 
 Hose Connection. 
 Hydrant. 
 Boiler. 
 
 Circulation Pipe. 
 Steam Escape. 
 Range. 
 Registers. 
 Brick Set. 
 100. Fixtures. 
 
 Kitchen Sink. 
 Iron. 
 Supply. 
 City. 
 Cistern. 
 Well and Cistern. 
 
 Page 
 
 190. Waste. 
 Con'd Porcelain. 
 Pantry Sink. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 192. Porcelain. 
 Grease Trap. 
 Bath Tubs. 
 Copper. 
 Porcelain. 
 194. Shower Bath. 
 Seat Bath. 
 Copper. 
 Porcelain. 
 196. Wash Bowls. 
 Ordinary. 
 
 Lavatory Apparatus. 
 Water Closet. 
 198. Urinal. 
 
 Supply. 
 Direct. 
 Tank. 
 
 With Pull. 
 Automatic. 
 Waste. 
 Marble. 
 Slop Hopper. 
 Iron. 
 
 Direct Supply. 
 Porcelain. 
 Supply. 
 200. Cistern. 
 
 Waste. 
 Wash Trays. 
 Cement 
 Porcelain. 
 202. Gas Fitting. 
 Gas Log. 
 
 Street Connection. 
 204. Metal Work. 
 Tin. 
 Make. 
 Painting. 
 Solder. 
 
 Page 
 
 204. Roofs. 
 
 Con'd Tin. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Corrugated Iron, p. 74. 
 206. Gutters. 
 
 Lined. 
 
 Hung. 
 Valleys. 
 
 Strip. 
 
 Pieced. 
 Hips. 
 
 Strip. 
 
 Pieced. 
 
 Flashing, page 88. 
 Skylights, page 90. 
 Scuttles, page 90. 
 Leaders. 
 Speaking Tubes. 
 Furnace Work, page 212. 
 
 Heating 
 
 Specifications. 
 
 208. General Conditions. 
 210. Hot Air. 
 
 Furnace. 
 Casing. 
 Brick Setting. 
 Foundation. 
 Smoke Pipe. 
 
 212. Pipes and Registers. 
 214. Cold Air Box. 
 
 Guarantee. 
 216. Steam. 
 
 Principle of Construc- 
 tion. 
 Heater. 
 Fittings. 
 Fire Tools. 
 Smoke Pipe. 
 Foundation. 
 Bricking. 
 218. Radiation. 
 
 Page 
 
 218. Indirept. 
 
 Con'd CoilS. 
 
 Direct-Indirect. 
 
 Valves. 
 220. Piping. 
 
 Double Pipe Steam. 
 
 Single Pipe Steam. 
 
 Hot Water. 
 222. Mains. 
 
 Double Pipe Steam. 
 
 Single Pipe Steam. 
 
 Hot Water. 
 
 Fittings. 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 Plates. 
 
 Bronzing. 
 
 Covering. 
 224. Temporary Heat." 
 
 Guarantee. 
 226. Hot Water. 
 
 Principle of Construc- 
 tion. 
 Heater. 
 
 Fittings. 
 
 Fire Tools. 
 
 Supply and Draw. 
 
 Smoke Pipe. 
 
 Foundation. 
 
 Bricking. 
 Expansion Tank. 
 228. Radiation. 
 
 Indirect. 
 
 Coils. 
 
 Direct. 
 
 Direct-Indirect. 
 
 Valves. 
 Piping. 
 
 Fittings. 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 Plates. 
 
 Bronzing. 
 
 Covering. 
 Guarantee. 
 
 IV. 
 
SPECIFICATIONS. 
 
SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the 
 erection of a. frame house to be constructed for Mr. 
 at 
 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 General 
 
 Conditions. 
 
 Contractor. 
 
 Work and 
 flaterial. 
 
 j address \ 
 
 \ date 1 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish all material, labor, transportation, scaffolding, 
 utensils and so forth of every description required for the full performance of the 
 work herein specified, except as otherwise particularly mentioned. He shall lay- 
 out his work and be responsible for its correctness, shall keep a competent 
 foreman on the premises, shall not sublet any part of his work without the 
 written consent of the Owner, shall obtain all necessary permits to properly carry 
 out his work, paying the lawful fees therefor ; shall give to the proper authorities 
 all requisite notices relating to the work in his charge, shall afford the Architect 
 every facility for inspection, shall be responsible for all violations of law or 
 damage to property caused by him or his employees and shall properly protect 
 his work during progress. 
 
 All the materials are to be of the best of their several kinds in quality as 
 herein specified ; all labor to be performed in the best manner by skilled 
 workmen, and both to be subject to the approval of the Architect. All work and 
 material must conform to the laws, rules and regulations in force in the locality in 
 
OTHER CLAUSES, similar to the following, are usually included in the Building Contract 
 though sometimes inserted in the General Conditions of the specification. 
 
 TIME OF COMPLETION. 
 
 The entire work included in this contract is to be completed on or before the first day of 
 January, 1896, [and the several portions thereof on or before the following dates : (Excavation 
 
 on or before etc.,)] 
 
 and should the Contractor fail to complete the work [or the several portions thereof] at or before 
 the time agreed upon allowing such extensions of time, if any, in the case of extra work as may 
 have been agreed upon and certified to by the Architect then the Contractor shall pay to the 
 Owner the sum of ($10) per day as liquidated and ascertained damages for each and every day 
 that the work [or the several portions thereof] shall remain unfinished after the time agreed upon 
 for the completion of the same. 
 
 [The work which is to be done by the other contractors is to be completed on or before the 
 
 following dates : ( ) and should the work included in this contract be delayed by reason of 
 
 the failure of such other contractors to complete the various portions of their work at or before the 
 times agreed upon, then the Owner shall allow the Contractor an extension of time equal to the 
 delay so caused.] 
 
 PAYMENTS. 
 
 (Payments are sometimes made of specific sums, or a certain percentage of the value of the 
 work done and material used, when certain named stages of the work are completed, as for 
 
 instance FIRST PAYMENT: When the foundation is finished complete the sum of $ (OR 
 
 80 per cent, of the value of the work done and material used.)} 
 
 Or sometimes 
 
 On the fifth day of every month during the progress of the work the Owner shall pay to the 
 Contractor a sum equal to (80 per cent, of) the value of the work done and material furnished dur- 
 ing the preceding month as assessed by the Architect and the balance (30) days after the 
 completion of the work herein included, 
 
 PROVIDED that for each of the said payments the Contractor shall obtain from the said 
 Architect a certificate signed by him setting forth that the said payment is properly due. Such 
 certificate, however, is in no way to lesson the final responsibility of the Contractor nor exempt 
 him from liability to make good any work or material afterward found to be defective, 
 
 [AND PROVIDED FURTHER that for each of said payments the Contractor shall produce 
 a satisfactory certificate to the effect that the building and the land whereon the same is erected is 
 free from all mechanics' liens or other claims incurred by the Contractor.] 
 
 ALTERATIONS. 
 
 Should the Owner at any time during the progress of the work request any alterations or 
 additions to or deviations or omissions from the work included in the specification such request 
 shall be acceded to by the Contractor and the same shall in no way effect or make void the con- 
 tract No such alterations, additions, deviations or omissions which effect the price or the time 
 for completion as agreed upon shall be done, however, without a written order from the Architect. 
 
 ARBITRATION. 
 
 Should any dispute arise respecting the true meaning of the drawings and specification the 
 same shall be decided by the Architect and his decision shall be final, but should any dispute arise 
 as to the value of the extra work to be performed or work to be omitted or of any extension of 
 time which is to be granted for the same all such shall be valued by two competent persons, one 
 employed by the Owner and one by the Contractor, and these two shall name an umpire whose 
 decision shall be binding on all parties. 
 
 DELAY. 
 
 Should the Contractor at any time during the progress of the work refuse or neglect or be 
 unable from any cause to supply a sufficiency of suitable materials or workmen to properly carry 
 out the work in his charge the Owner shall have the power to provide suitable materials and work- 
 men at market rates after three days notice in writing being given to the Contractor to finish the 
 said work and the cost of the same shall be deducted from the amount of this contract. 
 
which the building is to stand, anything hereinafter specified to the contrary not- 
 withstanding. 
 
 Drawings. The drawings referred to in this specification consist of \ mention drawings j 
 
 which will be supplemented by detailed drawings to be furnished as the work 
 progresses. All these drawings are intended to co-operate with and form a part 
 of the specification and the accompanying contract. Where figures are given 
 they are to be followed in preference to measurement by scale. 
 
 Anything which is not shown on the drawings but which is mentioned in the 
 specification or vice versa, or anything not expressly set forth in either but which 
 is reasonably implied shall be furnished and performed the same as though 
 specially shown and mentioned in both. Should anything be omitted from the 
 drawings or specifications which is necessary to a clear understanding of the work 
 or should any error appear either in the various instruments furnished or in the 
 work done by other contractors effecting the work included in this specification 
 it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify the Architect, In the event of 
 the Contractor failing to give such notice he shall make good any damage to or 
 defect in his work caused thereby. 
 
 The drawings and specifications furnished for this work are to be considered 
 instruments of service, are to be used for this building only, are the property of 
 the Architect and must be returned to him immediately on completion of the 
 work set forth therein. 
 
 At any time directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall clear out any of 
 his rubbish or material which may constitute an obstruction to the progress of the 
 work, and at completion shall clear out all rubbish and surplus material left by 
 him, shall repair any damage to his work, no matter by whom caused, [loss or 
 damage by fire excepted,] and leave the premises broom clean and in perfect repair 
 and order so far as his work is concerned. 
 
 Award. The Owner reserves the right to accept any or reject any or all proposals 
 
 presented. 
 
 Obstructions and 
 Repair. 
 
 Care of Building. 
 
 [The Contractor is to have full charge of the building until completed, and 
 must keep reliable watchmen on guard both day and night. He will be held re- 
 sponsible for all property that may be injured or stolen while the building is in 
 his care.] The Contractor shall provide all necessary guards, rails and night lights. 
 
INSURANCE. 
 
 The Owner shall insure the building and the material on the premises covering his own and 
 the Contractor's interests therein against loss or damage by fire, such policies being made payable 
 to the Owner and Contractor as their interests may appear. 
 
 Or [The Contractor shall effect insurance on the said work to cover his interest in same against 
 loss by fire, and for any loss of the Contractor by fire the Owner will not be answerable or 
 accountable]. 
 
 STORED HATERIAL. 
 
 All materials delivered on. the premises which are to form a part of the works are to be con- 
 sidered the property of the Owner and are not to be removed without his consent but the Contractor 
 shall have the right to remove all his surplus material after completion. 
 
Masons. 
 
 SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the 
 erection of a frame house to be constructed for Mr. 
 at 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 \ address } 
 
 jdatej 
 
 General 
 
 Conditions. 
 
 Water. 
 
 Fuel and Stoves. 
 
 SFor General Conditions see page 2. 
 
 The Contractor shall make application and pay charge for the use of water 
 to carry out his work. 
 
 The Owner is to furnish fuel and the Contractor stoves to heat the building 
 when necessary during progress. [Should the Owner allow the heating apparatus 
 to be used for this purpose the Contractor shall furnish proper attendance for and 
 be responsible for any damage to the same.] 
 
 ( See oaee 4 When mason work is made a separate contract the clause cov- 
 Care of Building. 
 
 ering Care of Building, if used, is usually put in the Mason's Specification. [ 
 
 Arch Centres No arches are to be formed without centres which will be made and set by 
 
 the carpenter. 
 
 6 
 
Demolition of Carefully tear down all the old buildings at present on the site, including 
 
 Old Buildings, foundations, footings, vaults, etc. All rubbish and materials of upper stories are 
 to be lowered in proper receptacles or chutes. 
 
 Cut off and plug up all pipes at the cellar line and cut off and remove all 
 electric light wires and other obstructions, leaving the site clear and unencumbered. 
 
 The flag stones are to be taken up and stacked where directed. 
 
 Such of the materials as in the judgment of the Architect are suitable for 
 re-use are to be well cleaned and stacked in a convenient place where directed. 
 All rubbish is to be removed from the premises by the Contractor. 
 
 Such of the material as may be judged suitable by the Architect may be used 
 over again In this building. All -mason material not fit for re-use either in the 
 building or on the premises is to become the property of the Contractor and is to 
 be removed from the premises by him. 
 
 Disposition 
 
 of 
 Materials. 
 
 Ownership. 
 
 Bridge and 
 
 Platform, 
 
 The contractor is to erect a wood platform and bridge at least (10') wide 
 across the street front [or fronts\ of the building before any work is begun. 
 
 All timber, including floors, is to be of good, yellow pine. 
 Uprights (12" x 12") placed (8') on centres. 
 
 Sills and cross beams (12" x 12") properly braced to the sills and beams with 
 (2" x 6") braces well spiked. 
 Cross timbers (10" x 12") placed 4' on centres. 
 
 Form the floor of the platform with (4" x 12") timbers, and the floor of the bridge 
 with (3" x 12") timbers laid flat and well spiked. 
 
 Put up the proper supports for and construct a roof over the bridge of i" x 9" 
 boards well nailed and securely -braced, laid double with 12" pitch. 
 
 Construct suitable, well supported steps of (3") plank with strong hand rail. 
 
 Construct a fence on the "inside of the platform extending from the street 
 level to the roof over the platform of |" tongued and grooved surfaced boards 
 and provide the necessary doors and gates as directed with suitable hinges and 
 fastenings. Paint the fence with two coats of white paint and keep free from 
 signs, etc. 
 
 The bridge, fence and platform are to be kept in repair and altered by the 
 Contractor as required during the progress of the work. 
 
 The other contractors are to be allowed the use of the platform for the hand- 
 ling of materials but it shall not be used for storage purposes. 
 
 8 
 
Survey. [The Owner will have the site surveyed and furnish the usual lines and levels.] 
 
 Or 
 
 [The Contractor shall have the site surveyed by a competent surveyor and pay 
 all expense connected therewith.] 
 
 Location. The Contractor shall lay out the building from the drawings and under the 
 
 direction of the Architect and furnish and put in stakes or batter boards as may 
 be necessary. He shall be responsible for any damage which may arise to the 
 Owner or to adjacent property owners or to other contractors from incorrectly 
 locating the building. 
 
 Excavation. 'Clear away all rock, dirt or rubbish necessary to leave the site of the build- 
 
 ing clear. 
 
 For country work. Cut down the trees where the building is to stand, cutting the wood in 4' lengths and stack 
 
 Trees. where directed. 
 
 Sod and Top Soil. 
 
 Excavation. 
 
 Tamping. 
 For Piling. 
 
 Disposition of 
 Earth. 
 
 Blasting. 
 
 On the site where the building is to stand and for (8') additional all round cut the sod in 
 strips 3' wide, roll in lengths as long as possible and stack in a moist place. Remove the top 
 soil to a depth of (10") and stack where directed. 
 
 Excavate for the cellar, vaults, footings, drains, cistern, etc., of the dimensions 
 and to the depth as shown on the drawings and required by the grade, and do any other 
 excavating required to fully carry out the work herein specified. [The excavation 
 is to be (12") larger all round than is shown on the cellar plan.] 
 
 The bottom of all trenches for walls and piers is to be made wet and thoroughly tamped. 
 
 After the piles have been driven and cut off the soil between them and (12") outside is to be 
 excavated (18") below their tops. 
 
 All earth taken from the excavation and not needed for filling in and grading 
 is to be [removed from the premises by the Contractor] and all boulders removed or 
 sunk where directed. 
 
 The grade line shown on the drawings is the established grade or line to 
 which the ground will be graded at completion and is not to be taken for the 
 present grade of the lot. 
 
 2 Do all blasting required in a proper manner. After blasting, all beds must 
 be chiseled off level. 
 
 10 
 
'Is also under Demolition of .Old Buildings. 
 
 j ! In important work where considerable blasting may be required often specified as follows:} 
 Should any blasting be necessary in making the excavation it shall be done by the Contractor 
 and such of the stone so obtained which is judged suitable by the Architect may be used in the 
 works. All stone from blasting not so used shall be removed from the premises by the Contractor 
 and the Owner shall pay (7) cents per cubic foot extra for blasting, breaking up and removing 
 such as is not used. 
 
 1 1 
 
Shoring 
 
 of Excavation. 
 
 1 Shore the sides of the excavation where necessary in a substantial manner 
 with 2" spruce plank and heavy inclined shores wedged to a solid bearing. 
 
 Shoring and The Contractor shall shore up and underpin the adjoining buildings in such a 
 
 Underpinning manner that they will be in as good condition as they were before the excavation 
 
 of Adjoining 
 Buildings. 
 
 Sheet Piling. 
 
 was begun. 
 
 Drive temporary piles where necessary to support the shores and needles. 
 
 Brace the walls with proper inclined shores resting on timber cribs and wedged 
 to a solid bearing, and put in heavy timbers not over 8' on centers, jacked to a 
 solid bearing, to support the walls while being underpinned. 
 
 The underpinning is to consist of 
 
 [brick work laid in Portland cement as hereinafter specified (and wedged to a 
 solid bearing with steel wedges driven between 6" blue stone caps.)] 
 Or 
 
 [square granite posts, the thickness of the wall in size, spaced not over twice their 
 width apart with their beds resting on (8") granite footings (12") larger on all 
 sides than the posts. Cap with 6" granite caps wedged up with steel wedges to 
 a solid bearing. Fill in the spaces between the posts with brick work laid- in 
 Portland cement as hereinafter specified and wedge up the last joint with slate.] 
 
 Underpin and properly protect all pipe lines. 
 
 The Contractor must sheet pile {specify where [ to protect the adjoining prop- 
 erty, using good sound 2" tongued and grooved spruce plank, set edge to edge, 
 provided with wedges, breast pieces and foot blocks and strongly braced. 
 
 Drive the sheet piling down -at least 2' below the bottom of the trenches and 
 leave in until the foundations have been built. 
 
 12 
 
1 This is seldom required where excavation does not exceed 8' in depth. 
 
Piling 
 
 Piles. 
 
 Driving. 
 
 Shoes and Rings. 
 
 Filling. 
 
 Concrete. 
 
 Stone. 
 
 Capping 
 
 Wood. 
 
 Do all piling as sJimvn on the piling plan. The piles are to be of sound ''spruce 
 [with the bark removed] free from all imperfections, perfectly straight from end 
 to end and properly sharpened to a point at the lower end. 
 
 All piles are to be not less than 2 (8") in diameter at the small end, (12") at 
 the butt when cut off and of Sufficient length to reach. solid bottom. 
 
 All piles are to be driven vertically to a solid bearing until they do not move 
 more than [i" under five blows of a hammer weighing 1,200 Ibs. with a fall of 
 30 feet delivered in quick succession.] All split or shattered piles are to be 
 removed if possible and a good one driven in place of each imperfect one. In 
 cases where such piles cannot be removed an additional one must be driven for 
 each imperfect one. 
 
 All piles after being driven are to be sawed [Or adzed] off perfectly square on 
 top to a line below the lowest water line. 
 
 4 Protect the points of all piles with a (16) Ib. cast iron shoe and the heads 
 with a wrought iron ring 2i" wide and i" thick. 
 
 Fill in between the heads of the piles and (12") in width outside of the lines 
 of the same to a depth of (18") below the tops with 
 [concrete ; composed, mixed and put down in the same manner as hereinafter 
 
 1 specified for Concrete and Footings (pages 18 and 22), made smooth and flush with 
 
 
 
 the tops of the piles. (Or carried up to a line 2' above the tops of the piles.)] 
 
 Or 
 
 [broken stone, crushed to pass through a 2" ring, well rammed and finished flush 
 
 with the tops of the piles.] 
 
 On top of the piles form a grillage and platform of seasoned yellow pine timber, 
 free from any imperfections materially impairing its durability or strength. 
 
 Lay a (6" x 12") string course over each row of piles throughout the full 
 
 * 
 
 length, of pieces 20' long, spliced with halved joints and laid so as to break 
 joints. The strings must in all cases have a solid bearing on the piles and are to 
 be well spiked to each pile with two 16" galvanized wrought iron spikes. 
 
 Lay (6" x 12") cross pieces, crossing the strings at right angles, one row 
 over each cross row of piles [Or s i" apart to form a platform] and well spiked to 
 the strings. 
 
 [ 6 Where the cross pieces cross the strings, both are to be notched one-half 
 their depth so that they will be flush on top.] 
 
'Spruce and Hemlock are used for easy driving and where piles will be continuously wet, 
 Yellow Pine or Oak for hard driving, and Oak where tops are subject to alternate wetting and 
 drying. Straight grained Elm and Beech are also used. 
 
 Bearing Piles range from 9 inches to 18 inches in top diameter. 
 
 3 If a single pile is not long enough to reach solid bearing it is often spliced by being sawed 
 off square and having a 2 inch hole bored 12 inches deep in the head. Another pile of which the 
 lower diameter is the same size as the upper diameter of the first is similarly squared and bored 
 and a 2 inch x 23 inch hard wood pin inserted between, after which the driving is continued. 
 
 4 The piles are sharpened to a distance of about one and one- half diameters and for hard driv- 
 ing protected at the foot by two heavy iron straps placed at right angles to each other or by sheet 
 iron, cast iron or wrought iron shoes. Wrought iron shoes weigh from 18 to 30 pounds. The 
 heads are protected by a wrought iron ring to prevent brooming. Piles are not usually placed 
 closer than 2 feet apart to prevent crowding. 
 
 Pneumatic Piles: hollow cylinders of wrought iron or steel and Pneumatic Cassions of the 
 same character as pneumatic piles but square in cross section, are used only for extraordinarily 
 heavy loads. 
 
 SUSTAINING WEIGHT OF PILES. 
 Rankin's Rule for safe load- 
 In case of piles transmitting weight to solid ground, 1,000 Ibs. per sq. in. of section of head. 
 In case of piles resisting entirely by friction on sides, 200 Ibs. per sq. in. of section of head. 
 
 From Trautwine : 
 
 
 V Last fall of hammer in feet X weight of hammer in Ibs. X 5 1. 5 
 
 , .. : : r , t v .. c c- r =Safe load in pounds. 
 
 Last set of Pile in inches + 1 X t actor of Safety, 2 to 4 
 
 Sanders : 
 
 Last fall of hammer in inches X weight of hammer in pounds. 
 
 TT-JS =Safe load in pounds. 
 
 Last set of Pile in inches X 8 
 
 'Often the platform is formed by laying the cross pieces i inch apart. 
 
 'Sometimes when cross pieces are laid apart in rows they are notched over the string pieces 
 so that both will be flush on top. 
 
Platform. 
 
 Stone. 
 
 Pumping. 
 
 Grading. 
 
 Additional Grading. 
 Trees. 
 
 Grading. 
 
 Drives. 
 
 Paths. 
 
 Sod. 
 
 Terraces. 
 
 Lawns. 
 
 Pits. 
 
 Form a platform on top of the grillage with (2" x 12") timber laid flat, placed 
 i" apart, each plank nailed to each cross timber with two 6" galvanized wrought 
 iron spikes. 
 
 Cap the piles with sound granite caps, (16") thick, with fine hammered beds 
 and faces and pointed sides and ends. Bed and joint properly in Portland 
 cement mortar. 
 
 These caps are to be not less than 4' wide and of a sufficient length to 
 extend across the full width of the piling, except where the piling exceeds 8' 
 in width, in which case stones not less than 4' long may be used, when care must' 
 be taken to break the joints. [One inch cubes of the granite to be used must 
 show an ultimate compressive strength of (12,000) Ihs.] 
 
 The Contractor is to furnish pumps with all appurtenances and power for the 
 same, including all necessary fuel and attendance to do all the pumping required 
 to enable the piles to be driven, cut off and capped and to keep the foundations 
 dry as long as necessary. The pumps are to be kept working day and night. 
 
 Fill in around the cellar walls after the cement is dry and around all areas, 
 cisterns, vaults, etc., and fill in all drains herein specified. 
 
 All filling to be well- rammed or puddled every foot in height. Grade all 
 surplus earth neatly away from the building. 
 
 Cut down such trees on the lot as are so marked, cutting the wood in (4') lengths and 
 stack where directed. Haul out the stumps and remove them from the premises. 
 
 Grade the earth as shown by the stakes and grading plan, removing the top soil to a depth of 
 (10") before filling, and covering all parts where the grade has been changed with (6") of top soil. 
 Remove all surplus earth from the premises [Or furnish all additional earth required]. 
 
 Form the drives as shown on the drawings as follows : Excavate (15") deep and fill in with 
 large stone to a depth of (10"), cover with (3") of small stone and over this put (2") of fine cracked 
 stone well wet and rolled. Make all drives crowning (6"). Pave the gutters at each side of 
 drives with cobble stones well bedded in sand and formed concave on top. 
 
 Form the paths as shown by excavating (12") deep and fill in with coal ashes [Or with 
 gravel] well wet and tamped and made crowning (2"). 
 
 Furnish and properly put down sod (2') in width around all drives and paths and (3') in width 
 around the house and piazzas. 
 
 Form all terraces and slopes as shown. Furnish and put down sod on all terrace slopes and 
 (2') wide on top. All sod on the slope to be well batted and pinned with wooden pins. 
 
 Form and level all lawns, rake clear of stones and sow with best blue grass seed using (3^) 
 bushels to the acre. Roll properly and keep all lawns and sodding properly wet and cared for 
 until delivered. 
 
 Where filling in is done around trees a pit must be built (12") clear of the trees with (4") 
 brick [Or loose stone] walls to keep the earth from the trees. 
 
 16 
 
17 
 
Lime, Cement 
 and Sand. 
 
 j For Important 
 Work. } 
 
 Mortar. 
 
 {For Important 
 Work ; 
 
 Concrete. 
 
 Rosendale. 
 
 j Ordinary. [ 
 
 Portland. 
 
 { Ordinary. } 
 Portland. 
 
 Important Work. 
 
 All lime, cement and sand for the various works herein mentioned, unless 
 otherwise particularly specified, are to be as follows : 
 
 LIME : Extra No. i Rockland, freshly burned and thoroughly slaked. 
 
 ROSENDALE CEMENT : Fresh '"Hoffman" brand Rosendale Hydraulic cement. 
 
 PORTLAND CEMENT : '(J. B. White & Brothers English Portland Cement?) or 
 
 (^'Dragon" Brand Domestic Portland Cement.} 
 
 [All cement must be finely ground and free from lumps, so that at least (90?) 
 will pass through a sieve with (2,500) meshes to the square inch. The cement 
 when tested by the Architect must show a minimum tensile strength per square 
 inch as follows : 
 
 Portland : One day i hour or until set in air, the rest of the 24 hours in 
 water: (230) Ibs. One week i day in air, 6 days in water: (650) Ibs. 
 
 Rosenclale : One day */ hour or until set in air, the rest of the 24 hours in 
 water : (90) Ibs. One week i day in air, 6 days in water : (120) Ibs.] 
 
 SAND : Clean, sharp, free from loam and salt, properly screened and tcashed t 
 [and not finer than the approved samples in the Building Inspectors' officc^\ 
 
 All the mortar for the various works herein specified, except for plastering 
 and except where otherwise particularly mentioned, is to be as follows : 
 
 LIME MORTAR: One part of lime to "three of sand. 
 
 LIME-ROSENDALE CEMENT MORTAR : One part Rosendale cement, one part 
 lime, jive parts sand. 
 
 LIME-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: One part Portland cement, 3 oue part lime, 
 six parts sand. 
 
 ROSENDALE CEMENT MORTAR : One part Rosendale cement, to two of sand. 
 
 [PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR : One part of Portland cement, to three of sand.] 
 
 Or [PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: One part of Portland Cement to two of sand, care- 
 fully and thoroughly mixed dry, adding only enough water to render the mortar of good working 
 consistency. The mortar is not to be made up in greater quantities than will be required for 
 the work on hand, and no excess that may have been leftover night is to be used in any way.] 
 
 4 A11 concrete, unless otherwise specified, is to be made as follows : 
 
 [One part of Rosendale cement, ttuo parts of sand, and three parts of clean, 
 
 broken stone, all thoroughly mixed.] 
 
 Or [ 5 One part of Portland cement, three parts of sand, andyfcr parts of clean, 
 
 broken stone, all thoroughly mixed.] 
 
 Or [ 5 One part of Portland cement and two parts of sand, mixed as specified for mortar, to which 
 add four (or five) parts of clean washed stone, broken so as to pass through a 2" ring, all meas. 
 ured in barrels. All concrete must be mixed in boxes holding not over ten barrels atone time.] 
 
 18 
 
The tensil strength in pounds per square inch of these cements is as follows : 
 
 J. B. White & Bros. English Portland Cement. 
 Fineness : 11? residue on a sieve with 10,000 meshes to the square inch. 
 
 Day 
 One Week 
 
 One Month j 
 
 One Day 
 One Week 
 One Month 
 
 water 
 
 Neat 
 18V 2 V , Water. 
 
 1 Cement, 1 Sand, 
 9', Water. 
 
 
 Fineness : 
 
 * ^ hour in air 
 
 " Hoffman " Brand Rosendale Cement. 
 
 5> residue on a sieve with 2,500 meshes to the square inch. 
 
 hours jn water 
 
 ' 
 
 
 Neat 
 27? Water. 
 
 96 
 125 
 240 
 
 1 Cement, 2 Sand, 
 13-, Water. 
 
 168 
 
 1 Cement, 3 Sand, 
 ?i- 2 ? Water. 
 
 
 1 Cement, 3 Sand. 
 9; Water. 
 
 
 'The New York building law allows one part of lime to four of sand, but unless the lime is 
 known to be of the best quality less sand two or three parts to one of lime should be used. 
 3 New York building law : One-cement, one lime, six sand. 
 4 For cement sidewalk see page 54. 
 5 New York building law : One cement, two sand, five stone. 
 
 19 
 
Brickwork. All [walls, piers, chimneys, footings, cisterns, cesspools, etc.] where brick work is 
 
 shown on the drawings and unless otherwise specified, are to be laid up in dimen- 
 sions as shown, with sound, hard, well burned brick in lime motar, [except where 
 cement is specified,] with all joints neatly struck, [except on such walls as are to be 
 plastered on the brick work.] All brick is to be laid wet in dry, warm weather and 
 dry in damp or ' 'freezing weather. 
 
 All brick work is to be well bedded, tied in every sixth course, and worked in 
 regular bond with full flushed joints, leaving no interstices. [The height of any 
 nine courses is not to exceed (23").] 
 
 All walls and piers are to be made level, to come to the exact height, and to 
 have all necessary flues, channels and openings, as shown or directed. The offsets 
 to bring the walls to the proper thickness on each story are to be made at the tops 
 of the beams. 
 
 Point close to all sills, copings and projections. Bed all frames solidly. 
 Underpin all sills after the walls have set. Build brick discharging arches with one 
 course of rowlocks for each 18" of span, over all openings. 
 
 Hollow walls where shown are to have (2") air spaces, and the brick work is to 
 be tied together with proper iron cramps, well tarred (or galvanized) set in every 
 sixth course 2 (2'-6") apart. 
 
 Fill in and back up all face stone work as shown, [attending and working with 
 the stone setter.] The brick work is to be carried up simultaneously with the face 
 work. [Back up a\\/ace and glazed brick work of elevator s/iaft.~\ [Back up all terra 
 eotta work by turning brick relieving arches laid in Portland cement mortar, over 
 and back of such terra cotta work, wherever possible to relieve the weight. 
 
 Wall for water proof injr. The retaining wall around the sidewalk vault is to be lined outside with 4" of brickwork. 
 
 Back up the curb with (12") of brickwork of the proper height. 
 
 Hollow Walls. 
 
 Backing. 
 
 Curb. 
 
 Floors. 
 
 Fire proofing. 
 
 Construct (8") flat brick arches between the iron beams of the floors, [using hollow fire 
 brick with skew backs and keys moulded to shape,] laid in Portland cement mortar. 
 
 All exposed walls, [including vault walls and window returns,] are to be lined with hollow 
 furring brick, covering at least (6") beyond the exposed portion. The furring brick are to be 
 the same size as the common brick, and are to be bonded to the masonry in every sixth course. 
 
 20 
 
'Or no brick to be laid in freezing weather. When brickwork is allowed to be laid in 
 freezing weather often the following is added : 
 
 All bricks laid in freezing weather are to be warmed sufficiently to remove the ice, and the 
 mortar in which they are laid is to be hot and is to contain enough salt to prevent freezing. 
 Such brickwork is not to be pointed up until Spring. 
 
 'The New York building law requires such cramps to be set 2' apart. 
 
 WEIGHT OF BRICKWORK : 
 
 Ordinary brickwork weighs about 112 Ibs. per cubic foot. Pressed brickwork with fine 
 joints, up to 140 Ibs. per cubic foot. 
 
 QUANTITY REQUIRED: 
 
 The usual method of estimating the number of common bricks required for ordinary brick- 
 work is to allow for each superficial foot of wall as follows: 
 
 THICKNESS OF WALL. NUMBER OF BRICKS. 
 
 4'or% brick 7 
 
 8%' or 1 brick 14 
 
 \Z%" or \Yi brick 21 
 
 17' or 2 bricks 28 
 
 21H" or 2K bricks 35 
 
 25%' or 3 bricks 42 
 
 The Crushing Strength of Brickwork varies greatly. The usual allowance per square 
 foot for a safe load is about as follows : 
 
 For pressed brick in good cement motar, 12 tons. 
 
 For good, hard brick in cement motar, 8 tons. 
 
 For good brick in lime motar, 4 to 6 tons. 
 
 These allowances are not to be taken for piers in which the height exceeds eight times the 
 least diameter in which case they must be calculated as columns of masonry. 
 
 21 
 
Footings. Put down footings under all walls, chimneys, piers, etc. The size of footings 
 
 [to be as shown on the plans.] 
 
 Or 
 
 [to be as follows : Under main walls (40") wide and (12") deep. Under all piers 
 
 (12") larger all around than the piers above and (12") deep. Under all chimneys 
 
 (15") larger all around and (12") deep,] 
 
 ! Vault walls, Retaining walls, Bearing partition walls, Tower 1 
 
 Concrete. All footings are to be of concrete dumped into the trenches between plank 
 
 curbs, [in layers not over 12" deep,] and rammed until the mortar is flushed to the 
 top. Level off and leave undisturbed until set. 
 
 Stone. 'All footings are to be of large, flat stones, each stone filling the course in 
 
 width and height, close fitted and flushed up with spawls and Roscndalc cement 
 mortar, laid on natural undisturbed earth. 
 
 Brick. All footings are to be of brick as specified under " Brickwork," stepped up as 
 
 shown on the drawings, and laid up in Portland cement mortar. 
 
 Foundations. 
 
 Stone. 
 
 { For Dwellings, etc. 
 
 The foundation walls up to the grade are to be (18") thick, of good, large, 
 sound building stone well 2 bonded by building in bond stones every (6') in length 
 and every (3') in height. All stones are to be laid on their natural beds to a line 
 on both sides, the joints well filled with mortar and well trowel pointed both inside 
 and outside, [with joints 3 weathered outside.] 
 
 { For City Buildings. 
 
 Brick. 
 
 The foundation walls, [vault walls, retaining walls, etc.J are to be of the dimensions shown 
 on the drawings, built of good, sound granite coursed rubble stone work, each stone not less than 
 (2'-6" x l'-6" x8") in size; all rough pointed with parallel builds and beds so that no inequalities 
 of surface will exceed %", each stone is to be laid on the largest surface which must be the 
 natural quarry bed. The walls are to be levelled horizontally every (30") in height and are to 
 have a header in every *five superficial feet extending entirely through the wall. All this work 
 is to be laid with full flushed joints neatly pointed [inside and 'weathered outside.] 
 
 The foundation walls are to be (16") thick, of hard burned brick as specified 
 under " Brickwork." 
 
 Mortar. 
 
 All stone and brick work of foundations below grade, and all piers in cellar are 
 to be laid in Rosendalc cement mortar. 
 
 22 
 
'For stone footings in important work see under " Piling," page 16. 
 
 s The New York building law requires bonds every 4' in length and 3' in height, and if the 
 wall is over 24" thick, one header for every six superficial feet. 
 
 'It is not necessary to weather the joints outside if the walls are to be plastered outside. 
 
 Supplement A. 5 Brick for Dwellings, Plastered Outside. 
 
 Foundations. Construct the foundation walls of brickwork as shown. Leave all necessary 
 openings in the foundation for pipe lines and stop around them afterward. Cover the founda- 
 tion walls below the grade with %" of cement motar: one part Portland cement to one of sand 
 and float the cement. Put down concrete foundations 4' deep for all steps, etc. 
 
 Supplement B. 5 Brick for Dwellings. Cement Mortar Below Grade. Plastered Outside. 
 
 Foundations. Construct the foundation walls of brickwork as shown, laid below the grade 
 in Rosendale cement mortar. Leave all necessary openings in the foundation for pipe lines 
 and stop around them afterward. Cover the foundation walls below the grade with %" of 
 cement motar: one part Portland cement to one of sand and float the cement. Put down con- 
 crete foundations 4' deep for all steps, etc. 
 
 23 
 
Outside Plastering. 
 
 Put in foundations for all dwarf walls, outside steps, and piazza and other out- 
 side piers of concrete same as footings. 
 
 All foundations are to go down at least (4') below the established grade shown 
 on the drawings, and deeper if necessary to reach firm and solid ground. 
 
 Leave all necessary openings in the foundations for all pipes, etc., and stop 
 and fill up around them afterwards. Level up the top of the foundation [and bed 
 the wood sill in cement]. Bed and point around the frames of the cellar windows. 
 
 Put down dry stone foundations (3') deep and level up with (2") of concrete for 
 all step flags. 
 
 Cover [the retaining wall and] all foundation walls below the ground surface 
 on the outside' with (%"} of cement mortar: 'one part Portland cement to one part 
 sand, and float the cement. [Give a coat of coal tar applied hot.] 
 Or 
 
 { For waterproofing of retaining walls and foundations see page 28. ' 
 
 Foundation above 
 grade. 
 
 I For Dwellings, etc.} 
 
 The walls from the grade level to the wood sill are to be (18") thick, faced with 
 [good hammer dressed building stone laid up in Limc-Rosendale cement mortar 
 The joints are to be raked out and pointed with Portland cement mortar. Back 
 up with stone (or brickwork) laid in lime mortar. ] 
 
 Or 
 
 !For brick facing see under " Face Brickwork " \ 
 
 Damp Course. 
 
 On a line (6") above the grade, form a damp course [by giving the top of the 
 wall a coat of coal tar applied hot and covering with tarred paper with a coat of coal 
 tar on top of the paper] or [by laying a course of slate entirely through the wall.] 
 
 Piers. 
 
 ) Material, Mortar, Caps and Bonds are usually specified under other general headings. 
 
 Inverted Arches. Construct the inverted arches under the piers as shown on the drawings ; to be 
 
 of brick as specified under " Brickwork," and laid up in Portland cement mortar : 
 equal parts of cement and sand [with one rowlock to each (12") span.] 
 
 24 
 
'Often plastered as follows: Plaster a coat f" thick with one part Rosendale cement to three 
 of sand, cover with a light coat of Portland, one part cement to three of sand, and when dry 
 give a wash coat of clear Portland cement. . 
 
 Sometimes half Rosendale, half Portland is used : One part Portland, one Rosendale, 
 two sand. 
 
 A barrel of mortar will cover about 85 square feet i" thick. 
 
Vaults. Construct the vaults as shown on the drawings, with (8") brick arches over the 
 
 top; the arches to have a rise of (ii') for each foot of span, (with skewbacks 
 moulded to fit the iron beams.] Cover the top with Portland cement concrete (4") 
 deep, well rammed, and cover with a good coat of asphalt. [The arches are to be 
 plastered on the underside with (i") of Portland cement mortar: cement and sand 
 in equal proportions.] 
 
 j For Iron Work for Vaults see Iron Specifications, j- 
 
 Beam Filling. 
 
 Fill in between the beams of first story and up to the top of the same, on top 
 of the outside, foundation walls and [cellar brick partitions,] with brick properly 
 laid in lime mortar. 
 
 Cellar Area. 
 
 Construct the cellar area as shown with (18") walls laid up with stone in the 
 same manner as foundations, and coped with (3 ") rubbed blue stone ; steps to be of 
 rubbed blue stone [(3") thick set on brick risers] or [in one piece, (7") rise and 
 (i i ") tread, covering in i and rounded (or moulded) on the front edge.] The 
 bottom of the area to be of [(3 ") rubbed blue stone with holes drilled through and 
 loose stone pit under.] 
 Or 
 
 | Specify a brick paved bottom or concrete same as the cellar bottom. 
 
 Other Areas. 
 
 Construct the cellar window areas as shown, with (8") l brick walls, in Rosendale 
 cement mortar coped with (3") rubbed blue stone. 
 
 Form the bottom of [(3 ") blue.stone with holes drilled through and loose stone 
 pit under,] 
 
 Or 
 
 j Specify a brick paved bottom or concrete same as the cellar bottom.; 
 
 Set the iron grating as specified under "Iron Work." 
 
 Coal Slide. 
 
 Form a coal slide as shown on the drawings, using (12") vitrified tile pipe 
 laid in cement and filled around with cement where it enters the wall ; to have a 
 tightly fitting iron cover with iron frame, and grooves cut in the flag stone to keep 
 out the water. Let the frame into the flag stone and cement tightly. 
 
 26 
 
Sometimes of 4" flag stone with iron cramps. 
 
Cellar Bottom. 
 
 {Ordinary. } 
 
 Level off the cellar bottom (8') from the underside of the first floor beams, 
 settle it thoroughly and put down a concrete bottom (4") deep of one part Rosendale 
 cement, two parts sand and three parts of clean, coarse, sharp gravel (or broken 
 stone) well tamped ; cover this with a coat of one part Portland cement to two of 
 sand (i") thick ; all flushed up smooth with a true and even surface graded to the 
 outside cellar door so that the cellar will drain dry. 
 
 'Fill in between the sleepers in [specify where J with the same concrete. 
 
 :For City Buildings.} 
 
 Top Coat. 
 
 Water Proofing. 
 
 | For City Buildings. 
 
 Level and grade off the entire cellar floor, [including Vaults, Area and ] and put down a 
 concrete bottom (4") deep, [the concrete to be as specified under "Concrete."] Or 
 
 [of one part Portland cement, two of sand and four of clean, coarse gravel.] 
 
 Cover this with the water proofing hereinafter specified, carried under the bases of the 
 columns and joined to the water proofing on the walls. Over this lay a layer of concrete (12") 
 deep. 
 
 In the {specify where| put down a top coat (i-J") thick, of one part Portland cement to two 
 of sand flushed up smooth to a true, even, finished surface, and graded to the drain catcli basin. 
 
 The Contractor shall water-proof the cellar 
 
 [with three layers of the best felt laid between four layers of Trinidad asphaltum, each course 
 being made tight at the joints by overlapping and asphalting.] 
 Or 
 
 [with a layer of liquid asphaltum (") thick applied with a trowel while hot,] 
 to be put down over the entire cellar floor, carried across the concrete, through the brickwork 
 and up on the side walls (2') above the grade, and turned 6" into the brickwork ; also to be 
 carried up the walls of the vault, 6" over the concrete at the top, [applied on the inner face of 
 a 4" brick "wall built outside the vault for that purpose.] 
 
 28 
 
'A better way is to lay the sleepers over the concrete. 
 This wall specified under "Brickwork." 
 
 29 
 
Trench for 
 Drain Pipe. 
 
 Construct a trench for the drain pipe where shown on the drawings, with a 
 cement bottom formed in the same manner as the cellar bottom ; (4") brick sides in 
 lime- Rosend ale cement mortar, and the top covered with [a proper iron grating the 
 full length of the trench, made in sections and easily removable,] or [a 3" flag stone. ] 
 
 Trap Pits. Construct trap pits around all traps or cleaning screws in the cellar bottom 
 
 with cement bottoms and brick sides. Cover with a square flag stone top. 
 
 Cold Air Duct. 
 
 Construct the cold air duct 'below the cellar bottom 2 (i2" x 20 ") in size inside, 
 to run from the opening in the wall to the furnace. The bottom to be of -cement 
 the same as the cellar bottom, the sides (4") thick of brick, and the top covered 
 with 3" flag stones, with close axed joints laid [flush with the cellar bottom,] or 
 [i below the cellar bottom and cemented over.] 
 
 Brick set 
 Heater. 
 
 Brick-set the ^furnace, size to be as shown on the drawings, the walls to be 
 (10") in thickness, [built hollow with a 2" air space and tied with tarred iron cramps 
 set in every sixth course, and (2-6") apart] Set the doors, etc., furnished by the 
 Heating Contractor. Form the flues and draft holes as required. [Furnish and 
 set (i" x 2") wrought iron bars across the top, placed 8" on centres.] Lay over the 
 [bars at] top, two courses of brick laid flat, the upper course crossing the lower. 
 Cover with 2" of Rosendale cement mortar and over this with (3") of sand. 
 
 [Plaster the brickwork inside as laid with a good coat composed of half brown 
 mortar and half Plaster of Parish] 
 
 Furnace Pit. 
 
 Construct the furnace pit '(12") deep with a cement bottom, same as cellar 
 bottom, with (8") brick walls at sides. The size and shape of the furnace pit are 
 to be obtained from the Heating Contractor. 
 
'Neither the cold air duct nor furnace pit should be deeper than the dry drain around the 
 cellar walls. 
 
 The size should be suited to the furnace to be used. A sectional area for the cold air duct 
 of A of the total sectional area of the heater pipes is usually considered the minimum. * 
 
 S A steam or hot water heater would be set in the same manner, except that the top bars are 
 not usually necessary. 
 
Chimneys. 
 
 Construct the chimneys as shown on the drawings. In all cases there must be 
 (8 ") of brickwork between the inside of any smoke flue and any timber or wood 
 work. The chimneys must be built entirely clear of the framing, all flues to run 
 to the top independently. 
 
 Run the kitchen flue of (8") round tile pipe [inside of a (12" x 12") square flue, leaving the 
 space around the tile pipe for vent flue and setting out bricks from the sides to support the tile 
 pipe.] 
 
 Run the heater flue of (10") round tile pipe with the opening (6") below the under side of the 
 floor joist and with a horizontal piece of pipe from the upright flue to the face of the chimney. 
 
 All [other] flues to be as shown on the drawings, and [lined with tile pipe, 
 sizes as follows: ( )] Or [pointed smooth on the inside with partitions at least 
 (4") thick.] 
 
 All tile for flues are to have joints bedded in mortar, to extend at least i" 
 above the chimney caps and to be made tight at the top. 
 
 Plastering Outside. 'Plaster all chimneys outside before the furring is done, covering all brickwork 
 
 completely from the basement floor to the underside of the roof boards with mortar 
 same as the scratch coat. 
 
 Kitchen Flue. 
 
 Heater Fue. 
 Other Flues. 
 
 Facing. 
 
 Ash Pits. 
 
 Thimbles. 
 
 Rough Fireplaces. 
 
 Lay up the chimneys above the roof in design as shown, [and lay up the 
 outside chimneys] with the brick as called for under " Facing" " Moulded Brick" 
 " Terra Cotta," etc, 
 
 Form the ash pits as shown and furnish and set for each a (12" x 14") 
 wrought iron frame with lugs to build into the brickwork and with sheet iron 
 doors properly hung and fastened. 
 
 Set a (si") iron stove pipe thimble in laundry Bother rooms j- and set earthen- 
 ware stove pipe thimbles in partitions of J specify where \. 
 
 Form the fireplaces with flat arches on 2 (i" x f") wrought iron bars turned up 
 at each end, with openings (30") high from the top of the finished floors. Con- 
 struct proper ledges in the throats of fireplaces, and put in adjustable iron damp- 
 ers. Turn trimmer arches to all hearths, including kitchen, and level up all hearths 
 except kitchen, to the top of the floor beams with Portland cement for tiling. Run 
 (4" x 8") ash flues from all fireplaces in the bidlding to the ash pits. 
 
 32 
 
'This is often done as a protection against fire. 
 
 'Fireplace openings over 3' 6'' and not over 5' wide should have bars 2" x i" in size 
 
 33 
 
Fireplace Finish. 
 
 Brick. 
 
 Tile, etc. 
 
 Linings. 
 
 Brick. 
 Iron. 
 
 Frames. 
 
 Orates. 
 Ventilating Grates. 
 
 (ias Logs. 
 Hearths. 
 
 Tile. 
 Slate. 
 
 Face the [sides, back,] jambs, and (12") high over the top of the fireplace openings in 
 {mention rooms} with buff brick laid with mortar to match colored with Pecora mortar stain. This 
 work is to be properly protected until completion and then cleaned down with acid ['and given a 
 coat of raw linseed oil.] 
 
 Lay the hearths with the same brick, bedded in cement, in herring bone pattern, with a course 
 of stretchers on the edges. 
 
 Face the jambs (6") wide and (12") high over the top of the fireplace openings in j mention 
 rooms} with [W. H. Jackson and Company' s new antique green tile] or [{describe} onyx] or [{describe} 
 marble] properly put up in 2 cement. 
 
 Line the sides and backs of fireplaces in 
 Line the sides and backs of fireplaces in 
 No. 36 ornamental iron linings. 
 
 mention rooms} 
 {mention rooms 
 
 with fire brick, 
 with W. H. Jackson and Company's 
 
 Furnish and set in {mention room} a No. 
 
 room} a No. 765 W. H. Jackson iron frame. 
 
 W. H. Jackson brass frame and in { mention 
 
 Furnish and set in {mention rooms} No. 884 W. H. Jackson grates. 
 
 Furnish and set a No. 683 W. H. Jackson &> Company's ventilating grate. Also construct a 
 special 8" x 8" ventilating flue from the side of the chimney in the cellar to the hearth. The fire- 
 place is to be constructed with openings, etc , according to diagram accompanying the grate. 
 
 Furnish and set in {mention room} a No. 562 W. H. Jachson gas log and make all necessary 
 connections to the pipes as left by the plumber. 
 
 Furnish and put down tile hearths in {mention rooms} (16" x 60") in size, laid with enamelled 
 tile, color to be selected by the Owner, [back hearths to be laid with the same tile, borders to be laid 
 with relief patterns. 
 
 All tile of hearths is to be laid in Portland cement and gravel i" thick and properly protected 
 until completion, finished hearths to be (") above the finished floor. 
 
 Furnish and set to the fireplaces in {mention rooms} a smooth polished slate hearth (16" x 60") 
 in size and laid -") above the finished floor. 
 
 Kitchen Fireplace. 
 
 [ For Brickset Range. 
 
 Construct the kitchen fireplace as required for the range in size to fit the 
 same and face the throat, breast and jambs with white enameled brick laid up in 
 mortar to match, colored with Pecora, mortar stain. Properly clean down the brick 
 work at completion, [ 3 and give a coat of linseed oil.] 
 
 Furnish and set the [shelf] or [lintel] of bluestone, with rubbed front, [ends, 
 bottom and top,] (8 ") thick, set (5-6") from the floor, and a rubbed bluestone 
 hearth (3 thick x 2-6" wide), the shelf and hearth to be as long as the breast is 
 wide. Furnish the necessary brick and mortar for setting the range [and also set 
 the ventilating register furnished by the Plumber.} 
 
 Kitchen Hearth, etc. Furnish and put down in the kitchen a rubbed bluestone hearth (3 " x 4 x 5 '_) in 
 
 { For Portable Range. } size, laid in cement. Furnish and put in a thimble for the range, 4 (7') in size [and 
 
 also set the ventilating register furnished by the Plumber^ 
 
'"""If red brick are used. 
 "Cement " thick, tile about f". 
 
 4 This is for a 6" pipe which is used for a single oven range. For a double oven ranee 
 thimble should be 8" for a 7" pipe. 
 
 35 
 
Ventilating Build the ventilating flues in the walls as shown on the drawings, and furnish 
 
 Flues. and set (12" x 14") white enameled double cord registers where marked on the 
 
 drawings. 
 
 Face Brick 
 Work. 
 
 {Ordinary. } 
 
 Face all [walls and outside chimneys abpve the grade and all chimneys above 
 the roof] with^z/^brick laid in mortar to match, using Pecora mortar stain. Clean 
 down the brick with acid at completion ['and give a good coat of raw linseed oil]. 
 
 [Other Facings^. 
 
 [For City Buildings. 
 
 The [front wall of the building from the base course to the underside ff the 
 cornice, and the walls of the courts, including the sills, jambs, heads and reveals of 
 windows] are to be faced with buff pressed brick, sliade A, laid in cement mortar 
 with well filled (i") joints, all well bonded to the wall in every sixth course by [a 
 row of headers laid diagonally into the backing], all arches to be [moulded] or 
 [cut and rubbed] to the required shape and properly bonded to the backing. 
 
 Face the walls of the elevator shaft from top to bottom with best quality white 
 glazed brick bonded to the backing in the same manner. 
 
 All face brick are to be laid in cement mortar and to have the joints raked 
 out at completion and re-pointed with cement mortar colored with Pecora mortar 
 stain to match the color of the brick. All face brick are to be cleaned down with 
 [a weak solution of muriatic acid] r [a solution of common lye in water] [ 2 and 
 given a coat of raw linseed oil.] 
 
 | For other press brick see under "Chimneys" (fireplace finish, hearths, kitchen fireplaces, etc.)} 
 
 floulded Brick. 
 
 Furnish and put in the moulded brick as shown on the scale and detail draw- 
 ings. ! Color, description, and numbers if stock patterns. J- 
 
 Terra Cotta. 
 
 Furnish and set the terra cotta work as shown on the scale and detail draw- 
 ings. -! Color, description, and numbers if stock patterns.]- 
 
'"" 12 If red brick are used. 
 
 37 
 
Preparation for Lay a course of brick on edge in Portland cement between the beams of 
 
 Tiling. j mention rooms [ filling in the joints with Portland cement. Level up to within 
 
 Floors - (i") of the top of the adjoining floors with Portland cement. 
 
 Walls. 'Furnish and put on York patent metal -lath, (4) high, well nailed on the walls 
 
 of | mention rooms j- for tiling. 
 
 Stops for Mice. 
 
 2 Lay a course of brick flat in mortar between the studs of all walls and partitions on top of 
 the floor in each story, [and a course on top of partition bridging in first story] to prevent mice 
 circulating through the building. 
 
 Brick Paving. 
 
 | For Yards, etc. } 
 
 Pave the | mention where f. Ram the earth properly, put down (2") of Rosen- 
 dale cement concrete, pave with common brick laid [flat] or [on edge] and grout the 
 joints with [clear Portland cement] or [sand.] 
 
 Water= proof 
 Floor. 
 
 Construct a waterproof floor in the conservatory as follows : Furnish and put 
 in two light (9") steel I beams with (8") brick arches between laid in Portland 
 cement. Over this level up the arches with Rosendale cement concrete same as 
 cellar bottom, and allow it to dry. Apply over this a coat of hot asphalt and 
 cover with tarred paper. Cover over the paper a coat of hot asphalt and (3 ") of 
 concrete : one part Portland cement to one part of crushed stone dust. Trowel 
 down to a smooth surface and grade to the drain in the centre. 
 
 Cistern. Construct the cistern where shown, 3 (6') in diameter inside and (10') deep. Lay up the walls 
 
 (8") thick of brick in Rosendale cement mortar. Lay two courses of brick on the bottom, dome 
 over on top and leave a man hole' with a (3") flag stone cover. Plaster the inside, sides and 
 bottom, with a coat of [mortar (f" ) thick: one part Rosendale cement to three of sand. Cover this 
 with a coat of Portland cement mortar: one cement to three of sand, and when dry, give a wash 
 coat of clear Portland cement.] 
 
 Overflow. Lay a (5") vitrified tile pipe overflow connected to the cistern near the top, laid on a proper 
 
 grade. Trap the overflow with a (5") running trap and connect to the drain to cesspool. 
 
 Vent. Run a (4") cast iron vent pipe from the top of the cistern up (12") above the ground and cap 
 
 with a perforated iron cover. 
 
 Supply. | Specify the drains from the leaders to the cistern either here or under "Drains."} 
 
'This lathe comes in 8" lengths and in two widths, 12 and 24'. 
 
 2 This is also a preventative against fire. For another way of doing this see Carpenter's 
 Specification. 
 
 5 For capacity see under "Tanks" in Plumber's Specification. 
 
 39 
 
Privy Vault. 
 
 Construct a privy vault (4' x 4') in size inside, and (6') deep; the walls laid up (8") thick of 
 brick in Rosendale cement mortar with a cement bottom the same as the cellar bottom. Plaster the 
 sides inside [with (-J-") of cement mortar: one part of Portland cement to one of sand] or fin the 
 manner specified for plastering cistern] and make water tight. 
 
 Discharge Pipe. 
 
 Run a (5") vitrified tile discharge pipe to the cesspool, from one foot above the bottom of 
 the vault, with a bend turned down into the vault for the purpose of allowing the liquid contents 
 of the vault only to escape. 
 
 Cesspools. 
 
 For Two. (One tight, 
 one loose.) 
 
 Construct Hwo cesspools, (8') in diameter and (8') deep, the first located (6o r ) from the build- 
 ing, laid up tight in 'Rosendale cement mortar with (8") brick walls, plastered inside in the manner 
 specified for plastering the cistern, and to have a cement bottom sain', as the ^cellar bottom; the second 
 located (10') from the first and laid up loose with (18") stone walls, both domed over on top with 
 (20") man holes and (3") 4 flag stone covers. Lay a (4") vitrified tile pipe connecting the two 
 cesspools, connected to the first cesspool (6") below the inlet to the same, with an elbow turned 
 downward. 
 
 For One. (Tight.) 
 
 Construct the cesspool (60') from the building where directed, (8') in diameter and (8') deep 
 with (8") brick walls laid up in ' l Rosendale cement mortar, plastered inside with (^") of cement 
 mortar: one part Portland cement to one part sand, and with a cement bottom the same as the ^cellar 
 bottom. Dome over on top and form a (20") man hole with a (3") 4 flag stone cover. 
 
 For One. (Loose.) 
 
 Construct the cesspool (60') from the building where directed, (8') in diameter and (8') deep 
 with (18") stone walls laid up dry. Dome over the top and form a (20") man hole with a 3" flag 
 stone cover. 
 
 Overflow. The {second} cesspool is to have a (4") vitrified tile overflow taken out (3 ") below the outlet 
 
 pipe with an elbow turned down into the cesspool, and discharging on the surface of the ground. 
 
 Grease Trap. 
 
 'Construct in the cellar on the house drain a grease trap (2' x 2') in size, and (3') deep laid up 
 with brick in cement mortar, with a brick paved bottom. Cement the sides and bottom inside and 
 cover with a flag stone tightly cemented in place. The outlet pipe is to have a quarter bend 
 turned down. 
 
 4 
 
'Where it is necessary to use a cesspool, the least objectionable way is to provide a tight 
 cesspool and lay from it subsoil irrigation drains, in which case, of course, no other overflow is 
 needed. This method works well where there is considerable yard space with a slight fall from 
 the building. The next best method is to provide a tight cesspool with overflow, cleaning it out 
 as often as necessary. A method often employed in the country is to construct two cesspools, one 
 tight and one loose, with an overflow from the latter. This, while less objectionable than a loose 
 cesspool alone, has little to recommend it. 
 
 "Proportions, page 18." 
 
 3 Cellar bottom, page 28. 
 
 *The flag stone cover sometimes has an iron grating for ventilation. If the house drain is 
 provided with a fresh air inlet or foot ventilation this grating is not usually put in. In cases, 
 however, where no foot ventilation is provided and the soil pipe runs to the roof, the grating is 
 usually provided. 
 
 5 This is not a good or usual way to form a grease trap. A much better way is to provide 
 metal grease traps under the proper fixtures, omitting this arrangement entirely. 
 
Drains. 
 
 Dry. 
 
 Leader. 
 
 Sewer. 
 
 Form a dry drain around the cellar walls and lower than the cellar bottom, 
 about (12") deep of [loose stone] or [(2") sole tile with loose joints.] Care must 
 be taken that this drain shall continue unbroken around all area ways, etc. Cover 
 with paper before filling in. Lay a (4") vitrified tile drain from the dry drain to 
 the curb. 
 
 Lay a (4") vitrified tile drain from each leader [(12') out from the building 
 and run into loose stone drains or pits,] or [to the main house drain] or [to the 
 cistern], extending (2') above the ground to connect with the leaders. 
 
 Lay a (5") vitrified tile drain from a point (6') outside of the building to the 
 [cesspool] or [sewer in the street. Tap and pay for tapping the sewer and connect 
 therewith.] 
 
 [The building is to be located (50') from the street line.] 
 
 All earthenware pipes are to be smooth, salt glazed and cylindrical, J (f ") in 
 thickness, free from defects, each length perfectly straight. The ends of the pipes 
 are to be wet before applying the cement and the space between each hub and the 
 small end of the next section is to be completely filled with Portland cement with 
 joints clean inside. Lay with a uniform fall on boards and use Y branches for all 
 connections. 
 
 Irrigation. 
 
 : Used with Cesspool. 
 
 Lay from the cesspool, (3") below the inlet pipe in the same, a '(4 ") vitrified 
 tile drain with an elbow turned down into the cesspool, and between each joint of 
 pipe lay a (2" x 4") Y reducer. From each Y branch lay a line of (2") agricultural 
 sole tile, with joints open (i"), laying (200') in all. Cover the joints with pieces 
 of paper before filling in to keep out the earth. These pipes are to be laid [ 3 on 
 boards] (10") below the surface of the ground and to have a fall from the cesspool 
 of (3") to 100'. The end of the main line pipe is to have a 2" x 4" reducer and to be 
 continued with agricultural tile the same as the branches. 
 
 Yard Catch 
 Basins. 
 
 Construct brick catch basins in the yards where so marked on the drawings, 
 (16" x 1 6" x 12") in size, with (4") brick walls and cement bottoms, with a perfor- 
 ated iron strainer in the outlet. 
 
 | Specify a drain for this under " Drains."! 
 
'For table of thicknesses see note opposite "Earthenware Pipe" in Plumber's Specification. 
 'Should be the same size as the inlet pipe to the cesspool. 
 
 3 it is important that these pipes should have a perfectly uniform fall and while somewhat 
 expensive, this is much better accomplished by laying on boards. 
 
 43 
 
Iron Work. 
 
 Anchors. 
 
 Chimney Rods. 
 
 Guards. 
 
 Gratings. 
 
 Anchor the front wall to the side walls with iron T anchors every six feet 
 in height ; anchors to be (if" x f" x 24") in size, turned up at the back end (4"), 
 with f" x 8" cross bars in front. 
 
 Anchor the ends of every fourth beam into the side walls with (i" x f") 
 wrought iron anchors, (16") long, turned up into the brick work and spiked to 
 the beams. 
 
 Anchor the walls running parallel with the beams every (6) with (i" x f") 
 wrought iron anchors turned down over the second beam. 
 
 Furnish and build in f" wrought iron anchors at the top of the walls, placed 
 6' apart and extending 24" into the walls with washers and nuts on top. 
 
 Furnish and put up for each chimney an iron rod (i") in diameter, turned 
 up (3") on the roof and well spiked to the timber ; to extend [into the chimney 
 width (8") and turned up (4') at the endj, or [clear through the chimney with a 
 washer on each side.] 
 
 Furnish and put in guards to all basement windows with (f") round, upright 
 bars, placed (4") apart [and secured to two (3" x f") cross bars let into the stone 
 work and fitted tightly], or [with iron frames hung to open and fitted with suit- 
 able locks.] 
 
 Cover the cellar window areas with iron gratings formed of (f" x i") bars, 
 placed (ii") apart, with suitable frames secured to the stone coping, with iron 
 lugs leaded in. 
 
 | For other iron work see " Iron Specification." [ 
 
 Plastering. 
 
 Whitewashing. 
 
 Deafening. 
 
 Whitewash all brick or stone work visible in the cellar with two good coats, 
 using Rockland lime and plaster-of-Paris. 
 
 'Deafen the floors of \ mention rooms \ by pugging between the beams, on 
 boarding prepared by the carpenter, with mortar (2") thick, well packed. 
 
 Back plaster on lath between the studs of partitions between ] mention rooms j- 
 and in the outside walls of the building, with one coat of scratch coat mortar. 
 
 44 
 
'Boarding for this is called for in Carpenter's Specification. 
 
 45 
 
Lathing. [The side walls of the cellar and the walls and ceilings of {mention rooms [ 
 
 are not to be lathed and plastered.] 
 
 [The walls of | mention where} are to be plastered directly on the brickwork.] 
 All other walls, ceilings, partitions and work that is furred off throughout the 
 
 building, [including the cellar ceiling,] are to be lathed with 
 
 [sound, dry spruce lath put on (f") apart with four nailings to each lath and 
 
 joints broken every tenth lath ; no lath to be put on vertically nor to run from one 
 
 room to another.] Or [York metal lath with the rough side in.] 
 
 Plast ring. 
 
 Three Coat. 
 
 Two Coat. 
 
 'Plaster all work which is lathed [and plaster {mention where [ directly on the 
 
 brickwork] with 
 
 two coats of mortar, a scratch and brown, composed of thoroughly 
 slacked pure lime strained through a J" mesh screen, and clean, sharp 
 sand, free from loam and salt ; the scratch composed of one half bushel 
 of goat hair and one barrel of lime to three barrels of sand, and the 
 brown of one-quarter bushel of cattle hair and one barrel of lime to six 
 barrels of sand. All hair is to be well beaten, soaked and thoroughly 
 mixed in. Stack the brown mortar at least ten days and the scratch 
 three days before using. 
 
 [The scratch coat is to be well scratched and half dried before the 
 brown is applied.] Or [ 2 The brown coat is to be laid on over the 
 scratch immediately after the scratch is applied.] 
 
 The brown coat is to be thoroughly dry before the finished coat is 
 applied. 
 
 3 a first coat of mortar composed of one barrel of pure lime, thoroughly 
 slacked and strained, to three barrels of clean, sharp sand, free from loam 
 and salt, adding one-half bushel of goat hair, well beaten, soaked and 
 thoroughly mixed in. Stack the mortar three days before using. This 
 coat is to be thorougly dry before the finished coat is applied. 
 
 All ceilings are to be made perfectly level, all walls true, straight and plumb, 
 and all angles sharp and true. The scratch and brown coats are to be carried back 
 of all trim, base, wainscoting, etc. 
 
 46 
 
'The thickness of grounds is usually f" for three coat, f " for laid on work, and " for two 
 coat work. 
 
 *A method called ''laid on " work is employed in some localities. This is specified precisely 
 in the same manner as three coat work except that the brown coat is laid on immediately after the 
 scratch is applied. It is somewhat cheaper than three coat work and finishes about f-" thick 
 instead of ". 
 
 'This coat not scratched. 
 
 47 
 
Finish of Walls. 
 Hard Finish. 
 
 Finish ; mention where j with a coat of hard finish, composed of lime putty, 
 white sand or marble dust, and plaster-of-Paris finished and troweled to a smooth 
 
 V 
 
 and polished surface, free from defects or brush marks. 
 
 Sand Finish. 
 
 Finish j mention where j with a coat of sand finish composed of one part white 
 lime putty to ''three parts of white sand, floated up with cork floats. 
 
 King's Windsor 
 Cement. 
 
 Three Coat Work. 
 
 Two Coat. 
 
 Hard Finish. 
 
 Sand Finish. 
 
 Plaster {specify where} with two coats of 2 King's Windsor Cement, using [the Neat Windsor 
 Cement, adding -by measure two parts of clean, sharp bank sand to one part of cement and 
 mixing dry, then adding a proper amount of water], or [Windsor Cement Dry Mortar, adding 
 only enough water to wet it up ] The first coat is to be well scratched and the second coat 
 applied so that the finish will come flush to " grounds. 
 
 Plaster {specify where} with a coat of King's Windsor Cement, using [the Neat Windsor 
 Cement, adding by measure two parts of clean, sharp bank sand to one part of cement and 
 mixing dry, then adding a proper amount of water] or [Windsor Cement Dry Mortar, adding 
 only enough water to wet it up.] The walls are to be left rough, but even and true, and th,e 
 plaster applied so that the finishing coat will come flush to f-" grounds. 
 
 All ceilings are to be made perfectly level, all walls true, straight and plumb, and all angles 
 sharp and true. The plastering is to be carried back of all trim, base, wainscoting, etc. The 
 walls are to be two-thirds dry before the finishing coat is applied. 
 
 Finish {mention where} with a coat of King's Windsor hard finish, composed of equal parts 
 Superfine Windsor Cement and well screened and seasoned lime putty, finished and trowelled 
 to a smooth and polished surface, free from defects or brush marks. 
 
 Finish {mention where} with a coat of King's Windsor sand finish, mixed with water as 
 directed, and floated up with soft pine or cork floats. 
 
 Adamant. 
 
 Three Coat. 
 
 Two Coat. 
 Two Coat. 
 
 {On Brickwork. } 
 
 Finishing. 
 Hard Finish. 
 
 Float Work. 
 
 Plaster {specify where} with a coat of No. i 3 Adamant wall plaster as a scratch coat, and 
 as soon as it sets hard, apply a coat of No. B Adamant wall plaster as a brown coat; these two 
 coats to be not less than (") thick. 
 
 Plaster {specify where} with a coat of No. i Adamant wall plaster not less than (^") thick. 
 
 Plaster {specify where} with a coat of Adamant B or Browning Adamant wall plaster (") in 
 thickness. All brick walls, tile or fire proofing must first be wet to reduce suction. 
 
 All Adamant wall plaster is to be mixed and applied according to the printed instructions for 
 the same, to be filled out flush with the grounds, to be straightened and brought to an even, 
 surface, and all walls made plumb, ceilings level, and corners and angles sharp and true. 
 
 Finish {specify where} with a finishing coat of Adamant No. 3, gauged with two-thirds lime 
 putty. This is not to be applied until the under coat is bone dry. Finish with a smooth and 
 polished surface. 
 
 Finish {specify where} with a finishing coat of Adamant No. 2, gauged with two-thirds sand 
 finish. The floating is to be done with as little water as possible, to avoid killing the surface. 
 
 48 
 
'Sometimes two parts white lime to five white sand. 
 
 2 This cement is made in two forms, King's Neat Windsor Cement, without sand; and King's 
 Windsor Cement Dry Mortar, with sand mixed in, ready for use by adding water. The grounds 
 should be for three coat work, "; for two coat work, f"; and on brick walls of sufficient thickness 
 to straighten out the walls. Any metallic or best pine or spruce lath may be used. Lath should 
 be y 3 ^" apart for side walls and " for ceilings. Lath must be thoroughly swelled at least 24 hours 
 before plastering. 
 
 For plastering directly on the brick work specify in the same manner, except for Neat Cement 
 use three parts of sand to one of cement or call for Brick Dry Mortar in place of Cement Dry 
 Mortar. 
 
 'For Adamant plastering lath should be placed ^-" apart and nailed with common wire nails. 
 The grounds should be J" thick for three coat work and f " for two coat. Lath is to be wet two 
 or three hours before applying Adamant. 
 
 49 
 
Patching. Do all patching of plaster work required after other mechanics have finished, 
 
 repairing all cracks and broken places, and leave the plastering in a first class 
 condition. 
 
 Centres. 
 
 Furnish and put up plaster centre pieces in j mention rooms j to cost $- 
 net each, and to be in pattern as may be selected by the Owner. 
 
 Cornices. Run a plaster cornice in the ceiling angle of {mention rooms [ (6") on side walls 
 
 and (4") on the ceiling [as shown by detail drawings] or [to cost $ - per running 
 foot, in pattern as may be selected.] 
 
 Beams. 
 
 Run beads or moulds to all angles of beam soffits or arrises. 
 
 Brackets. Furnish and put up the plaster brackets [as shown on the scale and detail 
 
 drawings.] 
 
 Coves. 
 
 Run a plaster cove, on 'furring put up by the Carpenter, in the ceiling 
 angle of j mention rooms J [with mould on the walls and ceiling.] 
 
 Outside Where shown on the drawings, over the boarding put on by the Carpenter, 
 
 Plastering. f urr off with spruce lath put. on vertically 12" apart and well nailed. Cover over 
 this furring with "York metal lath well nailed, with the rough side turned in. 
 
 Apply a coat i" in thickness of Rosendale cement and washed sand in equal 
 proportions, and cover this with a coat of Portland cement and washed sand in 
 equal proportions, i" thick, [floated with cork floats] or [trowled.] 
 
'This furring is in Carpenter's Specification. 
 
 2 This lath comes in 8' lengths and in two witdths, 12" and 24" 
 
 5' 
 
Bluestone. 
 
 ] If the bluestone work is made a separate contract this specification should be preceded by a 
 Heading and Qeneral Conditions. 
 
 All bluestone is to be of the best stock, free from imperfections and, where 
 exposed to view, of an even and uniform color. All stones are to be set on their 
 natural quarry beds and cut to the proper shape with parallel builds and beds. 
 
 1 If any finishing stone is to be of blue stone, see Cut Stone specification 
 
 Templates. Provide [and set] fine axed templates under all iron work; under beams and 
 
 lintels (12" x 12" x 5"), under girders (20" x 20" x 8"). 
 
 Pier Caps and Bonds. 
 
 Bases. 
 
 All piers in the cellar are to have ($'}fine axed blue stone caps and one 
 axed blue stone bond in each, the same size as piers. 
 
 All iron columns are to rest on 
 
 Footing Stones. 
 
 Cellar Areas. 
 
 Other Areas. 
 
 Drain Trench Cover. 
 
 Trap Pit Cover. 
 
 See page 16. 
 See page 26. 
 See page 26. 
 See page 30. 
 See page 30. 
 
 e axed bluestone bases, -| specify sizes. \ 
 Cold Air Duct Cover. See page 30. 
 
 Kitchen Fireplaces. 
 
 Cistern Cover. 
 
 Cesspool Cover. 
 (irease Trap Cover. 
 
 See page 34. 
 See page 38. 
 See page 40. 
 See page 40. 
 
 \ See under Cut Stone specification for the following items : \ 
 
 Water table, sills, lintels, jambs, mullions, quoins, steps, stoops, belts, columns and pilasters, 
 platforms, posts, brackets, chimney caps and coping. 
 
 Terrace Steps. 
 
 Furnish and set rubbed bluestone terrace steps as shown on the drawings. 
 Steps are to be (6" x 12") and to cover in i"; cheek pieces (6" x 14"). [The steps 
 and cheek pieces are to be moulded as shown on the detail drawings.] 
 
 [Put down a cement concrete foundation 18" deep for steps.] 
 
 Step Flags. Furnish and put down rubbed bluestone step stones under and at the foot of all 
 
 outside steps in size as shown on the drawings, each in one piece and (4") thick. 
 
 Flag Sidewalk. 
 
 Ordinary. 
 
 Lay a flag stone side walk J (6') wide \ specify where j of bluestone flags (3") 
 thick, each stone the full width of the walk, well bedded in sand, with a pitch of 
 (i") to the foot in the width of the walk. [The stones are to be (planed) or 
 (rubbed) on the face.] 
 
'Walks over 5' wide are usually laid in two or more widths. If laid in one width the stones 
 should be 4" thick. 
 
Stone Sidewalk. 
 City Work. 
 
 Curb. 
 
 Gutter. 
 
 Area Flagging. 
 
 Cement 
 Sidewalk. 
 
 Lay a [bluestone] or [granite] sidewalk across the front of the building, each 
 stone (8") thick, not less than (6') wide, and of a sufficient length to reach from 
 the [building] or [walk lights] to [a line i" beyond] the curb. The stones are to 
 be [planed] or [rubbed] or [fine axed] on the upper faces [and outer edges,] with 
 perfectly straight joints, trimmed square (2") below the upper faces. Do all 
 cutting and grooving to fit to the coal covers, light frames, etc. Set the stones 
 over a bed of (12") of [sand] or [concrete] or [cinders] solidly rammed flush with 
 the underside of the stones. Lay to the proper grade [cutting the corner stones 
 to the grade on both streets] and joint with Portland cement. 
 
 Furnish [and set] the curbing, using (4" x 8") fine axed blue stone (8') long, 
 [set on the retaining wall] [i" back of the curb line.] 
 
 Furnish and set the gutter of (4" x 18") fine axed bluestone (8') long, hol- 
 lowed out (-J-") in the centre. 
 
 The curb and gutter are to be cut with square joints and edges, are to be 
 well bedded in Portland cement, and the joints to be [filled with Portland cement] 
 or [run with asphaltum and pointed with Portland cement] 
 
 | Specify where, thickness, etc. ( 
 
 Put down a cement sidewalk \ specify where and width. } 
 
 Excavate to a depth of (15 ") and fill in with [factory cinders (i i ") deep] or 
 [(8") of broken stone and (3") of cinders,] made wet and thoroughly rammed 
 until there can be no subsidence. Over this put down (3") of the following mix- 
 ture, viz.: one part of J. B. White & Brother s English Portland cement, two 
 parts of clean, sharp sand, and four parts of clean washed stone, broken to pass 
 through a (i") ring. 
 
 Put down a top coat (i") thick, composed of one part of the same cement 
 and two parts of [clean stone, crushed to (i") in size], or [sea washed grit] 
 
 Finish with a smooth and even surface in a uniform color as directed, with a 
 fall of (i") to the foot in the width of the walk. 
 
 Lay out in squares or uniform figures with joints cut entirely through the 
 walk from top to bottom, [and rib to imitate lo-cut tooled work.] 
 
 Form the curb of the same material with a rounded edge. 
 
 Leave all the necessary holes and grooves for coal covers, light frames, etc., 
 and after the fixtures are set, point up around them. 
 
 [The Contractor hereby agrees to repair at his own expense any damage 
 to this work not arising from accident, for a period of two years from the time 
 of completion.] 
 
 54 
 
55 
 
Quality and Descrip- 
 tion. 
 
 Clamps, etc. 
 
 Carving. 
 
 Cut Stone. 
 
 | If the Cut Stone work is made a separate contract, this specification should be preceded 
 by a Heading and General Conditions. 
 
 All cut stone of the various kinds is to be of an even and uniform color, 
 free from spawl holes, seams, sand holes or other defects that would materially 
 impair its strength, durability or appearance. [Samples in 6" cubes of each kind 
 of stone, showing the cutting and polishing specified and proposed to be furnished, 
 must be submitted to the Architect for his approval, and the work must be per- 
 formed equal in every respect to the samples approved.] 
 
 All rock faced work is to be fresh faced and free from tool marks. All beds 
 and builds are to be cut full to the square, all arrises sharp, and all side joints 
 vertical, extending so to the back of the stones. All side joints are to be [sawed 
 | in limestone or sandstone ' | or [fine pointed -Jin granite. | 
 
 All stones are to be set on their natural quarry beds. All projecting courses 
 are to rest on the wall a distance at least equal to i" more than their projection, 
 and not less than 12" in any case. All projecting stones are to be cut with a drip. 
 
 All stones are to be cut to receive the iron and wood work and are to be 
 provided with the necessary anchor, clamp, dowel and lewis holes. All cornice 
 and coping stones are to have the proper reglets cut in them for flashing, and the 
 Contractor is to do any other cutting of the stone work required. 
 
 All copings and horizontal courses and all chimney caps are to be clamped 
 together with galvanized wrought iron countersunk clamps. All vertical stones 
 are to be dowelled. [Every piece of stone is to be anchored to the backing with 
 two galvanized wrought iron anchors properly built in.] All clamps and dowels 
 are to be set in [moulten lead] or [Portland cement.] 
 
 [The iron clamps and dowels are to be furnished by the Iron Contractor, 
 and set by the Mason.~\ 
 
 All limestone is to be plastered on the back and sides with a thick coat of La 
 Farge Portland Cement. 
 
 Execute all carving in the best manner from detail drawings furnished for the 
 same. [The Contractor shall have full sized plaster models made of all carved work 
 and submit (photographs of) the same to the Architect for approval before exe- 
 cuting.] 
 
57 
 
Setting. 
 
 [If included in this 
 Specification. } 
 
 {If delivered for 
 Mason to set. } 
 
 Protection. 
 
 Kind of Stone. 
 
 Ashlar Work. 
 
 Set all work herein specified in [La Farge cement mortar] or [lime putty] with 
 uniform bed and side joints not more than -jV' wide. Rake out the joints (f") deep, 
 clean the stone off carefully with ['acid, and point at completion with Portland 
 cement.] 
 
 All the work herein specified is to be delivered to the building and properly 
 piled up on boards by the Contractor, ready for setting by the Mason, [and the 
 Contractor shall keep a sufficient number of fitters on the premises while the stone 
 is being set, to do any fitting required.] 
 
 All stone sills, steps, copings, jambs and other parts of the work likely to be 
 injured, must be protected by the Contractor by covering with boards properly 
 secured and maintained until the building is completed, when the coverings are to 
 be removed by the Contractor. All stone work must be protected while the face 
 brick is being oiled. 
 
 All steps are to be of the best Connecticut granite, all other work of light Indiana 
 limestone. 
 
 The walls where SO shown jor specify where front, sides, tower, dormers, gables, porch, 
 
 etc., [ are to be faced with coursed ashlar in (10") courses and the stones are to be 
 [not over 30" nor less than 20"] in length, breaking joints in every course. The 
 ashler is to be 
 
 [rock faced with (2") of rock face beyond the wall line] or 
 
 [rubbed] or 
 
 [crandelled] or 
 
 [tooled in parallel lines six to the inch] or 
 
 [random pointed with li" rubbed drafts] or 
 
 [rough pointed on the face and to project (3") beyond the wall line with 
 rounded edges and i-J" pointed drafts.] 
 
 All ashler is to have not less than (4") beds. 
 
 All joints are to be [pitched] or [pointed (i")] or [tooled (i")]. 
 
 The ashlar is to be bonded to the backing by six (10") horizontal courses ex- 
 tending entirely throiigh the backing and is to be [built with a slip joint, bonding into 
 the side walls as shown,] or [returned on the side walls with block toothings (2 and 
 3') deep and (10") high.] 
 
 5 
 
'If limestone, clean off with a stiff steel brush, use no acid, and point with Lafarge Portland 
 cement. In all important work Lafarge Cement mortar one part cement to two parts of 
 sand is used in setting the brick backing and for setting and poinitng the stone. 
 
 59 
 
Margins. 
 
 Water Table. 
 
 All jambs, corners and angles to have a (i") fine tooled margins. [Also cut 
 a i" margin at the top of the stone work all around the building. ] 
 
 The water table is to be (6") in height, to extend at least -(4") into the wall, 
 and to project ( i") beyond the wall line with a drip. It is to be fine tooled on the 
 face with a ( i") tooled wash. 
 
 Sills. 
 
 Lintels. 
 
 ; Special. I 
 'Ordinary.' 
 
 Furnish [and set) sills for all 
 
 windows as shown. The sills 
 
 are to be (5") thick for all openings 5' wide or less and (8") thick for openings 
 exceeding 5'. All sills are to extend at least (3") under the wood subsills, to be 
 (2") longer at each end than the openings, to project ( i *^") beyond the wall line, to 
 be [fine tooled) or [rubbed) on the face and top, and cut with wash, lugs and drip. 
 
 | Door Sills. |- 
 
 ; Special. ; 
 
 [Ordinary. [ Furnish [and set] lintels for all 
 
 windows as shown, to be 
 
 ( 10") high for openings 5' or less and (12") for openings exceeding 5'. The lintels 
 are to rest on the wall (4") at each end, to extend at least (i") over the frame, to 
 be placed flush with the wall, to be fine tooled on the face, fine tooled on the under- 
 side [and cut to fit the iron lintel. | 
 ' Door Lintels. ' 
 
 Jambs. 
 Mullions, etc. 
 
 Quoins. 
 Chimney Caps. 
 
 All jambs are to be in blocks, of the sizes as shown, rock faced, fine tooled on 
 the reveals [and cut out for the window boxes. J 
 
 The mullions and transoms are to be cut with moulded, panelled faces with 
 tooled sides, and back jointed for the frames. 
 
 The quoins are to be \i'ock faced with ( i") tooled drafts.] 
 
 The chimney caps are to be (4") thick, fine tooled on the face, with holes 
 cut through for each Hue. These caps are to project (i") beyond the brick work 
 all around, and each is to be in [ one piece) or \two pieces clamped |. 
 
 i Chimney offsets. '- 
 
 eo 
 
61 
 
Pier Caps and Bonds. 
 
 Coping. 
 
 | See under " Bluestone " page 52. [ 
 
 The copings for J specify where area walls, retaining walls, firewalls, gables, porches, 
 etc., | are to be ("5") thick, in [length as shown,] or [(6') lengths], fine tooled on the 
 face and top, and to project (2") on each side of the wall with a wash and drip on 
 both sides. [On the gable walls, every tliird coping stone is to extend into the 
 wall.] 
 
 ] Moulded edges. J 
 
 'Clamps for Copings specified on page 56. ' 
 
 Steps. 
 
 The Steps -J specify where front, rear, porte-cochere, terrace, basement, etc.,J are to 
 
 have (6") rise and (i i") tread covering in (t") rubbed on the rise and tread, [each in 
 one piece and with nosing and cove moulding on the edges.] 
 
 Stoops. 
 
 Platform; thickness, finish, pieces, joints. 
 
 Steps: size, finish, mouldings. 
 
 Buttresses: size, finish, mouldings, carvings. 
 
 Terrace Steps. 
 
 Steps: size, finish, mouldings. 
 
 Cheeks or Buttresses: size, finish, mouldings. '.Specified under "Bluestone," page 52 
 
 Belts. 
 
 Belts: size, finish, mouldings, projection, beds. 
 
 Columns and 
 Pilasters. 
 
 Shafts : size, finish, flutings, carvings, one piece, checked. 
 Base: mouldings, carved. 
 Caps: mouldings, carved. 
 
 Platforms. Platforms: thickness, finish, pieces, joints. \ Stoop platform specified under "Stoops," 
 
 above. ' 
 
 Arches. 
 
 Arches: face, reveals, carvings, margins. 
 
 Step Stones. 
 
 Step Stones : size, motildings, finish, carvings. 
 
 Posts. 
 
 Posts : size, moulding, cap, base, finish. 
 
Structural Iron 
 Work. 
 
 Principle of 
 Construction. 
 
 Tests. 
 
 IRON WORK. 
 
 {if the Iron Work is made a separate contract, this specification should be preceded by a 
 Heading and General Conditions. >. 
 
 | For Anchors, chimney Rods, Guards and Gratings see in Mason's Specification, 
 page 44 ; for Tie anchors for hollow walls see in Mason's Specification, page 20. For 
 Clamps, Dowels and Anchors for stone work, see in Cut Stone Specification, page 56. 
 
 For Truss iron, Beam straps, Flitch plates, Bridle irons and Rafter straps, see in Carpenter's 
 
 Specification under " Framing." For other miscellaneous items, see at the end of 
 this specification, \ 
 
 The building is to be constructed on the skeleton plan, the supporting system 
 being entirely independent of the side walls, and all the work is to be of the sizes 
 and weights as shown and figured on the drawings and as hereinafter specified. 
 
 The several parts of the structure are lo be proportioned to carry safely the following loads, 
 exclusive of the weight of the structure : 
 
 Floors, X 100 ) pounds per superficial foot. 
 
 Roofs, ["(5) pounds per superficial foot] or [a wind load of "(24) pounds, vertically, and a 
 snow load of 4 (j) pounds per superficial foot] and the calculation for strength shall also be based 
 on the assumption that the common brickwork 'weighs 112 pounds, pressed brickwork (140) 
 pounds, stone (170) pounds, concrete (140) pounds, and timber (54) pounds per cubic foot ; and 
 that the double flooring weighs (8) pounds, the plastering (8) pounds, the roof sheathing (3) 
 pounds, and the slate covering (9) pounds per square foot. 
 
 All work is to be accurately made and fitted with standard [wrought iron] or [steel] con- 
 nections. 
 
 The Contractor is to do all necessary drilling or Cutting for the proper fastening of all other 
 work to the ironwork. 
 
 All material used shall be subject to 'inspection and test by the Architect. Said tests and in- 
 spection are to be made at the time of rolling, and the quality determined before it leaves the 
 rolling mill. All necessary facilities for this purpose shall be furnished by the manufacturer. A 
 variation in cross section or weight of rolled material of more than 3^ from that specified, may be 
 cause for rejection. 
 
 Cast Iron, All castings shall be of tough grey iron, free from injurious cold shuts or 
 
 blow holes, true to pattern and of workmanlike finish. 
 
 Sample pieces i" square from the same heat of metal in sand moulds shall be capable of sus- 
 taining on a clear span of 4-6", a central load of 500 pounds when tested in the rough bar. 
 
 6 4 
 
'The allowance in the New York Building Law for floor loads is as follows: 
 
 For dwellings, tenements and hotels, 70 Ibs. per square foot. 
 
 For offices, 100 Ibs per square foot. 
 
 For places of public assembly, 120 Ibs. per square foot. 
 
 For stores, factories and warehouses, not less than 150 Ibs. per square foot. 
 
 Pitch. 
 = 45", 
 = 33-4'' 
 = 260-34' 
 
 = 2 1 0-48' 
 = 180-26' 
 
 Normal. 
 35 
 3 
 *5 
 
 20 
 
 'This allowance of fifty pounds-per square foot is for a flat roof. For pitched roofs the loads 
 are usually taken as follows: 
 
 'Wind Loads. 
 In pounds per superficial foot. 
 
 Vertical. Horizontal. 
 
 25 25 
 
 24 16 
 
 20 10 
 
 ,8 7 
 
 '6 5 
 
 4 Snow Loads. 
 
 In pounds per superficial foot. 
 
 Pitch of roof 
 
 Location. 
 
 Southern States, 
 Central States, 
 Rocky Mountain States, 
 New England States, 
 Northwest States, 
 
 \f 
 
 ,, 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 ~7 
 
 /% 
 
 /3 
 
 ^T 
 
 -g 
 
 /o 
 
 45 
 
 33-4i' 
 
 26- 34 ' 
 
 
 i8-26' 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 7 
 
 15 
 
 22 
 
 30 
 
 o 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 2 7 
 
 35 
 
 
 
 IO 
 
 20 
 
 35 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 25 
 
 37 
 
 5 
 
 TABLE OF WEIGHTS. 
 
 Woods. 
 
 Ash, 45 
 
 Cherry, 50.4 
 
 Chestnut, 49.2 
 Hemlock, 30 
 
 Oak, 72 
 
 Pine, white, 30 
 
 Pine, yellow, 54 
 
 Spruce, 30 
 
 Brick and Cement. 
 
 Common brickwork, 112 
 
 Terra cotta work, 112 
 Pressed brickwork, up to 142 
 
 Cement, Rosendale, 56 
 
 Cement, Portland, 90 
 
 Concrete, Rosendale, 140 
 
 Concrete, Portland, 150 
 
 Stonework. 
 
 Dressed limestone or granite, 160 
 
 Rubble, 150 
 
 Stone. 
 
 Granite, 170 
 
 Limestone, 170 
 
 Bluestone, 160 
 
 Sandstone, 150 
 
 Average weight of a cubic Average weight of a board 
 foot in Ibs. foot in Ibs. 
 
 Other Materials. 
 
 Slate, 
 Plaster, 
 
 No. 27. 
 
 Corrugated iron (laid) .88 
 
 3-75 
 
 4-2 
 
 4-i 
 
 2-5 
 
 6 
 
 2-5 
 
 4-5 
 2.5 
 
 No. 26. 
 
 97 
 
 No. 24. 
 
 1.18 
 
 NO. 22. 
 
 about 9 pounds per square foot 
 about 8 pounds per square foot 
 
 No. 20. No. 18. No. 16. 
 
 1.88 2.64 3.50 pounds per square foot 
 
Wrought Iron. 
 
 All wrought iron must be ductile and fibrous, straight and smooth, free from 
 buckles, blisters, cracks or cinder pockets. 
 
 The tensile strength, limit of elasticity and ductility shall be determined from a standard test 
 piece not less than " thick, and cut from a full sized bar. All wrought iron shall have an elastic 
 limit of at least 26,000 pounds per square inch, a tensile strength of 50,000 pounds per square 
 inch, and an elongation of at least 15$ in 8". All wrought iron when bent at a working heat, must 
 be capable of bending sharply to a right angle, without sign of fracture. When bent cold it 
 must bend 180 without sign of fracture to a curve the inner radius of which equals the thickness 
 of the piece tested, and when nicked and broken cold, the fracture must be mostly fibrous. 
 
 Rivet iron shall be capable of bending cold 180 to a curve the diameter of which shall not 
 exceed the thickness of the bar tested, without a sign of fracture 
 
 Steel. 
 
 No specific process or provision of manufacture will be demanded, provided 
 the material fulfills the requirements of this specification. 
 
 Test pieces shall have a diameter of f" and a length of 12" and shall show an ultimate tensile 
 strength of 64,000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit of 32,000 pounds, and an elongation of 
 20% in 8" with a 40$ minimum reduction of area at the point of fracture. All steel must bend cold 
 180 to a curve the inner diameter of which shall not exceed the thickness of the piece tested, 
 without sign of fracture. 
 
 Setting. T/he Contractor shall furnish all false work, rigging, etc., required for the 
 
 erection of all work herein specified, as the building progresses, and shall be 
 responsible for all accident to men and material caused by him or his employees. 
 He shall set all work herein specified plumb and true and fasten the same as soon 
 as it is in position. 
 
 Bolting and 
 Rivetting. 
 
 All bolt holes in cast iron are to be bored of such sizes as will fit the bolts 
 closely. The bolts must be provided with wrought iron washers and standard 
 threads and nuts, and must be of such length that the entire threads of the nuts 
 will be engaged. When bolts are used in place of rivets, the number shall be in- 
 creased by 2O#. All rivets must completely fill the holes and have full hemispheri- 
 cal heads concentric with the shanks of the rivet, to be countersunk where 
 required and machine driven where practicable. 
 
 The rivets must be so spaced that the shearing strain shall not exceed 7,500 pounds per 
 square inch, nor the pressure upon the bearing surface exceed 15,000 pounds per square inch of 
 the projected semi-intrados (/. e. : the diameter X the thickness of the piece) of the rivet. The 
 pitch of the rivets shall not exceed 6" nor twenty time.s the thickness of the thinnest plate, nor be 
 less than three diameters of the rivet. Wherever possible, the centre of the rivets shall be two 
 diameters away from the edge of the iron, and never less than i-J" except in bars less than 2-J" 
 wide. 
 
 66 
 
Punching. The diameter of the punch shall not exceed the diameter of the rivet, nor the 
 
 diameter of the die exceed the diameter of the punch by more than T V". 
 
 Holes must be so carefully punched that when the several parts forming one member are 
 assembled, a rivet -fa" less in diameter than the hole can be entered hot into any hole without 
 reaming or straining the iron by means of drift pins All joints in riveted work shall be ful.ly 
 spliced, as no reliance will be placed upon abutting joints. 
 
 Bases. 
 
 The bearings of beams, girders, etc., and the bases of all columns shall be 
 proportioned so that the load on the masonry shall not exceed 300 pounds per 
 square inch. All bases, etc., are to be bedded solidly in Portland Cement. 
 
 Lintels. 
 
 Furnish and set lintels [as shown on the drawings] or [as follows : \ number, 
 
 sizes, material, discription. ' Or 
 
 Furnish and set cast iron lintels over all openings in the masonry greater than (24") with 
 flanges the full width of the wall, the webs 4" high at the ends, and increasing in height by i" for 
 every 12" increase of span. All lintels are to have skew backs cast on where required. No lintels 
 are to have a breadth of over 16" without a double web. All lintels are to have a bearing on the 
 wall of at least "6" at each end. No cast iron lintel shall be less than " thick in any of its parts. 
 
 Cast Iron Columns. 
 
 Furnish and set the cast iron columns [as shown and figured on the drawings] 
 
 or [as follows : ^number, sizes, thickness, etc. |] 
 
 All cast iron columns must be true and straight and of full and uniform thickness for the 
 entire length. All necessary lugs, flanges, connections, etc., are to be cast on. All bearing 
 surfaces are to be turned or planed smooth and at right angles to the line of the strain to be 
 carried. All bolt holes are to be drilled. All corners, mouldings, flutings, etc., are to be smooth 
 and straight with sharp, clean corners. The ornamental work, where possible, is to be cast 
 separately and put on with screws, with joints made close by filing. Every closed cast iron 
 column is to have a hole " in diameter drilled in the shaft to exhibit its thickness. Every cast 
 iron column is to have an average thickness of shaft of at least ". No cast iron column shall 
 have an unsupported length exceeding twenty times its least diameter. 
 
 Wrought Iron and 
 Steel Columns. 
 
 Furnish and set the wrought iron and steel columns [as shown on the draw- 
 ings] or [as follows : ^number, sizes, discription, etc. ^] 
 
 All wrought iron and steel columns shall be in lengths of two or three stories and shall be of 
 [angles and plates] or [channels and plates] or [Z bars and plates] so arranged as to form a 
 symmetrical column. They shall be so riveted that the distance between the rivets in the line of 
 the strain shall not exceed twenty times the thickness of the parts joined. 
 
 Caps and bases are to be built up of [plates and angles of such sizes as will allow of sufficient 
 rivets to carry the loads. No plates nor angles, however, are to be less than ^" thick unless for 
 filling.] Where one column rests on top of another, the splice is to be made with [plates of such 
 thickness and size as will allow of sufficient number of rivets.] Unless the ends of the columns 
 are turned to a true bearing, the joint must be fully spliced. Make the connections for beams 
 and girders of [heavy angles and plates.] Where necessary to carry heavy concentrated loads, 
 
 68 
 
'New York Building Law requires that all lintels with a span of over 10' shall have at least 
 12" bearing on walls or at least 6" bearings on iron posts. 
 
 69 
 
Beams and Girders. 
 
 Box and Plate 
 Girders. 
 
 Painting. 
 
 the angle brackets are to be strengthened with a pair of vertical angles underneath, which must 
 have their upper ends milled off to secure a perfect bearing against the brackets. At the ends of 
 the columns or where they receive concentrated loads, they shall have additional {specify size! 
 stiffening plates, and the pitch of the rivets for a length equal to twice the diameter of the 
 columns shall not exceed four diameters of the rivet. The open sides of all columns shall be 
 stayed by {specify size} tie plates at the ends and diagonal '{specify size} lacing bars between. 
 The tie plates shall have a length at least equal to the diameter of the column, and the lacing bars 
 shall generally be inclined 45 to the axis of the column. No column shall have a length exceeding 
 "60 times its least width without a corresponding reduction in the unit strain, as approved by the 
 Architect. 
 
 Furnish and set [rolled iron] or [steel] beams and girders [as shown and 
 figured on the drawings] or [as follows: \ specify number, location, size, weights, des- 
 cription, etc. [ 
 
 All beams and channels shall be of standard make and have a bearing of at least 3 8" on the 
 walls. [The beams {specify which} are to have a bearing of - and to set on {specify size} 
 bearing plates.] All floor beams shall have (") wrought iron tie rods spaced in rows about '6' 
 apart. Where two or more beams are used as a single girder, provide heavy standard separators 
 and bolts about every 6'. 
 
 All connections between beams and girders shall be neatly coped and fastened with standard 
 connection angles. [In cases where beams of relatively short lengths are loaded to their full 
 capacity,] make provision for additional strength {specify what} in the connections. 
 
 Provide and set box or single web riveted girders [where rolled beams are not 
 sufficiently strong to carry the loads] or [where shown on the drawings] or \ specify 
 where. \ 
 
 The webs of such girders are to be {specify sizes and weights} or [proportioned so that the 
 maximum shearing strain shall not exceed 10,000 Ibs. per square inch.] The webs must be 
 stiffened at the ends and at the points of application of concentrated loads by means of {specify 
 size} vertical angle stiffenersTiveted on in pairs. These stiffeners should be spaced [at distances 
 less than the depth of the girders near the ends, and may be placed farther apart or omitted near 
 the centre] or [as shown on the drawings.] 
 
 The flanges of all girders are to be proportioned on the supposition that the bending or chord 
 strains are resisted by the upper and lower flanges and one-sixth of the web plate area. The 
 compression flanges of beams and girders shall be stayed against transverse crippling when their 
 length is more than fifteen times their width. In every case at least one flange plate shall extend 
 from end to end of the girder to give lateral stiffness. The web of plate girders where spliced, 
 must be spliced by means of a plate on both sides. All angle stiffeners are to have milled ends to 
 fit closely between the flange angles. Provide packing bars back of every set of stiffeners, the 
 same width as the stiffener angle and as thick as the chord angle. 
 
 6 [A11 iron work is to be painted] or 
 
 [All parts of columns, girders, etc., which will be inaccessible after assembling, 
 and all grilles, fire escapes, etc., are to be painted] with two coats, composed of 7 
 Ibs. Prince's metallic paint dry to one gallon pure linseed oil, boiled and raw. 
 [All other iron work is to be oiled.] 
 
 70 
 
'The size of the lacing bars should be as follows: 
 For a distance between gauge lines of 6" or less i" x 1 ^." 
 over 6" but not exceeding 8" i^'' x ^" 
 8" 10" i%" x i 
 
 10" 12" if" x i" 
 
 12" 16" 2" x ^." 
 
 16" 20" 2^" x f" 
 
 -20" lacing bars should be made of angles. 
 
 "New York Building Law: No wrought iron or rolled steel column shall have an unsupported 
 length of more than thirty times its least lateral dimension or diameter, nor shall its metal be less 
 than " in thickness. 
 
 'New York Building Law: All wrought iron or rolled steel beams 8" deep and under shall 
 have bearings equal to their depth, if resting on a wall; 9" to 12" beams shall have a bearing of 
 10", and all beams more than 12" in depth shall have bearings of not less than 12" if resting on a 
 wall. Where beams rest on iron supports and are properly tied to the same, no greater bearings 
 shall be required than one-third of the depth of the beams. 
 
 'Where the strain on the masonry would exceed 300 pounds per square inch, the bearing 
 surface should be made larger to bring the strain within this limit. 
 
 'New York Building Law requires such tie rods to be spaced at intervals of not more than 
 eight times the depth of the beam. 
 
 'In structural ironwork sometimes the entire work is painted; sometimes only such parts as 
 would be inaccessible after assembly, and the rest oiled. The finished ironwork, such as grilles, 
 fire escapes, etc., are usually painted by the Iron Contractor with a coat of mineral paint and the 
 finishing coats are put on by the painter. 
 
Roofs. 
 
 Trusses. 
 
 iFor Riveted Work. 
 
 {For Pin Connected 
 Work.} 
 
 Construct and set the trusses as shown on the drawings. The form of the 
 trusses shall be such that the stress in every member admits of exact calculation. 
 
 The trusses are to be spaced [as shown on the drawings] or [at such distances 
 apart as to allow of single pieces of shape iron being used for purlins.] 
 
 [The sizes and sections are to be as shown on the strain sheet.] 
 Or 
 
 [All tension members shall preferably be composed of angles with the object of stiffness. All 
 main members shall preferably be made of two angles back to back, of two angles and one plate, 
 or of four angles laced. The secondary members may be formed of one angle, and long laterals 
 or sways may be formed of bars with a sleeve nut adjustment, to facilitate erection. All members 
 having such a length as to render sagging probable, shall be held up by sag ties properly spaced. 
 The rafters shall preferably be made of two angles, two angles and one plate, or of such other 
 approved form as to allow of easy connection for the web members. Sub-struts may be formed 
 of one angle. Sway bracing shall be introduced where necessary to insure ease of erection and 
 sufficient transverse strength ; such strains shall preferably be carried to the foundation direct, 
 but may be accounted for by bending in the columns.] 
 Or 
 
 [All tension members shall be composed of eye-bars or loop rods. All pin holes are to be 
 accurately bored perpendicular to the axis of the members, unless otherwise shown. In pieces not 
 adjustable for length, no variation of more than ^." will be allowed in the length between the 
 centre of pin holes. The diameter of the pin holes shall not exceed that of the pins by more than 
 -jJg-" nor by more than -^" for pins under 3^-" in diameter. All eye-bars must be straight before 
 boring and the holes must be in the centre of the heads and on the centre line of the bars. All 
 links belonging to the same panel when placed in a pile, must allow the pin at each end to pass 
 through at the same time without forcing. No welds will be allowed in the body of the bar of 
 eye-bars, laterals or counters, except to form the loops of the laterals, counters and sway rods. 
 The eyes of all laterals, stirrups, sway rods and counters must be bored. All pins and lateral 
 bolts must be finished perfectly round and straight. Provide pilot nuts where necessary to pre- 
 serve the threads while the pins are being driven. Thimbles or washers must be used where re- 
 quired to fill the vacant spaces on the pins and bolts.] 
 
 Expansion. The trusses are to be arranged to allow for the expansion and contraction 
 
 which would take place in a difference of temperature of 150 and the bearing 
 plates shall be provided with two anchor bolts not less than f" in diameter [bolted 
 fast to the tops of the columns] or [extending 3' down into the masonry.] 
 
 Purlins. Single pieces of shape iron are to be used for purlins, avoiding the use of 
 
 trussed purlins. Purlins shall preferably be composed of single angles, with the 
 long leg vertical and the back towards the peak of the roof. All purlins are to be 
 attached to the rafters by clips with at least two rivets in the rafter and one bolt 
 hole for each end of each purlin. The purlins are to be spaced '(3') on centres, 
 
 72 
 
'For a corrugated iron roof the purlins should not be spaced at a greater distance from the 
 centres than the distances in the following table: 
 
 27 gauge 2'-o" 
 
 26 " 2 '-6" 
 
 24 " 3-0" 
 
 22 " 4 '-o" 
 
 20 " 4 '-6" 
 
 1 8 " 5 --o" 
 
 16 " 5 '-6" 
 
 73 
 
Covering. 
 
 Corrugated Iron. 
 
 Cover the roof with (24) gauge corrugated iron with 2\' corrugations, all laid 
 with one corrugation side lap and not less than 3" end lap. All valleys are to have 
 a flashing of [3 Ibs. sheet lead] or [12 oz. copper] extending at least 6" under the 
 corrugated iron and all ridges are to have a galvanized iron roll cap- fastened over 
 the corrugated iron. The corrugated iron is to be secured to the purlins by '[No. 
 9^ annealed wire nails, having a washer under the heads next to the iron. These 
 nails are to be of a sufficient length to clinch around the purlins not less than i"]or 
 '[straps not less than $" x No. 18 gauge passed completely around the purlin and 
 riveted at each end to the sheet.] Each sheet is to have at least two fastenings 
 to each purlin. The side laps are to be riveted with 6 Ib. rivets about every 18". 
 At the gable ends, the corrugated iron shall be securely fastened down on the roof 
 to a finish angle connected to the ends of the roof purlin. 
 
 Fire Escapes. 
 
 Furnish and put up fire escapes | specify where | made entirely of wrought 
 iron, with all parts strongly riveted and bolted together. Support the balconies 
 with brackets placed (4) apart, formed of 2" x 2" x i" angles riveted together, 
 extending through the brick wall and with a bolt and washer on the inside. Form 
 the balcony floors of i" x f" bars laid flat i" apart with battens riveted together 
 and fastened to the brackets. Form the railing (3') high with a ii" oval top and 
 with f" [round] or [square] balusters placed 6" on centres. Lead the returns into 
 the walls. Form the ladders with 2^" x f" sides, and f" round rungs riveted in. 
 Fasten the ladders securely to the walls. [The lower leaf of the ladder is to be 
 hinged to raise out of reach.] 
 
 Sidewalk Doors. 
 
 Furnish and set iron side walk doors with a (2!" x 2i" x i") angle iron frame 
 fastened to the walk with expansion bolts. Construct the door of No. 10 iron on 
 a 2" x -" bar iron frame with the edges turned down over the frame. Form a 
 rebated joint in the centre by bending the iron to lap i ". Hang the doors with 
 heavy wrought iron hinges and provide them with a hasp and lock and lifting 
 rings. Also provide a check to prevent the doors from opening too far. 
 
 74 
 
'Where the corrugated iron is put on over wood sheathing. 
 'Where the corrugated iron is fastened directly on the iron beams. 
 
 75 
 
Stairs. 
 
 Construct the stairs with strings made of (2^" x f") iron placed double with 
 (ii" x ii" x i") angle lattice bars to support the treads. The treads are to be of 
 [if" yellow pine] or [cast iron with checkered tops and nosing on the edge.] The 
 risers are to be of [-" surfaced pine] or [cast iron with open work.] Form the 
 
 railing -j specify height, rails and balusters.' 
 
 Grilles. 
 
 The grilles are to be made of wrought iron in accordance to the design and 
 details for the same, filing down all intersections, so that the scrolls come flush. 
 All parts are to be [brazed] or [riveted with the rivets countersunk\ or [welded 
 together.] The frame is to be of (" x ii") iron and the scrolls of '( T V x i"). 
 The ornaments are to be [cast] or [hammered] and are to be [riveted] or [welded] 
 on. The frame is to have [lugs to build into the masonry] or [screw holes to 
 screw to the wood work.] 
 
 Shutters. Furnish and hang in position, iron shutters for \ mention [ windows. The 
 
 frame is to be constructed of 2" x f" iron and covered with No. 18 [crimped] or 
 [plain sheet] iron riveted to the frame and left projecting i". Build proper cast 
 iron shutter eyes into the wall and hang the shutters with wrought iron hinges. 
 Provide each shutter with a [sliding bolt] or [2" x f" cross bar] fastening. 
 
 Area Railings. 
 
 Rails : height, size, balusters, ornaments. 
 Gate: size, lock, hinges. 
 Posts: size, fastening. 
 
 Fences. 
 
 Fences. Iron and Wire : See under "Fences" in Carpenter's Specification. 
 
 Walk Lights. 
 
 Coal Covers. 
 
 Gates. 
 
 Balconies. 
 
 Cresting. 
 
 Wheel Guards. 
 
 Frame. 
 Glass. 
 
 76 
 
1 The sizes of the iron used in grilles range from light band iron for small grilles, up to 
 x 1 1", and grilles are sometimes constructed of square iron as large as i" square. 
 
 77 
 
Carpenter's 
 
 SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the erection 
 of a frame house to be constructed for Mr. 
 at 
 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 \ address j- 
 | date \ 
 
 General 
 Conditions. 
 
 Cutting. 
 
 Demolition of 
 Old Buildings. 
 
 Disposition of 
 flaterials. 
 
 Ownership. 
 
 { For General Conditions see page 2. } 
 
 The Carpenter shall do all cutting of timber and wood work required by the 
 other contractors to properly carry out their work, but he shall not do any cutting 
 which may weaken the work, without the consent of the Architect. 
 
 
 
 The Contractor is to carefully remove all [sash, glass, frames, doors and other 
 wood work\ from the old buildings at present on the site. 
 | See page 8.} 
 
 | See page 8. j 
 
 Bridge and 
 Platform. 
 
 Shoring 
 
 of Excavation. 
 
 {See page 8. J 
 
 {See page 12. 
 
79 
 
Timber. All timber, except where otherwise particularly specified, is to be as follow.-. : 
 
 Girders: '(6" x 10") yellow pine. 
 Sills : (6" x 6"). 
 
 The underside of the sills and the ends of the girders are to be painted two coats of Atlantic 
 white lead and linseed oil before being set in place. 
 
 Sleepers : 'round, (6") in diameter, of chestnut, set (20") on centres. 
 
 Sleepers : ]See under heading " Floors." [ 
 
 Basement joist (2 x 10"), set 16" on centres. 
 
 First floor joist 3 (2" x 12"), set 16" on centres. 
 
 j Other floor joist. } 
 
 Ceiling beams (2" x 6"), set 16" on centres. 
 
 Cellar beams (i " x 10") placed on each pair of rafters. 
 
 Headers and trimmers (4") x the depth of the beams. 
 
 Posts [under girders, etc.,] 4 (8" x 8") of yellow pi ne. 
 
 Posts [4" x 8" in size with a 2" x 4" spiked on the side, extending in one piece 
 
 from the sill to plate, are to be placed at all corners and angles and at 
 
 the ends of all main partitions.] 
 Braces : (4 x 4 ") s long braces having a run of not less than 6' are to be set at all 
 
 corners of the frame in each story, and are to be framed into the timber 
 
 at each end and pinned. 
 Plates and Ties : (4 ' x 6"). 
 Girts : (4" x 8"). 
 
 Wall 6 plates : (4" x 8"), anchored to the wall with bolts built in by the Mason 
 Ledger 7 boards : (i " x 6 ") notched i" into the studs and posts and well spiked. 
 Studs : outside, (2" x 4") hemlock set (16") on centres. 
 j Inside and bearing partition studs. { 
 Door and window studs, both in outside walls and partitions, are to be formed of 
 
 (two 2" x 4"s) from the floor to the head, hemlock, 
 Door and window heads : ordinary (4" x 4"), hemlock. 
 
 Over the \ specify where [ 8 door heads frame a (4 x 12") timber. 
 Partition plates and sills : "(3" x 4"). 
 {Specify any special girders, trusses over wide openings, etc.) 
 
'The usual formulae for ascertaining the transverse strength of rectangular section wooden 
 beams supported at both ends are as follows: 
 Rupture : 
 For a safe, uniformly distributed load 
 
 Breadth in inches x sq uare of depth in inches x constant x 2 
 
 Safe distributed load m pounds= -= r 
 
 Span in feet x factor of safety. 
 
 In which the constants are usually (and in the New York Building Law are required to be) 
 as follows: Hemlock, 400; White Pine, 450; Spruce, 450; Pitch or Georgia Pine, 550; American 
 Oak, 550 pounds. 
 
 The factor of safety is usually from 4 to 10. The New York Building Law requires 4. 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Find the safe dfstributtd\oa.A of a 6" x 10" Georgia Pine girder 20' in clear span, with a factor of safety of 8 
 
 SOLUTION (by formula): 
 
 6 x 100 x 550 x 2 . 
 
 20x8 
 
 4125 pounds is therefore the safe distributed load for such a beam. From this deduct the weight of the beam, 
 to find the safe neat load. For table of Weights see page 65. 
 
 For a safe concentrated load 
 
 Safe distributed load x distance in feet from load to farther bearing. 
 Safe concentrated load= : - e 
 
 Span in feet. 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Find the safe concentrated load placed 5' from one end. on the same girder. 
 SOLUTION (by formula): 
 
 "^-_aOM pounds. 
 
 For a concentrated load at the center the first formula may be used alone by omitting the 
 factor 2 above the line. 
 
 For a cylindrical beam use the same formulae taking the diameter for the breadth and depth, 
 and multiply the result by .6. 
 
 Deflection : 
 
 With a safe load a beam may bend too much. In practice a deflection of -fa" per foot is 
 usually regarded as the allowable maximum. Thus a beam 15' in length should not bend 
 more than 15 x -fa" or %". 
 
 Formula for deflection 
 
 Equivalent of centre load in pounds x cube of span in feet x constant. 
 
 Deflection in inches = =- r - r -. : ; -=, . . . - 
 
 Breadth in inches x cube of depth in inches. 
 
 In which the " Equivalent of Centre load " is 
 
 Centre load -+- (weight of beam x . G25). 
 or 
 
 (Distributed load -|- weight of beam) x .02-5. 
 And in which the constant for white or yellow pine, spruce, oak or hemlock is usually . 00032. 
 
 -For a basement or similar floor over concrete, round sleepers are often bedded in the cement 
 on which to lay a wood floor. These sleepers are usually of chestnut, but locust is better 
 although scarce and expensive. A better way probably to form such a floor is to lay 4" x 6" 
 sleepers over the concrete. In some cases these sleepers are placed about 20' apart and the 
 floor is nailed directly to them. In other cases they are placed about 8' apart and joist are laid 
 over them for the floor. For sleepers for fire-proof floors, see under heading " Floors. " 
 
 'The New York Building Law permits no floor beams less than 3" thick. 
 
 J A formula for ascertaining the safe load for rectangular wooden posts with their ends 
 firmly fixed and equally loaded, is as follows : 
 
 Area of section in square inches x constant 
 Safe load in pounds= ^-j . . : = 
 
 /square of length in inches \ ,, , , 
 
 fl -f I - TT 53 - I x .004] x factor of safety. 
 
 Vsquare of least side in inches/ 
 
 In which the constants are usually: American Oak, 6,000; Pitch or Georgia Pine, 5,000; 
 White Pine or Spruce, 3,500 pounds. 
 
 And in which the factor of safety usually is from 5 to 8. The New York Building Law 
 requires 5. 
 
 If posts are sufficiently supported against yielding sideways, the length is taken between 
 such supports. For a cylindrical column take .6 of the result given by the formula, using the 
 diameter for the "least side." 
 
 'The frame is usually braced in this manner when the sheathing is not put on diagonally. 
 
 6 These wall plates are for a stone or brick building. 
 
 ^Ledger boards are used only for a baloon frame. 
 
 "Sometimes instead of trussing over the wide openings a heavy timber is put in as a plate. 
 This is perhaps better than the ordinary trussing and unless the trussing is carried by means of 
 braces to the floor. 
 
 'Partition sills for a 4" stud partition are often 3" x 5%" to provide a better nailing for the base. 
 
 81 
 
Rafters: Hips, (2" x 9"); Valleys, (3" x 9"); Ridge, (Txg"); Intermediates, 
 
 (2" x 8") placed (24") on centres. 
 Purlins: (6" x 8") yellow pine. 
 Deck plates : (3" x 9"). 
 Trusses. 
 
 The trusses are to be constructed of yellow pine timber and framed together as 
 shown on the drawings. The principal rafters are to be (8" x 10"), struts (8" x 8") and 
 tie beams (8" x 8"). The keys are to be of white oak cut so that the fibres shall run 
 parallel with the tie beams. Furnish and pxit in the iron bolts and rods in size as 
 shown and with proper washers and nuts. The rods are to have expansion clips. 
 
 The Piazza and Porch timber is to be as follows : 
 Girders, (4" x i o" ) yellow pine. 
 Sills and Cross sills, (4" x 8"). 
 
 Floor beams (2" x 8"), cut in between, and set (20") on centres. 
 Ceiling 'beams, (2" x 6"), set (20") on centres. 
 Rafters, (2" x 6"), set (20") on centres. 
 Hips and Valleys, (3" x 8"). 
 Plates, | (6" x io")| or [size as shown on the detail drawings] hemlock. 
 
 Furnish and put in any other timber required to fully carry out the work in a 
 proper manner. All of the timber, except as otherwise specified, is to be of spruce. 
 All timber is to be sound, well seasoned, and free from any imperfections 
 materially imparing its durability or strength, and is to be set with the crowning 
 edge up. 
 
 Framing. The Carpenter shall level and measure all walls, before framing and report 
 
 any deviation from the drawings to the Architect. He shall exercise care in fram- 
 ing so that important timbers will not require cutting for pipes, chimneys, etc. 
 All framing must be kept 2" from*the outside of the chimneys, and in no case will 
 the timber be allowed to rest on the chimneys. 
 
 82 
 
Ceiling beams are needed where a piazza, ceiling is to be formed level. 
 
Sizing. 
 
 Firecut. 
 Beam Anchors. 
 
 sills, etc. The sills and plates are to be halved at the corners and spliced with a scarf 
 
 joint. 
 Ties. The ties are to be mortised and tenoned into the posts and pinned with hard 
 
 wood pins. 
 
 Floor Beams. Double the floor beams under all partitions running the same way. All 
 
 beams are to rest at least (4") on the walls and [girders] or [are to be framed into 
 the girders with a tusk and tenon] or [are to be notched 4" on the hanging strip 
 at the girders.] 
 
 All girders and beams must be [sized to their bearings and not wedged up] 
 or [wedged up with slate chips.] 
 
 All beams and girders entering masonry walls are to have a '(4") firecut. 
 The beams running parallel to the walls are to be anchored every (6') and 
 every fourth beam is to be anchored to the side walls with wrought iron anchors 
 built in by the "mason. The same beams where they cross the girders are to be 
 tied together [with (i" x f" x 24") wrought iron straps] or [by lapping 12" well 
 (spiked) or (boltedj]. All these anchors and straps are to be spiked to the beams. 
 
 Each tier of beams, front and rear, opposite each pier shall have [i" x 4" hardwood or 
 Georgia pine 3 anchor strips, dovetailed into the beams diagonally. These strips shall cover at 
 least four beams and are not to be let in within 4' of the centre of the beams] or [wooden strips 
 nailed on top of the beams and kept in place until the floors are laid.] 
 
 Frame headers and trimmers with tusk and tenon for all stair, hearth and 
 other openings [and frame with headers and trimmers over all openings in the 
 cellar walls and 8" away from the inside of all flues.] 
 
 All headers over 4 (i 5') in span are to have a (i") wrought iron flitch plate 
 of the depth of the beams inserted between the two beams and bolted to them with 
 f" bolts, 1 8" apart, placed alternately 2" from the top and bottom with a washer at 
 each end. 
 stirrups. All headers over 5 (8') in span are to be hung in (f" x 3") wrought iron stirrup 
 
 irons. 
 Roof. The rafters are to be doubled at all roof openings and where practicable studs 
 
 are to be carried up to support the roofs. 
 
 straps. The hips and valleys are to be strapped to the ridge and to each other with 
 
 (i" x f" x 24") wrought iron straps. 
 
 Headers and Trimmers. 
 
 Flitch Plates. 
 
 . 84 
 
'The New York Building Law requires a 3" firecut for beams built into a wall. 
 "These anchors are usually put in the Mason's Specifications, see page 44. 
 'These anchor strips are required by the New York building law. 
 
 *The New York Building Law requires all headers over 15' in span to be formed with flitch 
 plates or of wrought iron or steel beams. 
 
 'The New York Building Law requires all headers over 4' in span to be hung with stirrup irons. 
 
Partitions. Set the partitions as shown on the plans [with 2" x 4" hemlock studs, set 16" 
 
 on centres] straight and plumb. Partitions directly over walls or girders in the 
 cellar or partition plates below are to be run down to them and are not to rest on 
 the floors. All others are to have sills, and all partitions are to have plates in size 
 as before specified. Truss over all openings exceeding (4') in span and strongly 
 truss all partitions not supported from below to take the weight off from the centre 
 of the beams. Form all corners and angles solid by spiking two studs together. 
 All round corners are to be furred for horizontal lathing. Line the sliding door 
 pockets with ($" x 4^") tongued and grooved boards painted both sides before 
 being put on. 
 
 {Specify any special bracing or trussing in partitions.} 
 
 Bridging. Bridge all floor beams with one row of (2" x 4") cross bridging to each span of 
 
 beams exceeding (8') and two rows to all spans exceeding (16'), properly cut in 
 and nailed at each end with two 8d. nails. Bridge all [outside walls and 'partitions 
 in first story] once in their height with (2" x 4") hemlock cut [diagonally] or 
 [horizontally] and nailed at each end with two lod. nails. 
 
 Lintels, 
 Arches, etc. 
 
 Provide all brick or stone openings with rough wood lintels not less than (5") 
 thick and resting at least 3" on the wall. Make and set all forms for arches and 
 also any templates required. Furnish all bond timber and wood brick for insertion 
 in the walls as necessary. 
 
 Sheathing. 
 
 Cover the entire frame [except on such roofs as are to be shingled] with 
 (|"x 10") 3 [rebated] or [tongued and grooved] hemlock sheathing, surfaced one side 
 to an even thickness, put on '[diagonally] or [horizontally] and nailed to every 
 bearing with two 8d. nails. 
 
 Cover over the sheathing [except roofs] with H. W. Johns 'medium weight 
 Asbestos Building Felt laid with not less than 2" lap. Line with the same felt 
 under all corner boards, casings, etc. 
 
 86 
 
'Partitions over 10' high are usually bridged. 
 
 "Tongued and grooved hemlock sheathing put on costs about $5.00 per M. more than square 
 jointed. Rebated sheathing, which is probably better than tongued and grooved, costs about 
 $1.25 per M. more than square jointed. 
 
 *If the sheathing is put on horizontally, the frame should be braced. 
 
 *This building felt is made in three thicknesses: thin, 6 Ibs. ; medium, 10 Ibs., and heavy, 14 
 Ibs. per 100 square feet. 
 
Roofs. 
 
 Shingle. 
 
 Slate. 
 
 Asphalt. 
 
 Ridge Roll. 
 
 Crestings and Finlals. 
 
 Flashing. 
 
 Roof. 
 
 Aprons. 
 
 Counter Plashing. 
 
 Other Flashing. 
 
 Cover the l roofs where marked shingle, with XXXX sawed pine shingles, (18") 
 long, laid (sX") to the weather, with narrow open valleys and with a capping 
 course, [commonly known as the Boston hip] run up the hips over the other shingle. 
 All roof shingle are to be laid on i" x 2" spruce 'lath, and all shingle over 3" wide 
 are to have at least two nails. [All shingle are to be dipped by the Painter before 
 being put on.] 
 
 Cover the roof where marked slate on the drawings, with best No. i North Bangor roofing 
 slate 3 (8" x 16") in size, laid with a lap of (3") of the third over the first, each slate drilled and trimmed 
 and nailed with two nails. The slate at the hips, valleys, etc. , are to be cut so that their bond will 
 be uniform with the rest. All hips are to be mitred and put together in slaters' cement. The 
 top ends of all upper courses tinder the ridge coverings are to be bedded in slaters' cement. 
 Cover the roofs under the slates with No. 2 Carbolized tarred roofing felt, lapped 2" and tacked. 
 
 Cover the roof with two thicknesses of Warren's Composite roofing felt, laying the felt with 
 the manilla paper side down, and securing it with nails through tin discs about two and one-half 
 feet apart. Mop between the layers of felt thus laid, and over its entire surface, a coating of 
 Warren's Anchor Brand natural asphalt roofing cement. L,ay into this cement, as a cap sheet, one 
 thickness of Warren' s Anchor Brand natural asphalt roofing felt, securing same at the upper edges 
 by nails through tin discs about two feet apart, and lapping each successive sheet one inch over the 
 preceding one. Over the entire surface of the felt thus laid, spread an even coating of fa& Anchor 
 Brand cement, and cover the same immediately in the usual way with a sufficient body of well- 
 screened dry gravel. If the roofing is laid in cold weather the gravel is to be warmed 
 
 Put up 2" galvanized iron ridge rolls furnished by the tinner at all ridges of 
 the roof. 
 
 Furnish and set {specify where} galvanised iron cresting and finials {describe}. 
 
 Furnish material for and put on the following ''flashing : 
 
 Flash as required around all scuttles, skylights, dormers, and masonry coming 
 in connection with the roof, with \_N. & G. Taylor Co ^s Old Style brand, IX 
 thickness extra coated tin, painted both sides] or [3 lb. sheet lead] or [16 oz. cop- 
 per] 5" in width, turned up 2^2". 
 
 Put on aprons of the same material 10" wide at the top end of lower sections 
 of roof coming against walls or roofs of a different pitch. 
 
 Counter flash against all masonry coming in connection with the roof, with 
 \_N. & G. Taylor CoSs Old Style brand, IX thickness, extra coated tin, painted 
 both sides] or [3 lb. sheet lead] or [16 oz. copper] worked 2" into the joints of the 
 masonry, cemented in with slaters' cement, and brought down to within y 2 " of the 
 slate. Such flashing is to be stepped on the rakes. 
 
 Flash over and at the sides of all window, frames with N. & G. Taylor Cols 
 Old Style brand IX thickness extra coated tin, painted both sides, furnished by 
 tinner. Run the flashing 2" under the clapboards. 
 
 88 
 
'Roofs less than 15 in pitch or less than n" run to 4" rise, should not be shingled, and 
 roofs less than 30 pitch, or less than 12" run to 8" rise should not be shingled over a plastered 
 ceiling. 
 
 "Roof shingle are usually laid over lath placed the proper distance apart for nailing, rather 
 than over boards. 
 
 'The following table gives the regular sizes of most slates with the usual exposure and the 
 number required to lay a square for each size. 
 
 Exposed No. in 
 
 No. i Slate. No. i Ribb. laid 3" lap. square. 
 24 x 14 io" 98 
 
 24 x 12 24 x 12 I0 i' 114 
 
 22 X 12 22 X 12 g\" 126 
 
 22 X II 22 X II 9-J-" 138 
 
 20 X 12 8" 142 
 
 20 x 10 20 x 10 8V 170 
 
 18 x 12 7!" 160 
 
 18 x 10 18 x 10 ;" 192 
 
 18 x 9 18 x 9 7^" 214 
 
 16 x 10 16 x 10 6-" 222 
 
 16 x 8 16 x 8 6" 277 
 
 14 x 10 14 x 10 5^" 262 
 
 14x8 14x8 5^" 328 
 
 '4 * 7 Si" 375 
 
 12x8 4^" 400 
 
 12 x 7 4 |" 457 
 
 12 x 6 4 f 534 
 
 4 In shingle roofing it is usual for the roofer to do all flashing, except counter flashing and the 
 material is ordinarily furnished by the tinner. In slate roofing the roofer usually furnishes mate- 
 rial for and does all flashing, including counter flashing. In either case, the tinner usually puts in 
 the valleys and gutters. 
 
 89 
 
Scuttle. Construct a scuttle door where shown, (2-6" x 4) in size, with a rebated joint 
 
 to render it weather tight. Cover the door with Taylor 's Old Style tin, and flash 
 properly around the upper sides of the frame and on the roof. Construct a door 
 in the ceiling (2-6" x 4') in size, [made of (-" x 2^") beaded, tongued and grooved 
 yellow pine with battens screwed on] or [panelled]. 
 
 {Hardware: Hooks or Bolts. Hinges. See Hardware List.} 
 
 Construct a rough boarded footway 2' wide on the attic ceiling beams from 
 the ceiling door to the scuttle. Construct a stepladder with $" x 4" surfaced pine 
 treads and strings. The treads are to be housed into the strings i". 
 
 Skylights. [Construct the skylights as shown on the drawings, (3'-6" x 6') in size, with 
 
 l" X l" rebated wood bars and lights (10") wide] or j Specify galvanized iron skylights, j 
 
 Glaze the skylight with ribbed glass T V thick. Box down to the ceiling with 
 ($" x 2$'") beaded first quality North Carolina pine. 
 
 Place a sash in the ceiling if" thick, glazed with [stained glass furnished by 
 the Owner} or [tinted ribbed glass, etc.] Make a door in the side of the enclosed 
 space above the ceiling to get at the sash for cleaning. 
 
 Side and Gable 
 Shingle. 
 
 All the shingle on the sides and in gables are to be of pine of Uniform width, 
 ^smooth on the face, cut where shown, and laid 3 (si") to the weather. 
 
 These shingles are to be dipped by the Painter before being put on. 
 
 Siding. Cover the frame where so marked on the drawings with the best ''clear white 
 
 pine clapboards, (6") wide, laid with a ii" lap and well nailed to every bearing with 
 6d. nails set in for puttying. 
 
 [The clapboards are to be mitred on. the corners.] 
 [Block solid with a bevelled piece back of all butt joints.] 
 [In panels 12" long and under, no butt joints will be allowed.] 
 No butt joints are to come over window openings in the first course above 
 such openings. 
 
 9 
 
'Cut shingle should be uniform in width. 
 'Rough shingle are sometimes used for staining. 
 'Shingle on side walls are often laid as much as 6" to the weather. 
 
 'The ordinary grades of clapboards and novelty siding are Clear, No. i and No. 2. The dif- 
 ference in price is about $2.00 per M between each. 
 
Outside Finish. All outside finishing work is to be as shown on the scale and detail drawings. 
 
 Quality of Material. All mouldings and lumber of outside finishing work [except as otherwise 
 
 specified] are to be of well seasoned white pine, free from 'sap, shakes and large or 
 black knots. The Carpenter must call on the Painter to prime all finished work 
 before or immediately after putting it up. 
 
 Cornices. 
 
 Open Cornice. 
 
 Gutter on Roof. 
 
 Raking Cornice. 
 Verge Boards. 
 
 Form the cornice with (i" x 3") crown mould, ($" x 2") facia, (i" x 2^") bed 
 mould, I-J" frieze, j dentils, carved mouldings, brackets, frieze ornaments, etc. | 
 
 Support the cornice with (ij") rough brackets placed (2') on centres, and 
 form the gutters in the cornice and line with " surfaced boards graded to the 
 points indicated for the leaders. 
 
 Place (i" x f") iron straps (6') apart from the roof to the outer edge of the 
 gutters. 
 
 Form the open cornice on dressed rafter feet (2" x 6") in size sawed as shown and spiked to 
 the rafters at the plate with soffits formed by laying [" x 2^" beaded white pine] face down on 
 the rafters. 
 
 Form the gutters on the roof with (i-J-" x 4") strips set on .edge and nailed to the roof. Put 
 up (i" x 3" x 5") sawed pine brackets set 3' apart. 
 
 Form the raking cornice with [i" x 3" crown mould] {facia, bed mould, etc.} 
 
 Finish the gable ends with (i" x 10") verge boards placed (12") from the wall with {brackets, 
 plancier, bed mould, carving, scroll sawing, etc. 
 
 { Specify any special gable finish. Panels, Carving, etc. ! 
 
 Open Timber Work. Form the open timber work with "(2" x 4") pine ribs. The horizontal ribs are 
 
 to be bevelled on the top edge. All the ribs are to be nailed on over the sheath- 
 ing, and are to have a moulding on the edges to.cover the plaster joint. 
 
 Lattice Work. 
 
 {See under Piazzas, page 94.} 
 
 Water Table. 
 
 Corner Boards and 
 Belts. 
 
 The water table is to be (i-J-" x 8") and is to have a (i-J" x 2^-") cap with 
 tongue. Run a (i" x i|-") moulding under the cap. 
 
 The corner boards are to be (ii" x 3"). The belts are to be (:" x 4") and 
 are to have a (i" x 2^") cap with tongue. Run a (i" x i") moulding under 
 the cap. 
 
 Other Outside Finish. 
 
 j Specify any special outside finish, Pilasters, Architraves, etc. j 
 
 92 
 
'In cheap work larger red knots and very small black knots might be admissible, but sappy or 
 shaky lumber' should never be used. 
 
 'Outside furring, lathing and plastering is about i-J" thick. For outside plastering, see page 50. 
 
 93 
 
Wood Carving. 
 
 Composition 
 Work. 
 
 Furnish and put up all carved work shown on the drawings. This work must 
 be executed by a skilled carver in strict accordance with the detail drawings. 
 Where carved panels and ornaments are shown, they must be carved from the 
 solid and not sawed out or planted on. [Before any carving is done, the Con- 
 tractor must submit a full sized plaster model to the Architect for approval.] 
 
 Furnish and put up the ornamental composition work as shown on the draw- 
 ings [including capitols, brackets, etc.] This work must be executed by a skilled 
 modeller in the best manner and in strict accordance with the details for the same. 
 
 Piazzas, etc. 
 
 Floors. 
 
 Steps. 
 
 Floor Gutters. 
 
 Ceiling. 
 
 Lattice. 
 
 Columns or Posts. 
 
 Balusters. 
 
 Rails. 
 
 The porches, piazzas and balconies are to be as shown on the scale and detail 
 drawings and are to be well secured in position. The short posts are to be secured 
 to the floor with 1 iron braces. 
 
 Lay the floors with (i-J" x 3") 2 tongued and grooved ze>^z'te pine, blind nailed to 
 every bearing with 8d. nails and the joints run in white lead. 
 
 Construct the steps with ij-" treads and " risers. The edges of the treads 
 and floor are to have a nosing and cove. The nosing on the ends of the floor 
 must be worked on the solid. 
 
 [Run a i-J" x 2^" strip around the outside edge of the floor, with a groove 
 worked in and graded for a 3 gutter and with holes bored through to let out the 
 water.] 
 
 Form the ceiling level with ($" x 2-J-") tongued, grooved and beaded clear 
 North Carolina pine. 
 
 Fill in with [diagonal] or [square] lattice work between the piers under 
 front piazza. The lattice strips are to be (" x i-J-") in size with (i-J-") openings. 
 The frame is to be -J-" thick ; bottom rail 7" high and stiles and top rail 4" wide. 
 
 The columns are to be [turned with shafts (12") in diameter and fluted. In 
 fluting the columns, the flutings are to diminish, leaving the fillets the same 
 width throughout their length. The bases of the columns are to be moulded 
 and the caps carvedJ] 
 
 The balusters are to be [i-J-" turned and set 3^" on centres] or [square, 
 $" x i-J-", set i" apart.] 
 
 The top rail is to be built up and moulded and the bottom rail is to be (2" x 3") 
 solid and bevelled. 
 
 94 
 
'In cases where the posts are made hollow, they are usually secured by means of a wood piece 
 extending down into the sill through the floor and up inside of the post, instead of with iron braces. 
 
 "The piazza floors are sometimes formed of i^" x 3" strips, not tongued and grooved, laid %' 
 apart and painted on the edges and underside before they are put down. This makes a better 
 floor, but costs more and is objectionable on account of its appearance. Steps are sometimes made 
 in the same way, using 4" strips for a ia" tread. This prevents their warping and holding water. 
 
 'This gutter is usually necessary where a wall is carried up above the piazza floor. 
 
 95 
 
Balconies. 
 
 The balcony top rail is to be built up and moulded and the bottom rail is 
 to be solid in the same manner as for piazza. The posts are to be built up 
 with turnings on top and are to be secured by means of [pieces running up 
 from the plate inside of the posts, which pieces must be put ip before the tinning 
 is done.] The balusters are to be (" x i^') square, set 3' on centres. The floor of 
 the balcony will be covered with tin by the tinner. Over the tin floor construct a 
 slat floor of (ii" x 2") white pine slats laid " apart and made level on top and 
 movable in convenient sections. 
 
 { Specify any balconies constructed in a different manner. } 
 
 Porte-Cochere. 
 
 Cellar 
 Hatchway-. 
 
 Construct a strong frame, bolt the same to the stone coping, and ceil up the 
 sides with (-&" x 2-J-") tongued and grooved beaded white pine. Construct double 
 doors of (i" x 6") matched pine boards secured with two i" x 6" bevelled cross 
 battens screwed on the underside. The joints are to be battened and the hatch- 
 way rendered water tight. Form a drip at the top and project the doors i" at the 
 bottom over the frame. Hang the doors with two heavy wrought-iron strap 
 hinges to each and provide with suitable handles and a pivoted hardwood bar fast- 
 ening. The door at the foot of the steps is to be [formed of two thicknesses of 
 i" x 2-J-" tongued and grooved white pine run diagonally, one side crossing the 
 other,] or [a batten door the same as the outside doors] or [a panelled door the 
 same as the other cellar doors.] Hang with three heavy wrought-iron strap 
 hinges and secure with [an iron bar and two wrought-iron holdfasts screwed to 
 the frame on the inside] or [a suitable lock.] Furnish and put on a handle with 
 a thumb latch. 
 
 Steps. 
 
 Construct the 'steps of 2" mill dressed plank strings and treads. . The treads 
 are to be housed into the strings i". 
 
 Louvre 
 Boarding. 
 
 Construct the louvre boarding in the ventilator of (ii" x 9") surfaced pine, 
 placed 2" apart and at an angle of 60. 
 
 96 
 
'Stone steps for this are specified under heading " Cellar Area," page 26. 
 
 7 
 
Window and 
 Door Frames. 
 
 Make all window and door frames in accordance with the scale i:-d detail 
 drawings. 
 
 All window frames, unless otherwise shown, are to be made for double 
 hanging the sashes, using the Bolles Revolving sash attachment, No. Q Samson ^Spot 
 cord, and the Queen overhead pulleys with [brass] or [iron] faces. Use lead weights 
 for all plate glass sash and iron weights for all others. All jambs and heads are 
 to be \y*" thick and all parting strips %'' x *-". [Both are to be of clear yellow 
 pine primed with oil before being brougt to the building.] 
 
 The frames for frame work are to have 2" sills and %' snbsills. '( r V*" x 2/4") 
 moulded outside casings and (2") moulded caps with a tongue on top. 
 
 The frames for brickwork are to have 2" sills, to be boxed, and to have 
 %" back linings. 
 
 All frames for double hung sashes are to have parting strips of [wood T\" 
 thick hung with wires] or [sheet iron] placed between the weights. 
 
 Casement. All casement, French and stationary sash frames are to have i^" rebated 
 
 jambs. The casement sashes are to be hung at the top and the sashes are to 
 swing out. {Hardware: Arms, Hooks, etc.} 
 
 The stationary sashes are to be screwed in. 
 
 Plank 
 
 Screen Frames. 
 
 Paneled. 
 
 Box. 
 
 Door Frames. 
 
 The'f rames in the cellar and the basement, except where shown double hung 
 are to be of (i^" x 6") pine, with rebated jatribs and with sash hung at the top to 
 swing in {Hardware} with two iron hooks and staples and two iron buttons to each 
 sash, furnised by the Contractor. 
 
 Construct screen frames for the cellar windows of 
 cover with heavy galvanized y 2 " mesh wire screen. 
 
 " x 2}4") pine, and 
 
 The windows {specify where} are to have two paneled doors below the lower sash, with a 
 rebated joint in the centre and with a tongue on the top The lower sash is to be grooved to fit 
 over the tongue and both sashes are to slide up into a box head. 
 
 The frames {specify where} are to have box heads with the jambs extending up. 
 The sashes are to slide into the head with a follower. 
 
 All door frames are to be blocked solid for the hinges and locks. All 
 frames for masonry are to have 2" jambs with provisions for anchoring the 
 
 98 
 
'The Samson Spot Cord is made in the following sizes : 
 
 No 
 
 DIAMETER IN 
 INCHES. 
 
 FEET PER lt>. 
 (about.) 
 
 SUITABLE FOR WEIGHTS 
 
 OF 
 
 6 
 
 i 
 
 TTT 
 
 66 
 
 o to 10 Ibs. 
 
 7 
 
 A 
 
 55 
 
 10 to 15 Ibs. 
 
 8 
 
 i 
 
 44 
 
 15 to 25 Ibs. 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 -? 
 
 36 
 
 25 to 35 Ibs. 
 
 10 
 
 A 
 
 30 
 
 35 to 45 Ibs. 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 - 
 
 21 
 
 over 45 Ibs. 
 
 99. 
 
Entrance. 
 
 Setting. 
 
 frames to the walls. All other frames are to have (iJ-O jambs. All door jambs 
 [are to be rebated] or [are to have a Y*" x i^" moulded stop.] 
 
 The entrance is to be of strictly clear, kiln-dried, quartered white oak, with 
 [columns, pilasters, carvings, frieze, cornice, panels, etc.,] as shown. The jambs 
 are to be of [quartered white oak, i^" thick, with moulded panels.] 
 
 {Specify any other special frames.} 
 
 The Carpenter is to set all frames for brick or stone walls and plumb them 
 from time to time as the work progresses. 
 
 Temporary 
 Enclosing. 
 
 The Contractor is to temporarily enclose the building before the mason starts 
 plastering, furnishing and hanging temporary doors with locks, and enclosing the 
 windows with muslin or temporary sash, as required by the season or as directed. 
 
 Furring. Furr all chimney breasts [with 2" x 4" spruce studs set flatways, i" clear of the 
 
 brick work,] or [with i" x 2" spruce strips] set 16" on centres. 
 
 Furr the outside brick or stone walls in (specify where} with [2" x 4" spruce 
 studs set flatways] or [i" x 2" spruce strips] placed vertically, 16" on centres, 
 straight and plumb and well nailed to the walls. 
 CeiHng. Cross furr the ceilings in {specify where} with i" x 2" spruce furring strips set 
 
 16" on centres and nailed to the underside of every floor beam. 
 Back Piaster. Furr the walls of {specify where} for back plastering by nailing i" x 2" spruce 
 
 strips on the sides of the studs for lathing. 
 
 Coves, Etc. Furr for a plaster cove in {mention rooms} with brackets set 16" on centres, 
 
 extending (10") on the side walls and ceilings. 
 
 Furr off for arches, cornices, etc. [as shown on the drawings] or {describe.} 
 
 Grounds. Set 'grounds for (%"} plastering for all window and door openings, wain- 
 
 scoting, bases, etc., before the plastering is done, all grounds to be set straight and 
 plumb. All the plaster work is to be finished and dried before the interior finished 
 wood work is brought to the building. 
 
 100 
 
'For ordinary plastering the grounds should be $" for three coat work, f" for two coat work 
 and J" for laid on work. For Adamant plastering the grounds should be " for three coat work and 
 f" for two coat work. For King's Windsor Cement the grounds should be " for three coat work 
 and J" for two coat work. 
 
 roi 
 
Deafening. 
 
 Mineral Wool. 
 Sawdust Filling. 
 
 The spaces between the joists of the floors in , \ specify rooms j- are to be 
 filled with sound boarding " thick on i" x 2" cleats nailed to the centre of the 
 sides of the joist for the mason to cover with 'pugging. No finished floors are 
 
 to be laid over such pugging until it is perfectly dry. 
 ] Deafening for Walls See Purring for Back Plastering. ( 
 
 Pack with mineral wool {specify where. ( 
 
 Fill in with sawdust around all plumbing pipes which run under floors, filling up solid 
 between the beams. Also fill with sawdust between the beams {specify where.} 
 
 Preparation for Prepare the floors of \ specify where [ for tiling by nailing f boards 2 on cleats 
 
 Tiling. nailed to the sides of the beams. The tops of the boards are to be (5") below 
 
 the top of the adjoining floor. Bevel the beams on both sides to a point on 
 top. 
 
 Prepare the side walls of j specify where j- for tiling by nailing 2" x 4" pieces 3 
 horizontally between the studs, about 12" apart, to a height of (4'.) 
 
 Floors. 
 
 Sleepers. 
 
 Under Flooring. 
 
 Place in position on all floors 3" x 4" mill-planed spruce sleepers, dove-tailed 
 in section. The sleepers are to bedded 2" in the cement, set i" above the top of 
 the I beams, and notched over the flanges. 
 
 Lay an 4 under floor in [all rooms where hardwood or parquet floors are here- 
 inafter specified,] with [--" x 6' hemlock? tongued and grooved] boards, surfaced one 
 side to an even thickness, [laid diagonally on the beams] and nailed through the 
 top to every bearing with two 8d. nails. 
 
 Put suitable nailing pieces at the sides of the walls between the joists. The 
 entire rough floor is to be swept clean, repaired, leveled, and covered with one 
 thickness of H. W. Johns heavy weight asbestos building felt before the finished 
 floor is laid. The flooring must be run closely around all studs and up to the 
 sheathing outside. Where no rough flooring is used, this must be done with the 
 finished floor. 
 
 Stops for Mice. 
 
 Furnish and put down a strip of 'tin formed to a right angle, between the studs of all outside 
 walls on each floor. This tin is to be well nailed to the floor and the sheathing to prevent the 
 circulation of mice. All holes around the studs at partitions are to be filled up in the same 
 manner. 
 
'This deafening is in the Mason's Specification, page 44. 
 
 J These boards are to be covered with brick set on edge 4" high between the beams, leaving i 
 for cement and tile. If the brick are set flat, 3" from the top of the beams to the top of boarding 
 is sufficient. See in Mason's Specification, page 38. 
 
 'These pieces are to form a nailing for the metal lath. See in Mason's Specification, page 38. 
 
 4 Where an underfloor is used for part of the rooms in a story, and the ceilings underneath are to 
 be level, beams of i" less in depth should be used in such rooms. If this is not done, the double 
 floor will be higher than the adjoining single floor leaving the difference to be made up in the 
 saddles. 
 
 'It is unnecessary to use tongued and grooved underflooring if it is to be covered with paper. 
 Rebated boards are sometimes used for this purpose. Tongued and grooved flooring costs laid 
 about $2.00 and rebated about $1.00 per M more than plain. 
 
 "For another way of forming mice stops, see in Mason's Specification, page 38. 
 
 103 
 
tJ^ floor* ^MwtMy where'- with < x 21 ; quartered -mlutf oak flooring 
 >i,v;swtUy on the I/earns, with a border 2 wide. iimnlM(, to the drawing 
 
 Jl tJm flooring i* to be strictly dear, thoroughly seasoned and kiln dried, 
 *-A and grooved, blind nailed to every bearing with 8d. nails, laid over a 
 
 h floor, and is to be planed off, scraped and sand papered at completion 
 
 J^ft in a first da*s condition for finishing. 
 
 jS^le/A the wood *o that flooring of the same color wfll be pat in each 
 room a* far as possible.] 
 
 [All hard wood flooring is to be painted on the underside p the Painter 
 with a coat of white lead and oil before laying.] 
 
 The Contractor shall cover all of these finished floors with two thick 
 nr,**v% of sheathing paper, the under thickness water proof, properly put down. 
 The Contractor shall maintain this covering until the painter starts filling am 
 Ix- responsible for the condition of these floors until that time. 
 
 Lay a parquet floor in the ] mention rooms and describe. J 
 
 Ordinary. Lay all other first and second story floors with [" x 4^" first quality] an< 
 
 third story floors with [ I" x 6" second quality] white pine flooring, tongued am 
 grooved, and [blind nailed] or [nailed through the top] to every bearing with 8c! 
 nails. 
 
 Cut hard wood borders around all hearths, including the kitchen, and cu 
 out for all registers, providing hardwood borders for them. 
 
 S/ihh. All sash are to be made of strictly clear, well seasoned, white pine, unles 
 
 Otherwise specified, and with acorn mould sash bar and weather-lipped meetin 
 rails. All sash are to be rebated for the glass, and divided in lights as showi 
 All large one light sash are to have if meeting rails. 
 
 All cellar sash are to be ii" thick; all for casement and French windows, am 
 for leaded or plate glass if", all others if thick. 
 
 | In (he main rooms of the first story, the meeting rails are to be '(5-8") froi 
 the floor.] 
 
 104 
 
'When the meeting rails if placed in the centre of the windows would be directly in front of 
 oe's eyes they are sometimes placed out of centre. 
 
 105 
 
Hardwood. All sash in -j specify rooms [ are to be of hardwood to match the trim in the 
 
 rooms. 
 
 Storm Sash. Provide outside sash for all exterior windows, made of clear, seasoned white pine i|" thick, 
 
 [divided in lights to correspond to the inner sash,] packed with listing around the edges and 
 secured to the frame [with round headed screws put on from the inside, to six small permanent 
 brass plates for each window. The plates are to be set in flush with the outside of the casing and 
 screwed on. For convenience in putting up, projecting screws are to be provided, by which the 
 sash can be hung from the edge of the upper plates while the screws are adjusted,] or [with three 
 suitable hinges to each sash and with a suitable catch at the side,] or [by being firmly screwed on 
 from the outside with round headed screws.] 
 
 All storm sash are to be glazed with double thick American glass, and are to be fitted and 
 marked complete by the Contractor, and stored where directed. 
 
 Priming. All sash are to be primed on both sides by the Contractor before being 
 
 brought to the building. Sash for rooms which are to have a natural wood finish 
 must be primed inside with oil. 
 
 Glazing. 
 
 Plate. 
 Stained. 
 
 Single Thick. 
 
 Double Thick. 
 
 [All sash are to be delivered by the Contractor to the glazier, and after being 
 glazed are to be returned by the Contractor to the building.] Or 
 
 All sash in \ specify windows | (20) windows total, are to be glazed with the 
 best French plate glass. [The lights in -| specify windows \ are to be beveled i". 
 
 Leaded or stained glass [where shown on the drawings] or \ specify windows; 
 [will be furnished by the Owner, and the Contractor shall box such sash and 
 ship and deliver to the address directed, the Owner paying express charges] or 
 [shall be furnished by the Contractor, to cost ($2.50) per square foot] or [shall 
 be furnished by the Contractor according to the designs furnished for the 
 same.] 
 
 All sash in the cellar and all storm sash are to be glazed with first quality 
 American glass. 
 
 All other sash in the building are to be glazed with first quality double 
 thick French sheet glass. 
 
 All. glass is to be well bedded, tacked and puttied. 
 
 \ For other glazing se Skylights, Conservatory, Sash Doors. Storm Sash. 
 
 106 
 
107 
 
Mosquito 
 Frames. 
 
 Windows. 
 
 Doors. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Finish. 
 
 Blinds. 
 
 Outside. 
 
 Hardware. 
 
 Painting. 
 
 Fit up all windows in the house [except cellar and such windows as will 
 have stationery sash] with mosquito guards. Those for double hung windows 
 are to be [as large as the lower sash, put on the outside and grooved to slide 
 on a bead put in for that purpose] or [as large as the entire window (screwed 
 on from the outside with round headed screws) or (hung with suitable hinges 
 and fastened with suitable hooks and staples.) ] Those for casement sash are 
 to be as large as the window opening, hung inside to swing in with suitable 
 hinges and catches furnished by the Owner. All the wire is to be rustless and 
 
 o / 
 
 14 mesh to the inch. 
 
 Fit up all outside doors, except cellar, with outside wire screen doors with 
 extra heavy rustless wire 12 mesh to the inch, and with a double thickness of 
 wire in the lower panels. All stiles are to be ii" x 2^". The doors are to have 
 a rail in the centre. 
 
 The screen frame for the front door is to be of clear quartered white oak. 
 All inside window screen frames in rooms which are. to be trimmed in hard- 
 wood are to be of wood to correspond with the trim. All other door and 
 window screen frames are to be of clear white pine. 
 
 All pine screens which are to be placed outside are to be painted two 
 coats of pure white lead and pure linseed oil, in color as directed. All such 
 as are to be placed inside and all hard wood frames outside, are to be filled 
 and have one coat of hard oil, 
 
 \ Hardware : Lifts for sliding screens, Hinges and Hooks for hanging screens, Hinges, Springs 
 and Locks for door screens. See Hardware List. 
 
 All these mosquito frames are to be fitted and marked by the Contractor 
 and left in the windows, or stored where directed. 
 
 Provide and hang outside blinds for ) mention windows[ made of first 
 quality white pine, i" thick, with rolling slats, and cut in [four folds with 
 Zimmerman's adjustable fastenings for ] mention | windows, and two folds for 
 all others.] 
 
 All blinds are to be hung with wrought iron L hinges, and fastened with 
 ring fasts. 
 
 All blinds are to be painted two good coats of pure white lead and pure 
 linseed oil, in colors as directed. All are to be marked and a corresponding 
 
 mark is to be put on the frames. 
 
 108 
 
109 
 
Inside Shutters. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Finish. 
 
 Hardware. 
 
 Provide and hang inside blinds for -mention windows j \y 8 " in thickness, 
 made in two sections, under and lower, and in |^/,i' folds for all windows exceed- 
 ing 3 '-6" wide, and in four folds for all others.] The central folds are to be fitted 
 with rolling slats and the side folds with panels. 
 
 | Specify woods for shutters. [ 
 
 ; See under " Finish of Blinds." [- 
 
 All hardware is to be [furnished and put on by the Contractor j Hinges and 
 Fasteners See Hardware List- J] or [furnished by the Owner and put on by the Con- 
 tractor.] 
 
 Venetian. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Finish. 
 
 Sliding. 
 
 Material. 
 Finish of Blinds. 
 
 Furnish and put up complete Wilsons Venetian blinds for ) mention windows. ( 
 with '(2") slats, '"imported linen tapes, braided linen cords and bronze fixtures. 
 
 -) Specify woods, j- 
 
 -jSee under "Finish of Blinds." J 
 
 Furnish and put up complete in a proper manner Wilsons patent inside 
 sliding blinds for -| mention windows J with suitable pockets lined with >^" matched 
 boards, painted both sides before being put on. 
 
 -) Specify woods, j 
 
 All [inside shutters, Venetian and sliding blinds | are to-be finished by the 
 [Contractor to correspond with the finish of the rooms in which they are 
 located and in the manner specified for such finish in the Painter 's Specifica- 
 tion, matching to a finished sample to be obtained from the Finis her ^\ 
 
 Rolling Partitions. 
 
 3 Furnish and set up, where shou>'n on tlie drawings, Flexifold side coiling parti- 
 tions of wood, ;*4" in thickness, set up with the necessary attachments complete and 
 with the proper overhead guideways, and hardwood grooved tracks set flush with 
 the finished floor. Stud up, lath and plaster (or panel) the pockets and soffit as 
 shown. Furnish and set up face jambs for soffit and pockets with round headed 
 brass screws. Put up a cornice of suitable kind of wood to match the trim ; all 
 made according to the detailed drawings. 
 
 The Flexifold Partitions are to be of first quality lumber finished natural or 
 to match trim in a first-class manner. Provide with bronze hardware, pulls and 
 locks, complete. 
 
 no 
 
'The slats are made !', 2* and 2f. The narrow slats are higher priced. 
 
 : The tapes are made of bronzed metal, oxidized silver, silk stitched on linen and imported 
 linen. 
 
 "This specification is for doors which slide sideways; if a partition is required to slide up 
 specify as follows: 
 
 ROLLING PARTITIONS : Furnish and put up (specify where) Flexifold Rolling Parti- 
 tions of wood I" in thickness. Set up complete with the proper guides, shafts, barrels, 
 brackets, etc. Put up a cornice of suitable kind of wood to match the trim, made according to 
 the detail drawings, and panel the boxes. The rolling partitions are to be of first-class quality 
 lumber, finished natural or to match trim in a first-class manner. 
 
 Where a sliding door is required and it is desirable to save pocket room, the flexifold slid- 
 ing partitions are used and are specified as follows: 
 
 FLEXIFOLD SLIDING PARTITIONS: Furnish and put up complete Flexifold Sliding 
 Partitions of wood \" in thickness, one half paneled, with all guideways, brass track and 
 paneled (or studded) pockets, and cornice, all made according to detail drawings. 
 
 Where fire-proof partitions are required, specify as follows: 
 
 Furnish and set up where shown on the drawings Flexifold vertical coiling steel-clad lock- 
 seamed partitions with wood cores, J-" in thickness, set up with the necessary attachments 
 complete, with proper steel guideways. (Form the box pocket of angle irons) or (build brick 
 piers) to form a complete fire closure. 
 
 This flexifold partition work is also made up in wardrobe fronts, suitable for school-house 
 or department store work, etc., also desirable for shallow closets in flats, etc. Where such 
 wardrobes are desired specify as follows : 
 
 WARDROBES : Furnish and put up complete in hallways and where shown on the plans. 
 Flexifold Wardrobes, f vertical double fold doors with pulls, locks, etc., complete. The 
 material is to be of first quality yellow pine finished natural in a first-class manner. The 
 backs are to have panels of 18 guage wire, J" mesh, [and the ends black japanned register 
 faces set in the exterior front or end panels*] or [construct a raised, false, slatted floor so that 
 under and through the floor, ventilation for the wardrobe may be secured, f] Each ward- 
 robe is to be fitted up with fifty three-pronged wardrobe hooks and with shelves, brackets, etc., 
 all as shown on detail drawings. 
 
 *Where the warm air is taken directly from the hallway or class room and withdrawn 
 through a register connecting with a vent duct at one end of the wardrobe. 
 
 t Where no separate duct for ventilation is provided. 
 
 These wardrobes are made with sliding blackboard fronts of real slate or composition for 
 school work. 
 
 Ill 
 
Doors. 
 
 Veneering. 
 
 Sizes. 
 Hardware. 
 
 Front. 
 
 For Dutch Door. 
 
 Vestibule. 
 Other Outside Doors. 
 
 All doors are to be paneled and moulded in accordance with the scale and 
 detail drawings furnished for the same. All wood in the doors is to be well kiln 
 dried. All doors are to be blind tenoned. 
 
 All veneered doors are to be on staved-up white pine centres with solid 
 mouldings, and I /^" veneering of strictly clear kiln-dried wood, well glued on both 
 sides. Doors which are veneered on one side to correspond with the wood in the 
 rooms, and which open into such rooms from clos'ets or inferior rooms must be 
 veneered both sides with the same kind of wood. 
 
 | The sizes of all doors are to be taken from the plans] or [specify sizes. | 
 
 J See Hardware List. (- 
 
 The front door is to be (2") thick, [veneered with strictly clear quartered 
 white oak,\ paneled and moulded, [with raised panels, and with raised and pearl 
 and bead mouldings cut in the panels. | 
 
 The front door is to have a horizontal rebated joint in the centre, the upper 
 half of the door to swing in first. 
 
 The front door is to be glazed with [stained glass furnished by the Contractor 
 to cost | or [French plate glass beveled i". ) 
 
 -J See Front Door. J- 
 
 \ Specify thickness, veneering, paneling, glass. ' 
 
 Inside Doors. -j Specify number of panels, raised panels, raised mouldings, veneering, kinds of wood. ( 
 
 Sliding. The sliding doors are to have an astragal joint in the centre and y%" x \y 4 " 
 
 friction mould on the | front edges] or [jambs. | 
 
 Glass. 
 
 Transom. 
 
 Dwarf. 
 
 | For Front, Vestibule, Sliding, j 
 
 Glaze the door to the conservatory with beveled French plate glass. All 
 other inside doors which are marked sash doors, are to be glazed with [ ribbed] or 
 [obscure] glass with proper rebates, beads, etc., as required. 
 
 Over the doors marked transom on the plans provide headlights with (\ l / 2 ") sash 
 glazed with obscure glass and arranged to Open. -) Hardware : Hinges, Transom Openers. 
 See Hardware List. [ 
 
 Construct all the necessary dwarf doors for fitting up the pantries and 
 
 113 
 
II' 
 
Trap. 
 
 closets and for the casing of plumbing pipes ; also for dumb waiter, clothes chute, 
 etc. 
 
 Construct the trap doors where shown \ describe}. 
 
 -| Hardware : Hinges, Bolts, Flush Ring Lifts. See Hardware List. ; 
 
 Saddles. 
 
 All outside doors are to have 2" beveled and rebated ash saddles. All 
 other doors throughout are to have " moulded ash saddles finished by the 
 Pointer before being put down. 
 
 Screen. 
 
 Form the screen doors j specify where j- with (i-J" x 2-J-") frame, cross and 
 
 diagonal pieces, and cover both sides and edges with, best quality Morocco leather. 
 | Hardware : Double Acting Spring Hinges, Handles- \ 
 
 Water Closet Doors. 
 
 {See under Water Closet. "[ 
 
 Trim and Base. 
 
 Material. 
 
 All windows and doors and rooms throughout the buildings [except cellar 
 and where marked unfinished on the plans,] are to be provided with trim and 
 base made of kiln-dried wood in strict accordance with the scale and detail 
 drawings for the same. All hard wood and wood for natural finish is to be. 
 strictly clear. No door or window trim is to be spliced. No base mouldings 
 are to be returned down to the floor, but in cases where there is nothing for 
 such mouldings to strike against, they shall be turned back against the wall. 
 All interior woodwork is to be finished up perfectly clean, is to be hand- 
 -smoothed, scraped and sandpapered, and at completion such work as is to have 
 a natural finish, is to be properly cleaned, and have all stains ,and finger marks 
 removed. 
 
 j Specify material and quality of Trim, Base, etc. I 
 
 Description. 
 Special. 
 
 Closet. 
 
 Ordinary, 
 
 All trim and base in {mention rooms} is to be [made in accordance with the special scale 
 drawings made for the same] or {describe.} 
 
 All trim in closets is to be [$" x 4" plain, and the base is to be |" x 7" plain beveled.] 
 
 All other trim in the building is to be [$" x 5", with a mould worked on the face and with a 
 i" x f" wall mould (mitred) or (with turned corner blocks) at the top. All door casings are to 
 have i" plinth blocks.] 
 
 AH base not otherwise specified is to be [" thick and 8" high in the first story and 7" high in 
 
 "4 
 
IJ 5 
 
Boxing. 
 
 the second and third stories, all with a mould worked on the face and with a (i" x f") wall mould 
 at the top.] 
 
 All base except is to have a " quarter round nailed to the floor and not to the base. 
 
 [In rooms where wainscoting is specified, no base will be required.] 
 
 [The windows in {mention rooms} are to have the casings run to the floor with moulded 
 panels under the windows.] 
 
 All other windows are to be finished with a rebated and moulded stool with a (f" x f") mould 
 under it, and with a (") moulded apron (4") wide. All door jambs are to have moulded edges 
 and are to be of the same material as the trim. 
 
 The {mention windows} are to be boxed for inside shutters with boxes of the same material 
 as the trim, of ample size to allow the shutters to swing freely, and with rubber stops for the 
 shutters to strike against. 
 
 All windows are to have $" inside stops of the same material as the trim, with a bead on the 
 inner edge. Where the stops are of a hardwood, they are to be put on with [nickel plated] or 
 [blued] round headed screws. 
 
 [In all rooms trimmed with hardwood, the back edges of the window frames are to be 
 veneered with the same wood.] 
 
 { Specify any paneled jambs required. ' 
 
 Wood Cornices. The \ mention rooms j- are to have a moulded wood cornice [as shown on the 
 
 detail drawings] or {describe} of wood to correspond with the trim in such rooms. 
 
 Picture Hould. 
 
 The {mention rooms f are to have a ($" x i|") picture mould [of wood to 
 correspond with the wood in the rooms] or {describe gilt, enamel, pearl and bead, etc. j- 
 finished by the Painter, except the last coat, before being put up. [The pic- 
 ture mould is to be coped over the wall mould of the trim.] 
 
 Chair Rail. 
 Wainscoting. 
 
 Ceiled. 
 
 Paneled. 
 
 Furnish and put a (" x 4^") moulded ash chair rail in {specify rooms [ the 
 top to be (3') from the floor. 
 
 Wainscot the {specify where bath room, water closets, kitchen, pantries, store rooms, 
 linen closets, etc. [ (4') high with (" x 2i") tongued and grooved and beaded 
 clear kiln-dried quartered zvhite oak, with a [beveled] or [moulded] cap at the 
 top. 
 
 Wainscot the {specify where [ (4-6") high, with clear, kiln-dried quartered 
 white oak with moulded and raised panels about (12" square). The rails and 
 
 116 
 
117 
 
Angle Beads. 
 Wood Ceilings. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Beam Casing. 
 Steel Ceilings. 
 
 Finish of Trim, 
 etc. 
 
 Store Front. 
 
 Sash. 
 
 Doors. 
 Hardware. 
 
 stiles are to be i y" thick ; panels 7/&". All are to be made as shown on the scale 
 and detail drawings for the same. 
 
 [The wainscoting in the hall is to be run up the stairs, rail high to the second 
 story, and also around the landings.] 
 
 All wainscoting is to be painted on the back by the Painter, with a coat of 
 pure linseed oil paint before being put up. 
 
 Protect all plaster corners in the. building with (4-6" x 1}") neatly turned angle beads 
 with turned ornaments at the ends. Those in rooms where hardwood trim is used are to be of 
 wood to correspond. All others are to be of ash. 
 
 Form wood ceilings in [specify where J- with [%" x 2" tongued and grooved beaded strips 
 nailed to the underside of the beams. Run the false beams as shown and form the panels 
 between them]. 
 
 j Specify woods.; 
 
 ; Specify casing of girders, with mouldings, etc., and kinds of wood.; 
 
 All ceilings of ; specify where! are to be furred off with pine or spruce strips J" thick x H" 
 or other widths as required for the ceiling work and spaced so as to accommodate the metal plates. 
 All surfaces above named are then to be covered with stamped steel ceiling plates similar to 
 j mention number of plate in the catalogue selected from \ . Along the side wall and girders a neat 
 -" x - -" moulded cornice is to be used of style to correspond with the panel. All joints and 
 laps are to be well nailed up leaving no openings. All metal ceiling work is to have one coat of 
 paint on each side before delivery to the building. \Side walls that are to be covered with metal 
 work, should first be sheathed solid with rough |" fine or spruce boards. \ 
 
 The Contractor is lo finish all trim, base, wainscoating, doors, wood cornices, picture 
 mouldings, wood ceilings, etc., before putting up as follows: |See Painter's Specification.; 
 
 Construct the store front as shown on the scale and detail drawings. Provide the necessary 
 timber, and support the work in a proper manner. 
 
 The sash are to be (2|-") thick, moulded and rebated for the glass, and glazed with the best 
 French plate glass, secured in place with a stop bead, screwed on with nickel plated round headed 
 screws. The sash are to be properly screwed in position and the transom sash are to be 
 arranged to open with suitable hinges and transom adjusters. 
 
 The doors are to be (2y) thick with moulded panels in the lower part and the upper part 
 glazed with best French plate glass. The doors are to be veneered on staved up white pine cores. 
 
 ; Hardware : Store Door Handles, Locks, Hinges, Bolts, Transom Hinges and Adjusters. See 
 Hardware List. 
 
 Tin- mullions and transom bars are to be moulded on both sides and a moulded cornice is to 
 be cut around at the top of the sash both outside and inside. Form a (2") beveled sill under the 
 sash with a moulding under it. Form the moulded panels below the sill and finish with a (!") 
 moulded base scribed at the bottom. Form the ceiling of the entrance with ($" x 2") beaded 
 tongued and grooved boards. 
 
 | Columns, Pilasters, etc.; 
 
 All the front work is to be of clear quartered white oak. 
 
 Form the platform inside (of |" x 2") tongued and grooved quartered white oak blind nailed 
 to (2" x (i") timber, set (16") on centres. Form a moulded stool and apron on the inside and 
 form moulded panels from the apron to the floor. 
 
 118 
 
Stairs. 
 
 Main. 
 
 Construct the main stairs as shown on the scale and detail drawings. 
 Support properly and secure in position. All risers are to be " and treads 
 ii", tongued and grooved together, and both housed into the wall strings with 
 wedges glued in. The treads are to have a nosing on the edge, with a cove 
 under. The wall strings are to be i-J" thick, moulded on the top edge to cor- 
 respond with the adjoining base. The front strings are to be i-J-" thick [with a 
 mould on the face and a moulded cap as shown] or [open] and with a mould- 
 ing on the lower edge to cover the joint with the plaster. The front string 
 is to be carried around all well holes. 
 
 The rail is to be (2^" x 3^") double moulded, bolted together and to all posts. 
 
 The balusters are to be (i" x i") turned and set [3" apart] or [three to each tread and 
 dovetailed at the bottom.] 
 
 [The main newel post is to be (6" x 6") in size, boxed, carved, paneled, etc., and is to extend 
 to the ceiling as shown.] All other newels are to be (4" x 4") in size, turned as shown. All drop 
 newels are to have [turned] or [carved] drops. 
 
 [Panel up under the rake of the first flight and on all soffits with moulded panels about (12" wide) 
 as shown. The panels are to be " thick, rails and stiles i-J"] or [Set studding up under the rake 
 and furr off the underside of the stairs for plastering.] 
 
 {For Wainscoting on. Stairs, see under "Wainscoting," page 118. } 
 
 Form the landings with (2" x 8") beams set (16") on centres and lay the floors with (f"x 2^") 
 tongued and grooved flooring. 
 
 The front strings, posts, rails, balusters, paneling, wainscoting, etc., are to be 
 of clear, kiln-dried quartered white oak. The treads, risers and landings are to 
 be of quartered white oak. 
 
 {Specify any arches, seats, etc., coming in connection with the stairs.} 
 
 Rear Stairs. The kitchen and attic stairs are to have treads and risers, tongued and 
 
 grooved together and housed into the strings in the same manner as main stairs. 
 The treads are to have a nosing on the edge with a cove under. The wall strings 
 are to be i-J-" thick, moulded on the top to correspond with the adjoining base. 
 The treads, risers, and platforms are to be of clear yellow pine for a natural 
 finish. The stairs are to be furred off on the underside for plastering. 
 
 The box stairs are to have a 2" round ash hand rail on one side, secured 
 with iron brackets. 
 
 The open stairs are to have (4" x 4") turned posts, (2" x 3") double 
 
 120 
 
121 
 
moulded hand rail bolted together and to the posts, (i^" x ij") turned balus- 
 ters set [3" apart] or [three to each tread] and dovetailed at the bottom, and 
 i-J-" front strings [moulded on the face with a moulded cap] or [open] with a 
 moulding on the lower edge to cover the joint with the plaster. All work of 
 open stairs except the treads and risers is to be of good clear ash. The front 
 string is to be carried around all well holes. 
 
 Protection. All treads, risers and platforms of all stairs must be protected [as specified 
 
 for hardwood floors, and the Contractor is to be responsible for their condition 
 at completion in the same manner.] All newels, rails, etc., must be properly 
 protected. 
 
 Cellar Stairs. 
 
 Construct the cellar stairs with ii" mill dressed pine treads and strings, 
 and $" risers. [Provide a slat rail on one side] or [Box in with (2!" x'$") 
 tongued and grooved white pine.~\ 
 
 Winter Steps. 
 
 Construct winter steps for the steps of front stoop, with (" x i") iron strings screwed on 
 top of the treads. Form the treads of (4" x i^") fine strips Provide a handrail strongly secured 
 at the side. These steps are to be made removable and in convenient sections for taking down 
 and stowing away. 
 
 122 
 
I2 3 
 
flantels, etc. 
 
 Furnish and set the six wood mantels and the side board, book cases and hat- 
 rack, as shown on the scale and detail drawings. All are to be made in the best 
 manner, glued, screwed, dovetailed and mortised together. All parts not over 16" 
 wide are to be in one piece. No staving up of pieces is to be done. The meas- 
 urements are to be taken by the Contractor from the finished plaster work, and the 
 work executed in accordance therewith. All wood is to be strictly clear, well 
 seasoned and kiln dried, and all mirrors are to be best French plate glass 
 [beveled i"]. 
 
 I Carving, see page 94. [ 
 
 Mantels. All mantels are to be secured to the breasts with concealed iron holdfasts, 
 
 hooks and screws. 
 
 Specify kinds of wood for each, and description of any special carving, composition work, etc. 
 
 Sideboard. 
 
 Hatrack. 
 Book Cases. 
 
 Arches, Seats, etc. 
 
 Mirrors. 
 
 Finish. 
 
 The sideboard is to be of quartered white oak [paneled back of the shelves and at the ends, 
 with mouldings cut in the panels. The shelves are to be made adjustable. Put in two shelves 
 in each lower closet back of the doors.] The drawers are to be dovetailed together and are to 
 have a groove in the bottom run on hardwood strips. [The doors in the upper section are to 
 be i" thick, glazed with leaded glass in design as shown.] 
 
 jHirror.J 
 
 | Hardware : Drawer Pulls, Locks, Hinges and Catches. See Hardware List. : 
 
 | Kind of Wood, Seat, Mirror, Hardware : Hooks, Seat Hinges. [ 
 
 The book cases are to be of quartered white oak. Form the back with surfaced fine. Panel 
 the ends with mouldings cut in the panels. The shelves are to be made adjustable. [The 
 doors in the upper section are to be i-J" thick, glazed with French plate glass] or [Supply with a brass 
 rod and curtain rings.] 
 
 j Drawers. | 
 
 ] Hardware : Drawer Pulls and Locks, and Hinges and Locks or Catches for Doors. ' 
 
 Construct and properly secure in position the seats, arches, etc. [as shown on the scale and 
 detail drawings.] The seats are to be hinged to raise, with bronze butts. The risers are to be 
 paneled. {Specify woods.} 
 
 Furnish and put up the two mirrors where shown of best French plate glass [beveled i".] 
 Form the frames of quartered white oak as shown on the drawings. 
 
 For Finish of Hantels, etc., see Painter's Specification. 
 
 124 
 
I2 5 
 
Closets. 
 
 Butler's Pantry. 
 
 Fit up the butler's pantry with a counter shelf (2-4") wide and 2 -8" high. 
 Put in f" shelves above the counter shelf, 14" wide in the clear, extending to the- 
 ceiling. Enclose the shelves with i^" sash doors, glazed with first quality double 
 thick American glass, divided \i\four lights each, and [arranged to slide on brass 
 tracks] or [hung with suitable locks and secured with suitable catches.] Provide 
 below the counter shelf, six drawers with beveled fronts, with one drawer divided 
 for knives, etc. Also put in the required number of shelves enclosed with 
 ij" moulded paneled doors. The cases are to have a neat moulded cornice aj; the 
 top. Fit up the sink with doors under and with a i" grooved drip board and 
 frame of ash, with an apron under the frame. All this work, except the sink top, 
 is to be of clear white pine for a natural finish. 
 
 j Hardware: Drawer Pulls, Hinges, Brass Tracks, Catches and Locks. See Hardware List. \ 
 
 China Closet. 
 
 See Butler's Pantry. 
 
 Kitchen Pantry. 
 
 Fit up the kitchen pantry in clear white pine for a natural finish. Provide 
 a counter shelf (2') wide and 2'-8" from the floor. Put up five $" shelves, run on 
 the sides on neat cleats, with a standard in the centre from bottom" to top, neatly 
 let in and chamfered. Provide two drawers, and two closets with i J" paneled doors 
 under the counter shelf, one for barrel of flour with a lid to take out the flour. 
 Furnish and put up twelve pot hooks where directed. 
 
 Hardware: Drawer Pulls, Hinges, Hooks, Catches and Locks. See Hardware List, i 
 
 Bed Room Closets. 
 
 [The closets for \ mention | bedrooms are to have three drawers (14") deep, 
 with paneled fronts, and two suitable pulls for each. Provide one shelf (2) wide 
 with a moulded edge above the drawers, and above this put up shelves (14") wide 
 and (16") apart, on neat cleats to the ceiling. Enclose the shelves with ii" pan- 
 eled doors with hinges and locks, and put up a moulded cornice at the top.] 
 
 All other bed room closets are to have one shelf put up on neat cleats. 
 
 All bedroom closets are to have twelve large double bronze clothes hooks put 
 up on neatly beaded strips cut around three sides. All the work in bed room 
 closets is to be of first quality white pine for painting. 
 
 126 
 
Tin Closet. 
 
 | Describe. J 
 
 Kitchen Dresser. 
 
 Construct and set up the dresser in the kitchen (5' wide and 8' high) made according to the 
 drawings, of clear yellow pine for a natural finish. Provide two closets in the lower section with a 
 shelf in each, enclosed with i^-" moulded paneled doors, and two drawers with paneled fronts. 
 Provide four shelves in the upper section, enclosed with i" sash doors, glazed with first quality 
 double thick American glass divided \nfour lights each, and [arranged to slide on brass tracks] 
 or [hung with suitable hinges and secured with suitable catches.] 
 
 | Hardware : Drawer Pulls, Hinges, Brass Tracks, Catches and Locks. See Hardware List. [ 
 
 Wardrobes. Construct and set up the four wardrobes in the bed rooms, of dear quartered white oak. The 
 
 wardrobes are to be [the width shown on the drawings and 8' high], with a moulded cornice at the 
 top. Provide with paneled ends and with two moulded paneled swinging doors. Put in a shelf 
 across the top, back of the doors. Provide tivo drawers below with moulded paneled fronts. 
 
 J Hardware : Drawer Pulls, Hinges, Catches, Locks and Clothes Hooks. See Hardware List. { 
 
 Cedar Closet. Furr the cedar closet with i" x 2" furring strips and after the plastering is done line the 
 
 entire closet, floors, walls and ceiling and the inside of the door with (" x 2^") tongued and 
 grooved red cedar. Put up {describe! shelves, doors and drawers, all of red cedar. 
 
 \ Hardware: Drawer Pulls, Brass Tracks, Hinges, Catches, Locks and Hooks. See Hardware List. ! 
 
 Linen Closet. 
 
 Store Rooms. 
 Medicine Closet. 
 
 Fit up the linen closet in clear white pine for a natural finish. Provide six drawers (14") deep 
 with beveled fronts, the lower one set (3") above the floor, with a beveled base below. 
 
 Put in shelves over the drawers (16" wide and 16" apart) to extend to the ceiling, with a 
 standard in the centre neatly let in and chamfered. Enclose the shelves with [i^" moulded 
 paneled doors, arranged to slide on brass tracks] and put up a neatly moulded cornice at the 
 top. 
 
 Hardware: Drawer Pulls, Brass Tracks, Hinges, Catches and Locks. See Hardware List. 
 
 | See Kitchen, Pantry or Linen Closet. j- 
 
 Fit up the medicine closet in clear white pine for a natural finish. 
 enclosed with two i^" moulded paneled doors. 
 Hardware: Hinges, Catches and Locks. 
 
 Provide four shelves 
 
 Coat Closet. Fit up the coat closet in clear white pine for a natural finish. Provide four drawers and two 
 
 rows of hooks around the sides. Also provide a shoe rack with eight compartments, each 8" square. 
 
 Other Closets. 
 
 Fit up all other closets, not particularly specified, with shelves and drawers as 
 shown or marked on the plans. 
 
 128 
 
Drawers. All drawers are to be dovetailed and are to be grooved on the bottom and run 
 
 on a hard wood strip from the front to the back. The \ mention \ drawers are to 
 roll on lignum vitae trunk rollers. 
 
 Ventilation of 
 Closets. 
 
 The J mention! closets are to be ventilated by means of a (4" x 10") tin tube 
 from each, placed in the partition and run to the air space above the third story 
 and there covered with a wire netting. These closets are to have (8" x 8") [black 
 japanned] or [white enameled] registers in the wall. 
 
 Bath Room 
 
 and 
 Work for Plumbing. 
 
 | Wainscoting, see page 116. Preparation for Tiling, see page 102.' 
 
 [The fixtures in the bath room are to be left open with no fitting by the 
 Carpenter] or 
 
 [Fit up around the tub and bowl with the same material as the wainscoting, 
 making the front of the tub removable and forming a door below the bowl with 
 suitable hinges and catch.] 
 
 Furnish and put a cherry cap on the tub. Furnish and put up six large 
 double bronze clothes hooks in the bath room, on a neatly moulded oak strip. 
 
 Water Closet. 
 
 | Wainscoting. Preparation for Tiling. | 
 
 Run (i" x 2-J-") oak strips from the closet to the cistern on which to run the 
 pipes. Case in the cistern with [a i-J" paneled quartered oak casing] or [i" x 2-" 
 quartered oak with a mould on the top.] 
 
 [Hang the closet seat and lid furnished by the Plumber] or [Form the seat, 
 lid and riser of ash. The seat and lid are to be ij" thick, hung with brass hinges 
 and hollowed out at the front edges. The riser is to be of (" x 2$") ash with 
 cleats screwed on the back, made removable and secured with two iron buttons.] 
 
 Form the partitions around and between the closets (7') high of as/i, paneled with 
 i-J" x 2-J-" stiles, i^" rails and $" moulded panels. Form the screen doors to the closets with 
 i-J" x 2%" stiles, i" rails and fixed slat panels. 
 
 | Hardware: Spring Hinges, Indicating Bolts, Clothes Hooks. | 
 
 130 
 
'3' 
 
Lavatory. ( Wainscoting. Preparation for Tiling. For fitting up of wash bowl and closet, see under Bath 
 
 Room and Water Closet. [ 
 
 Other Wash Bowls. p u t up proper cleats to support the slabs for all other wash bowls [and leave 
 
 the space underneath open] or [and close in the space underneath as specified for 
 the bowl in the bath room.] 
 
 Kitchen Sink. Fit up the sink in the kitchen with a grooved drip top il" thick and with a 
 
 frame and 4" apron, all of ash. Form a splash back of the same material as wain- 
 scoting, (18") high over the sink, and put on a moulded cap.. [Leave the space 
 under the sink open, put up proper cleats to rest the sink on, and provide two 
 turned Megs to support the sink and drip board] or [Ceil up under the sink with 
 the same material as the wainscoting. Form a closet with a (paneled) or (bat- 
 tened) door hung with brass hinges and furnished with a suitable catch.] 
 
 Wash Trays. Provide and set i" ash frame and covers for the wash trays. Hang the 
 
 covers with brass hinges. Construct a raised platform for the tubs of 
 [i x 3i tongued and grooved pine flooring.] 
 
 Pipe Casing. Case in all plumbing pipes above the cellar with [" x 2^" tongued, grooved 
 
 and beaded strips of the same material as the wood in the rooms.] Also form 
 pockets in the walls and partitions around all pipes, and provide with removable 
 fronts, let flush into rebated strips each side and secured with iron buttons. 
 
 Tack Boards. Where lead pipes run under floors they are to be run on suitable tack boards 
 
 put up and graded by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also provide and 
 
 , put up suitable tack boards on the walls and ceilings on which to run all exposed 
 
 pipes. These tack boards are to be of the same kind of wood as the wood in the 
 
 rooms, and are to have moulded edges. 
 
 132 
 
'The legs are often of -galvanized iron furnished by the plumber. 
 
Tank. 
 
 Construct a tank in the attic where shown (2' wide, 4' long and 3' deep.) 
 Form the bottom of two thicknesses of ii" surfaced pine plank-, the top course 
 crossing the course below. Construct the sides of i^" surfaced pine plank, lapping 
 at the corners. The tank is to be strongly spiked together. Construct a cover 
 of matched and beaded pine boards, with i" x 6" battens screwed on the underside. 
 Provide a hasp and padlock for the cover. 
 
 Conservatory. 
 
 Construct the conservatory as shown on the drawings. 
 
 Form the roof [with a galvanized iron ventilating skylight of the full size of the conserva- 
 tory, with all cords and attachments complete] or [with (2" x 2") white pine bars rebated for 
 the glass] glazed with ribbed glass T V thick. 
 
 The sash in the sides are to be i-J-" thick divided in lights as shown. The transoms are to 
 be hung at the top and are to swing out with suitable hinges and transom adjusters. The sash 
 below the transoms are to be [stationary] or [double hung with weights, etc., the same as for 
 other windows.] 
 
 The windows are to be trimmed inside with surfaced white pine and the side walls ceiled up to 
 the sill and wherever required with first quality ($" x 2^") tongued, grooved and beaded white pine. 
 
 [Form a slat floor over the cement floor of i^" x 2" while pine slats placed %" apart, made in 
 convenient sections and readily removable"] or J specify a wood floor. } Provide five white pine 
 shelves on the sides with standards neatly let in and chamfered. 
 
 Clothes Chute. 
 
 Construct a clothes chute to run from the bath room to the laundry, as shown on the drawings. 
 Ceil up vertically with $" x 2^" matched North Carolina pine ceiling. Hang proper panel doors 
 at each floor, with suitable catches. The doors are to be of wood to correspond with the wood in 
 the rooms. 
 
 Dumb Waiter. Line the dumb waiter 'shaft with (|" x 3") tongued and grooved good quality 
 
 North Carolina pine. Arrange a pocket for the weight with pocket pieces secured 
 with screws. 
 
 Provide and put up a suitable dumb waiter with all guides, ropes and 
 appliances complete. 
 
 The lift is to be strongly braced and is to have a comb grained yellow 
 pine platform. 
 
 Elevator. 
 
 j Shaft, Lining, Doors, Annunciators, Indicators, Safety Appliances, Elevator and Motor. ' 
 
 '34 
 
'In New York and most cities, the shaft is required to be fireproof. 
 
 '35 
 
Refrigerator. 
 
 Construct the refrigerator in size [as shown on the drawings and 4-6" high.] Set the 
 bottom 6" from the floor. Form the outside casing of ash $" thick with moulded panels as shown. 
 Form the inside case of $" surfaced narrow matched pine boards, leaving a 2" space filled with 
 [powdered charcoal] or [mineral wool] or [saw dust.] Line the inside case with zinc and form 
 two shelves of the same material. Form the ice Box in the top with a [wood bottom] or [zinc 
 bottom covered with slats] and with zinc sides, and provide a i" tin waste through to the bottom 
 of the refrigerator. 
 
 Construct the door in the side formed and lined in the same manner as the sides, and furnish 
 with suitable nickel plated refrigerator hinges and handle. Form the door for putting in the ice 
 [on the top] or [in the side] and panel and line in the same manner as the sides, and furnish with 
 [suitable nickel plated hinges and handle] or [lifts to raise.] 
 
 Cellar Work. 
 
 Partitions. 
 
 Put up the partitions where shown of [-" x 6" tongued and grooved good 
 quality white pine- run from the floor to the ceiling vertically, set in a shoe at the 
 bottom and properly secured at the top.] 
 
 Coal Bins. Construct the coal bins, with. 3" x 4" studs set inside, 3' apart. Form the 
 
 sides with |" tongued and grooved surfaced liemlock, extending to the ceiling. The 
 fronts of the bins are to have slides made removable and doors hung and locked 
 complete. 
 
 Laundry Tubs. 
 
 ]See page 132.' 
 
 Water Closet. 
 
 Enclose the cellar water closet with material same as the partitions. Construct a raised plat- 
 form of [$" x 3|-" tongued and grooved good quality white pine flooring.] {For fitting around the 
 closet, see under Water Closet, page 130.] 
 
 Other Closets. 
 
 Construct and fit up a closet (16" deep and 3' wide) for the electric batteries. Provide with 
 two shelves and furnish and hang a dwarf panel door complete. 
 
 { Heter Closet : door, etc.} j Laundry Closet: shelves, door, etc. j 
 
 Store Rooms. 
 
 Fit up the store room in the cellar and enclose with the same material as the partitions. 
 Provide four shelves on two sides, supported on cleats and with a standard in the centre, all of 
 good quality white pine. 
 
 Drying Room, 
 
 Provide and put up six large galvanized iron line hooks irf'the walls of the drying room. 
 
 136 
 
'37 
 
Swing Shelves. 
 
 Construct and put up two swing shelves where shown (2'-6" x 6') in size, hung from the 
 ceiling with [" x i|" iron straps with a wood cross piece.] Form the bottom of surfaced pine 
 boards. 
 
 Bins. 
 
 Construct two bins in the vegetable cellar, one above the other, in size as shown, made of 
 3" slats " apart with a 4" piece at the front edge, all to be of good quality white pine properly 
 put up and supported. 
 
 Wine Cellar. Fit up the wine cellar with shelves 10" deep and 9" apart, extending from the floor to the 
 
 ceiling. Place a " piece 4" high at the front edges of the shelves, sawed out for the bottles with 
 half round cuts i" wide and 4" on centres. 
 
 Laundry. Enclose the laundry with the same material as the cellar partitions. Construct a raised 
 
 platform for the tubs of [" x 3^-" tongued and grooved white pine flooring.] Put on the frame 
 and ewers furnished by the Plumber. 
 
 Cold Air Box. Construct and place in the wall opening a frame of i-J-" pine plank, and pro- 
 
 vide with a strong wire screen. Construct to the furnace from this opening a box 
 of the ''size required, made of " x 10" matched pine boards. Provide the box with 
 a slide clamper and a door opening into the cellar, hung with proper hinges and 
 secured with two iron buttons. 
 
 Storm House. 
 
 Construct the storm house of $" x 2^" tongued and grooved clear pine run vertically, screwed 
 together in sections with beveled cleats and made easily removable. [Form the door of the 
 same material with beveled cleats screwed on] or [Furnish a paneled door] with suitable spring 
 hinges, handles and lock. Provide a four light sash arranged to slide. 
 
 Clothes Posts. 
 
 Furnish and set four 4" turned chestnut clothes posts in the yard where directed. The posts 
 are to stand 8' out of the ground and have neatly turned tops. 
 
 Yard House. 
 
 Construct a yard house (4' x 4') in size. Ceil up with (" x 10") matched pine boards planed on 
 both sides. Construct a seat with two large holes and a low seat with one small hole. Form the 
 risers f" thick and the seats ij". Provide lids over the holes hollowed out at the front and hung 
 with brass hinges. Lay the floor with " x 6" matched pine flooring. Form the ceiling level 7' highed 
 with " x 3-J-" beaded pine ceiling boards. Provide a four light sash in the side arranged to slide 
 and provide and hang a batten door with a thumb latch, handle and lock complete. Run a vent 
 flue from the seat to the roof with a box at the top. All this work is to be of good quality white 
 pine. Form the roof [with 18" XXX sawed pine shingle laid with a 5" lap on i" x 2" spruce lath] 
 or [of boards the same as the sides with i" x 2" strips nailed over the joints.] 
 
 Temporary Privy. 
 
 Construct a temporary privy for the workmen, 
 and fill up with earth. 
 
 138 
 
 At completion, remove this privy, clean out 
 
'The sectional area of the cold air box should be at least f of the total sectional area of the 
 pipes taken from the furnace. 
 
 '39 
 
Wood Cistern. 
 Cistern Cover. 
 
 Construct a cistern cover for the brick cistern. The cover is to be 2-6" square of 6" x 
 matched spruce boards, with two cleats beveled and screwed on. 
 
 Terrace Steps. 
 
 Construct the terrace steps of surfaced white pine with 2" treads and strings, and f" risers. 
 
 Board Walks. 
 
 Lay a board walk {specify where and width}. [Put down 2" x 4" chestnut string pieces laid 
 on edge, and over them lay 2" x 10" surfaced hemlock boards well spiked] or [Put down three 
 2" x 4" chestnut string pieces laid on edge and over them lay i" x 10" surfaced hemlock boards 
 well nailed]. 
 
 Fences. 
 
 Board. 
 
 Construct a board fence (6') high {specify where}. Set up (5") squared chestnut posts (6') 
 apart. Put up " matched spruce boards, surfaced both sides, [run vertically and nailed t6 three 
 2" x 4" planed spruce string pieces] or [run horizontally]. Place a beveled cap at the top. Form 
 the gate in the same manner as the fence, with i" x 6' beveled cleats screwed on. Provide with 
 large wrought iron T hinges, handle, thumb latch and lock complete. 
 
 Picket. 
 
 Construct a picket fence (4') high {specify where}. Set up 5" squared and tapered chestnut 
 posts (6') apart. Put up two 2" x 4" surfaced Norway pine rails. Put on the pickets [i^" square, 
 pointed at the top] or [" x 2%" sawed at the top] and set 2\" apart. Construct the gates in the 
 same manner with 2" x 4" stiles and rails, framed together and properly braced. Provide with 
 gate hinges and latches complete. 
 
 Iron. 
 
 Furnish and put in {specify where} a [wire fence 3 '-6" high with Anchor Post Company's No. 2 
 wrought iron Anchor posts set 6' apart with three heavy l No. p posts at the ends, corners and all 
 gates. The fence is to have a top rail of wrought iron pipe, if" outside diameter, and four 
 strands of galvanized ribbon wire,] or [pipe fence 3' high ^\\.\\- Anchor Post Company's No. 5 
 Anchor posts set 6' apart with heavy No. 9 posts at ends, corners and all gates. The fence is to 
 consist of three rows of wrought iron pipe, if" outside diameter, set 12" on centres.] 
 
 Furnish and put in where directed one Anchor Post Company's single [gate No. i] or [pipe gate 
 to match] and also where directed a double drive [gate No. i] or [pipe gate to match.] 
 
 146 
 
'These fences are used in a variety of combinations from simple pipe fences to elaborate 
 ornamental patterns. The posts are made to suit the different designs. 
 
Hardware. 
 
 All the following hardware is to be ^furnished and put on by 
 the Contractor. The goods are to be Russell & Erwin Manu- 
 facturing Company's make, unless otherwise specified, and the 
 numbers here given refer to their 'catalogue. All hardware is to 
 be properly put on with screws in finish to match. 
 
 Sash Hardware. 
 
 Double Hung. 
 
 Locks. 
 Lifts. 
 
 All double hung sash in -J mention rooms j -are to have bronze 
 sash locks No. (320) and two bronze flush lifts No. (054) to each 
 sash. All other double hung sash 
 
 Single. 
 
 Locks. 
 Lifts. 
 
 All single sliding sash are to have lifts and locks combined 
 No. (oioo) in finish to match the other hardware in the rooms. 
 
 Cellar. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Buttons. 
 
 Hooks. 
 
 All single cellar sash are to have two iron hinges (2 
 two iron buttons and two iron hooks and staples. 
 
 Casement. 
 
 Hinges. 
 Adjusters. 
 
 All casement windows are to have two bronze hinges (3^" x 
 No. (60) and casement adjusters No. 20, 15". 
 
 French. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Locks. 
 Handles. 
 
 Bolts. 
 
 All French casement windows are to have bronze hinges (4" 
 x 4") No. (60), lock No. (057) and bronze lever handles and 
 escutcheons No. (708). The standing door is to have bronze 
 mortise bolts No. (20) 12" long [one at top and one at bottom]. 
 
 Doors under 
 Windows. 
 
 Storm Sash, 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Bolts. 
 Catches. 
 
 Locks. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Adjusting plates. 
 Catches. 
 
 Where there are doors below the sash, the doors are to be 
 hung with (3^' x 3^") bronze butts. Provide for such doors (3") 
 mortise bolts No. (6) to go into the floor, a catch at the side, No. 
 (0120), and a lift and catch combined, No. (oioo), to go on the 
 lower sash. All are to be in finish to match the other hardware 
 in the rooms. 
 
 142 
 
'When the finishing hardware is not included in the Carpenter's Specification, the specifica- 
 tion might read as follows : 
 
 "The Contractor is to furnish all rough hardware, including all sash cords, weights and 
 pulleys : also all door stops and all finishing cellar hardware. All other finishing hardware is to 
 be furnished by the Owner and put in by the Contractor. The Contractor is to furnish a list of 
 such hardware for the convenience of the Owner in ordering." 
 
 'Hardware can, perhaps., be more definitely specified by numbers than in any other way. 
 Tables might be prepared of the hardware most used, which would be convenient for reference and 
 from which the numbers could be obtained for ordinary work, without the trouble of referring to 
 the catalogues. As an example of how such tables might be arranged the following has been 
 inserted: 
 
 RUSSELL & ERWIN MANUFACTURING COMPANY. 
 
 Front Door Locks 
 
 Vestibule Door Locks 
 
 Knobs, Front Door 
 
 Escutcheons, Front Door 
 
 Escutcheons, Vestibule Door 
 
 Push Buttons 
 
 Locks, Mortise, inside 
 
 Knobs, inside , 
 
 Escutcheons, inside 
 
 Locks, Sliding Door, Single 
 
 Locks, Sliding Door, Double , 
 
 Locks, Sliding Doors, Astragal 
 
 Escutcheons, Sliding Door 
 
 Butts 
 
 Sash Fasts 
 
 Sash Lifts, Flush ... 
 
 Sash Lifts, Hook 
 
 Cupboard Turns 
 
 Drawer Pulls 
 
 Shutter Butts 
 
 Shutter Bars 
 
 Shutter Knobs 
 
 Flush Bolts 
 
 Mortise Door Bolts. . 
 
 FINISH. 
 
 2 Dark Bronze. 
 
 4 Nickel Plated. 
 
 6 Dark Copper. 
 
 7 Old Copper. 
 
 7$ Mottled Old Copper. 
 
 C1230 
 CI232 
 
 1806 
 1919 
 1919 
 
 96^ 
 
 01764 
 1805 
 1920 
 0034^ 
 
 0034 
 
 0034 3/ 
 
 1336 
 
 bo 
 
 320 
 
 054 
 
 "79 
 
 OI2O 
 041 
 
 107 
 160 
 
 055 
 28 
 
 ROCOCO. 
 
 CI23O 
 CI232 
 
 6O2 
 
 720 
 
 721 
 
 720 
 01704 
 
 601 
 
 721 
 
 0034^ 
 
 0034 
 
 0034^ 
 
 425 
 60 
 
 320 
 
 724 
 722 
 
 OI20 
 
 725 
 
 107 
 160 
 728 
 726 
 6)4 
 
 ROPE EDGE. 
 
 CI23O 
 CI232 
 
 388 
 
 075 
 
 075 
 
 75)4 
 01764 
 
 387 
 
 077^ 
 003 4 1 A 
 0034 
 0034^ 
 
 038 
 60 
 
 320 
 
 074 
 
 '79 
 
 0120 
 041 
 107 
 
 160 
 
 055 
 
 DESCRIPTION OF FINISHES. 
 
 FINISH. 
 
 8 Oxidized Silver. 
 
 S Oxidized Silver, Mottled. 
 
 9 Dull Brass. 
 
 10 Polished Brass. 
 
 1 1 Polished Bronze. 
 
 PLAIN 
 
 BRONZE. 
 
 CI23O 
 
 CI232 
 
 378 
 
 014-1 
 
 0144 
 
 65)4 
 01764 
 
 377 
 
 0147^ 
 0034)4 
 0034 
 
 0346 
 
 60 
 
 320 
 
 054 
 
 I7<J 
 
 0120 
 041 
 107 
 If 
 
 055 
 28 
 
 6)4 
 
 BRONZE 
 
 PLATED. 
 
 OI24 
 
 0124^ 
 
 989 
 
 521)4 
 
 522)4 
 
 64)4 
 
 7710 
 7989 
 
 7528)4 
 01330)4 
 01330 
 01330% 
 
 01333 
 7004 
 
 73" 
 154 
 7179 
 75 
 7141 
 
 I2O 
 
 7l6o 
 
 7008 
 
 2O 
 
 KAHALA. 
 
 724 
 
 724)4 
 
 S 5 12)4 
 
 ^62 
 1724 
 S 9 8 5 
 8538)4 
 8034)^ 
 8034 
 803 J% 
 8334)4 
 8004 
 8315 
 8ot2 
 8077 
 8414 
 8141 
 8007 
 8032 
 8032 
 8106 
 
 FINISH. 
 
 1 8 Satin Silver. 
 
 19 Gold. 
 
 28 Satin Silver, Sand finish. 
 
 29 Gold, Sand finish. 
 
 '43 
 
Door Hardware. 
 
 Front and Vestibule. 
 
 The front and vestibule doors are to have mortise locks with 
 bronze faces Nos. (01230 and ci232) with night latches and keys 
 
 Locks. 
 Knobs. 
 Hinges. 
 
 Pushbuttons. complete ; knobs, bronze No. (378) ; hinges, bronze No. (60) 5" x 5" 
 Bells. three to each door; [push buttons, bronze No. (65!)] or [bell pull, 
 
 Combination letter bronze No> ^fi and be u No. (38)]. 
 boxesand bell pulls. 
 
 For double doors. 
 
 Bolts. The vestibule door is to have a safety chain door fastener of 
 
 bronze No. (15). 
 
 The front standing door is to have bronze mortise bolts No. 
 (28), (18") long at top and (12") at bottom. 
 
 For single door. 
 For Dutch door. 
 
 The front door is to have a (3") bronze mortise bolt No. (o6|). 
 
 The vestibule door is to have two (3") bronze mortise bolts, one 
 on each section of the door into the jamb ; also, one Dutch door 
 bolt No. (055) between the sections. 
 
 Check. 
 
 The front door is to have a Bardsley Liquid door spring and 
 check, size C. 
 
 Storm. 
 
 Spring hinges. 
 Handles. 
 
 The storm doors are to have Bommer's (6") spring hinges 
 with one bronze handle No. (0765) on each door. 
 
 Sliding. 
 
 Sheaves. 
 
 Track. 
 
 Locks. 
 
 Pulls. 
 
 Escutcheons. 
 
 All sliding doors are to have Climax sheaves and tracks ; 
 mortise locks No. (0034!) ; bronze escutcheons No. (0346). 
 
 Double Acting. 
 
 Hinges. 
 Push plates. 
 
 All double acting doors are to have Bardsley double acting 
 checking spring hinges No. (i^)and bronze push plates No. (052). 
 
 144 
 
'45 
 
Ordinary. 
 
 Locks. 
 
 Knobs. 
 
 Escutcheons. 
 
 Roses. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 All doors in \ mention rooms [ are to have mortise locks No. 
 (01764); ^Bardsley ball hardwood knobs No. (ill); bronze 
 escutcheons and roses No. (0147^); and bronze hinges No. (60) 
 4" x 4" in size. 
 
 All other doors 
 
 Bolts. 
 
 All | mention | doors are to have (3") mortise bolts No. 
 
 Springs. 
 
 All | mention! doors are to have Bardsley single check spring 
 hinges No. (i). 
 
 All doors opening into a main room from closets or inferior 
 rooms must have hardware on both sides to correspond with the 
 hardware in the main rooms. All doors over 7' high are to have 
 
 three hinges to each door. 
 
 Stops. 
 
 Transoms. 
 
 Trap. 
 
 Hinges. 
 Adjusters. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Ring lifts. 
 
 Bolts. 
 
 All doors throughout are to have Bardsley hardwood turned 
 stops with rubber tips No. (131) for walls and No. 134 for floors. 
 Where rooms are trimmed with hardwood they are to match the 
 trim. In other cases they are to be of oak. 
 
 Hang all transoms over doors with 3" x 3" hinges and provide 
 with bronze lifts No. (33). 
 
 Scuttle. 
 
 Hinges. 
 Hooks. 
 Bolts. 
 
 Cellar Hatchway. 
 
 Hinges. 
 Lock, bolt or bar. 
 
 Water Closet. 
 
 Spring hinges. 
 
 Indicating bolts. 
 
 Clothes hooks. 
 
 146 
 
'BARDSLEY'S WOOD DOOR KNOBS. 
 
 PATTERNS. CLASS B. 
 
 Box. Round. Ball. Egg. Oval. Fluted. Box. Round. Ball. 
 
 Bronze Rose 100 102 no 113 114 
 
 Wood Rose with Plate 101 103 in 115 
 
 Wood Rose 116 104 112 n6B 1048 112 B 
 
 "47 
 
Store Doors. 
 
 Blind 
 Hardware. 
 
 Outside. 
 
 Handles or knobs. 
 Locks. 
 Bolts. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Fasteners. 
 
 Adjusters. 
 
 Inside openers. 
 
 Shutters. 
 
 Hinges. 
 
 Bars. 
 
 Flaps. 
 Knobs. 
 
 Venetian. 
 
 Cord Fasteners. 
 Hooks. 
 
 Sliding. 
 Rolling Partitions. 
 
 Lifts. 
 
 Tracks. 
 Sheaves. 
 
 Pull plates or handles. 
 Locks. 
 
 Screens. Lifts for sliding frames. 
 
 Hinges, hooks, catches, for swinging frames. 
 Hinges, catches or locks for doors. 
 
 Closets. 
 
 Drawer pulls. 
 
 Catches. 
 
 Locks. 
 
 Clothes hooks. 
 
 148 
 
'49 
 
Electrical 
 
 SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the 
 installation of the electric work in the frame house to be constructed for 
 Mr. 
 at 
 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 General 
 Conditions. 
 
 Inspection. 
 
 Cutting. 
 
 | address [ 
 
 ) date \ 
 
 For General Conditions see page 2. J- 
 
 All the work herein included is to be done according to the rules and 
 regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and also is to be subject 
 to the inspection and approval of the Local Board of Fire Underwriters, and is to 
 be inspected by their Inspectors. The Contractor is to pay all charges for such 
 inspection and is to obtain satisfactory certificates from the Inspectors and deliver 
 them to the Architect. The system must test free from all grounds. 
 
 The Contractor is to do all necessary cutting and boring of beams. 
 
 T 5 
 
Standard Rules 
 
 Adopted by 
 
 The National Electric Light Association 
 
 At Washington, 1894. 
 
 Class A Central Stations and Isolated Plants 
 
 for Light or Power. (Omitted.) 
 
 electric light or power wires, and should not 
 be placed on the same structure or pole. 
 
 Class B Arc (Series) Systems. 
 
 Outside Conductors. 
 
 All outside overhead conductors (including 
 services) : 
 
 1. Must be covered with some insulating 
 material, not easily abraded. 
 
 2. Must be firmly secured to properly insu- 
 lated and substantially built supports, all the 
 wires having an insulation equal to that of the 
 conductors they confine. 
 
 3. Must be so placed that moisture cannot 
 form a cross-connection between them, not 
 less than a foot apart, and not in contact with 
 any substance other than proper insulating 
 supports. 
 
 4. Must be at least seven feet above the 
 highest point of flat roofs and at least one foot 
 above the ridge of pitched roofs over which 
 they pass or to which they are attached. 
 
 5. Must be protected, whenever necessary, in 
 view of possible accidents to conductors or 
 supports, from possibility of contact with 
 other conducting wires or substances to which 
 current may leak, by dead insulated guard 
 irons or wires. Special precautions of this 
 kind must be taken where sharp angles occur, 
 or where any wires might possibly come in 
 contact with electric light or power wires. 
 
 6. Must be provided with petticoat insula- 
 tors of glass or porcelain. Porcelain knobs, 
 cleats and rubber hooks are prohibited. 
 
 7. Must be so spliced or joined as to be both 
 mechanically and electrically secure without 
 solder. They must then be soldered to insure 
 preservation and covered with an insulation 
 equal to that on the conductors. 
 
 8. The following formula for soldering fluid 
 is approved: 
 
 Saturated Solution of Zinc. . 5 parts. 
 
 Alcohol 4 parts. 
 
 Glycerine i part. 
 
 9. Conductors should not be run over, or 
 attached to, buildings other than those in 
 which light or power is being, or is to be, 
 used, but on separate poles or structures 
 always easily inspected. 
 
 Service Blocks. 
 
 1. Must be covered over their entire surface 
 with at least two coats of waterproof paint and 
 so maintained. 
 
 2. Telegraph, telephone and similar wires 
 must not be placed on the same arm with 
 
 Interior Conductors. 
 
 All Interior Conductors. 
 
 1. Must be, where they enter buildings from 
 outside terminal insulators to and through the 
 walls, covered with extra waterproof insula- 
 tion, and must have drip loops outside, prefer- 
 ably slanting upward toward the inside, and 
 bushed with waterproof and non-combustible 
 insulating tube. 
 
 2. Must be arranged to enter and leave the 
 building through a double contact service 
 switch, which will effectually close the main 
 circuit and disconnect the interior wires when 
 it is turned "off." The switch must be so 
 constructed that it shall be automatic in its 
 action, not stopping between points when 
 started, and prevent an arc between the points 
 under all circumstances ; it must indicate on 
 inspection whether the current be "on" or 
 "off," and be mounted on a non-combustible 
 base in a position where it can be kept free 
 from moisture and easy of access to police or 
 firemen. 
 
 3. Must be always in plain sight, never 
 covered, except in special cases, where an 
 armored tube may be necessary. 
 
 4. Must be covered in all cases with a water- 
 proof non combustible material that will adhere 
 to the wire, not fray by friction, and bear a 
 temperature of 150 F. without softening. 
 
 5. Must be in dry places kept rigidly apart 
 at least ten inches, except when covered (in 
 addition to insulation) by waterproof non-con- 
 ducting and non-inflammable tubing, which 
 must be strong enough to protect the insulating 
 covering from injury. Conductors thus placed 
 may be run not less than three inches apart, 
 and be fastened with staples, under which are 
 placed mechanically rigid insulating strips or 
 saddles of greater width than the metal of the 
 staple, by which possibility of injury to the 
 tube may be prevented. 
 
 6. Must be in damp places attached to glass 
 or porcelain insulators, and separated ten 
 inches or more. 
 
 7. Must be, when passing through walls, 
 floors, timbers or partitions, treated as in cen- 
 tral stations under like conditions. 
 
 Lamps and Other Devices. 
 
 Arc Lamps. 
 
 i. Must be carefully isolated from inflam- 
 mable material. 
 
Electric Light- 
 ing. 
 
 Tubing. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 Arrangement. 
 
 The building is to be equipped for continuous wiring from the source of 
 supply to each outlet to be wired, with ^approved tubing providing a continuous and 
 perfectly tight channel from end to end for the wires. All tubes are to be of 
 sufficient size to allow the wires to be readily drawn in, withdrawn or re-instated 
 at will. All tubes must be secured in position with metal or wire clips. 
 
 All wires for electric lighting are to be rubber covered, insulated, white core 
 approved wire, 98-'' pure copper. The wires are to be run complete ready for the 
 attachment of the fixtures and service wires. The sizes of wires are to be deter- 
 mined on the basis of each lamp requiring '(50) volts and 2 (i) ampere. No wire, 
 however, is to be smaller than No. 14 B. and S. gauge, increasing the 3 size as the 
 number of lights and length of circuits require. In all cases the size of wires is 
 to be (5*) in excess of their possible load. The wires are not to be drawn in the 
 tubes until after the building is dry. [No two wires of opposite polarity are to 
 be run in 4 one tube.] 
 
 There is to be one group of risers throughout the building. The wiring 
 on each floor must radiate from one central point of distribution, taking in all 
 the outlets. All wiring is to be Continuous from the sectional switch to the 
 last outlet on such circuit. A loop is to be left for the metre just inside of 
 the main line switch. 
 
 Distribution 
 
 of Outlets, Lights and 
 
 Switches. 
 
 The building is to contain the following number of outlets, lights and 
 switches, distributed as follows : 
 
 BRACKETS. 
 
 CHANDELIERS. SWITCHES. 
 
 TOTALS. 
 
 FLOOR. ROOM. Number. Lights each. Number. Lights each. 
 
 First. Parlor 4 2 i 
 
 First. Dining Room. ... 2 3 i 
 
 Second. Front Chamber.. 22 i 
 
 [Etc. | 
 
 hts each. 
 
 Outlets. 
 
 Lights. 
 
 Switches. 
 
 6 i 
 
 5 
 
 14 
 
 i 
 
 
 6 i 
 
 3 
 
 12 
 
 I 
 
 
 4 i 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 I 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 34 
 
 Cut Outs. The Contractor will provide an approved cut out box on the main line at 
 
 the point of entrance and also one on each floor [of slate] or [the Contractor is 
 to line these boxes with 10 Ib. sheet asbestos.] The Owner is to provide the 
 trim and door for the same. 
 
 '52 
 
'Iron or brass armored conduit tubing is required in New York. 
 
 "The voltage and ampere capacity should be governed by the public supply. Thus in New 
 York 115 volts and about ampere would be all that would be required. The lower the voltage 
 the larger the wires required. 
 
 'The area of wires should be governed by the amount of current which will be required in the 
 building. 
 
 4 The rules in most localities now require this double tubing. If iron armored conduits are 
 used, two wires are allowed tQ be run in one tube up to 5 amperes. 
 
 'Electric light wiring should always be "continuous," that is, both wires of a circuit should be 
 run so as to take in all outlets on the circuit instead of branching off to some of the outlets. This 
 continuous wiring leaves but one end to each circuit instead of several ends. 
 
 2. Must be provided at all times with a glass 
 globe surrounding the arc, securely fastened 
 upon a closed base. No broken or cracked 
 globes may be used. 
 
 3. Must be provided with a hand switch, 
 also an automatic switch, that will shunt the 
 current around the carbons should they fail to 
 feed properly. 
 
 4. Must be provided with reliable stops to 
 prevent carbons from falling out in case the 
 clamps become loose. 
 
 5. Must be carefully insulated from the cir- 
 cuit in all their exposed parts. 
 
 6. Must be, where inflammable material, is 
 near or under the lamps, provided with a wire 
 netting around the globe and a spark-arrester 
 above, to prevent escape of sparks, melted 
 copper or carbon. 
 
 7. Incandescent lamps in series circuits, hav- 
 ing a maximum potential of 350 volts or over, 
 must be governed by the same rules as for arc 
 lights, and each series lamp provided with a 
 hand switch and automatic cut-out switch; 
 when lights are in multiple series, such switches 
 and cut-outs must not control less than a single 
 group of lights. Electro- magnetic devices for 
 switches are not approved. 
 
 8. Under no circumstances will incandescent 
 lamps on series circuits be allowed to be at- 
 tached to gas fixtures. 
 
 Class C. Overhead Conductors, Incandescent 
 (Low Pressure) Systems. 
 
 300 Voits or Less. 
 Outside Overhead Conductors. 
 
 1. Must be erected in accordance with 
 general rules for Arc (Series) Circuit Conduc- 
 tors. 
 
 2. Must be separated not less than six inches 
 where they enter buildings as service conduc- 
 tors, and be provided with a double pole fusi- 
 ble cut-out, as near as possible to the point of 
 entrance to the building, and outside the walls 
 when practicable. 
 
 Underground Conductors, 
 i. Must be provided with suitable protect- 
 
 ing devices at the ends of tube or conduit 
 services inside the walls of buildings, as a 
 guard against moisture and injury. 
 
 2. Must be terminated at a properly placed 
 double pole house cut-out. 
 
 3. Must be of specially insulated conductors 
 after leaving the tube or conduit, and separated 
 by at least ten inches, until the double pole cut- 
 out is reached. 
 
 Inside Wiring. 
 
 1. Where practicable wire should be so 
 placed that in the event of the failure or dete- 
 rioration of their insulating covering the con- 
 ductors under this condition will still remain 
 insulated. 
 
 2. At the entrance of every building there 
 shall be a double pole switch placed in the 
 service conductors, whereby the current may 
 be entirely cut off. 
 
 Conductors. 
 
 1. Must not be of sizes smaller than No. 16 
 B. & S., No. 18 B. W. G., or No. 3 E. S. G. 
 
 2. Must not be paraffin covered. 
 
 3 Must not be covered with soft rubber 
 tube. 
 
 4. Must not be laid in mouldings of any 
 kind in damp places. 
 
 5. Must not be laid in mouldings with open 
 grooves against the wall or ceiling. 
 
 6. Must not be laid in mouldings where less 
 than half an inch of solid insulation is between 
 parallel wire, and between wires and walls or 
 ceilings. 
 
 7. Must not be laid in plaster, cement JOT 
 similar finish, without an exterior metallic pro- 
 tection. 
 
 8. Mouldings, where admissible, must have 
 at least two coatings of waterproof paint, to 
 be impregnated with a moisture repellent. 
 
 Cleatwork. 
 
 1. Cleatwork is not desirable, and cleats 
 must not be used unless in a very dry place. 
 
 2. Must not be used unless in a place per- 
 fectly open for inspection at any time. 
 
 3. Must not be used unless they are of por- 
 celain, or well-seasoned wood, filled, to prevent 
 absorption of moisture. 
 
Switches. 
 
 The Contractor is to provide and put in a double pole covered main line cut 
 out block at the point of entrance, fused for the entire number of lights in the 
 building. He is also to put in on each floor the necessary number of [double pole 
 branch cut out blocks] or [fuse tablets] fused to the proper number of lights and 
 placed in the cut out boxes. 
 
 The Contractor is to provide a double pole main line "knife" switch of 
 approved pattern and 'place it just inside of the main line cut out. Each circuit is 
 to be provided with a double pole snap switch of approved make, located as 
 specified in the schedule and connected with the circuits. 
 
 Fixtures. All fixtures are to be put up and connected complete with mica insulating 
 
 joints and porcelain covered double pole porcelain cut outs. 
 
 Burglar Alarm. 
 
 The Contractor is to provide and place in the second story where directed, one 
 six drop automatic burglar alarm indicator of wood to match the trim. A (6") 
 nickle plated bell is to be placed where directed. The indicator is to have bell and 
 battery test, silent test, continuous ring, and night set switches and six sectional 
 switches controlling the following sections : 
 
 [Section No. i. Hall. 2 Windows, i Door.] 
 
 I Etc.! 
 
 Springs. All these windows and doors are to be provided with suitable springs cut in 
 
 and connected, protecting both sashes on all windows and allowing a (6") opening 
 of the top sashes in second story only. All springs on doors are to have broad 
 faces. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 Batteries. 
 
 All wiring for the burglar alarm is to be done with No. 18 B. and S. 
 gauge damp proof office wires, running them through and between the beams 
 and partitions and using no tacks nor staples. This wiring is to be protected 
 by tubing against all brick walls and iron work. All joints and splices are to 
 be covered with rubber tape. 
 
 Provide and place in position approved carbon cylinder batteries of sufficient 
 power to insure the satisfactory working of the burglar alarm system. 
 
'For city work this switch should be placed close to the building line where it can easily be 
 operated by firemen in case of fire. 
 
 4. Must not be used unless they are so 
 arranged that wires of opposite polarity, with 
 a difference of potential of ijo volts or less, 
 will be kept at least two and one-half inches 
 apart, and that where a higher voltage is used 
 this distance be increased proportionately. 
 
 5. Must not be used unless there is a back- 
 ing provided, of wood at least half an inch 
 thick, well seasoned and filled, to prevent 
 absorption of moisture. 
 
 Metal Staples. 
 
 1. Metal staples must never be used to 
 fasten conductors unless provided with an in- 
 sulating sleeve or saddle rigidly attached to 
 the metal of the staple, and having such 
 strength and surface as to prevent mechanical 
 injury to the insulation of the conductor. 
 
 2. Must never be used to fasten conductors 
 unless under conditions in which cleatwork 
 would be acceptable, or where driven into a 
 moulding specially adapted for open work. 
 
 Special Wiring. 
 
 1. Wherever conductors cross gas, water, or 
 other metallic pipes, or any other conductors 
 or conducting material (except arc light wires), 
 they should be separated therefrom by some 
 continuous non-conductor at least one inch. 
 In crossing arc light wires the low tension con- 
 ductors must be placed at a distance of at 
 least six inches. In wet places an air space 
 must be left between conductors and pipes in 
 crossing, and the former must be run in such a 
 way that they cannot come in contact with the 
 pipe accidentally. Wires should be run over 
 all pipes upon which condensed moisture is 
 likely to gather, or which by leakage might 
 cause trouble on a circuit. 
 
 2. In rooms where inflammable gases may 
 exist, or where the atmosphere is damp, the 
 incandescent lamp and socket should be en- 
 closed in a vapor-tight globe. This is not to 
 be understood to include rooms where illumin- 
 ating gases are used in the ordinary manner. 
 
 3. In breweries, stables, dye-houses, paper 
 and pulp mills or other buildings specially 
 liable to moisture, all conductors, except where 
 used for pendants: 
 
 4. Must be separated at least six inches. 
 
 5. Must be provided with a durable, mois- 
 ture-proof covering. 
 
 6. Must be carefully put up. 
 
 7. Must be supported by porcelain or glass 
 insulators. 
 
 8. Moisture-proof and non-inflammable tub- 
 ing may be accepted in lieu of such construc- 
 tion. 
 
 9. No switches or fusible cut-outs will be 
 allowed in such places. 
 
 Interior Conduits. 
 
 1. Must not be combustible. 
 
 2. Must not be of such material or construc- 
 tion that will be injured by plaster, cement, 
 or other surrounding material, or that the in- 
 sulation of the conductor will ultimately be 
 injured or destroyed by the elements of its 
 composition. 
 
 3. Must not be so constructed or placed 
 that difficulty will be experienced in removing 
 or replacing the conductors. 
 
 4. Must be continuous from one junction 
 box to another or to fixtures, and of non-in- 
 flammable material, and of a substantial 
 character as in the case of the existing gas 
 and water pipes, in order to afford mechanical 
 protection from injury by saws, chisels or nails. 
 
 5. Whenever practicable, pipes for all pur- 
 poses must be kept from the conduits or wire- 
 ways and under no circumstances must steam 
 pipes be placed therein. 
 
 6. Architects and builders should provide 
 suitable wire-ways or openings in all buildings 
 at the time of their construction, in which 
 could be placed electric wires and conduits 
 according to the requirements of the building. 
 
 7. Prior to the insulation of the wires, 
 powdered soapstone should be blown through 
 the conduit tubes to facilitate the drawing in 
 of the same. 
 
 8. Must not be depended upon for insula- 
 tion. The conductors should be covered with 
 moisture-proof material. 
 
 9. The object of a tube or conduit is to 
 facilitate the insertion or extraction of the 
 conductors, to protect them from mechanical 
 injury and, as far as possible, from moisture. 
 
 10. Conductors passing through walls or 
 ceilings must be encased in a suitable tubing, 
 which must extend at least one inch beyond 
 the finished surface until the mortar, or other 
 similar material, be entirely dry, when the pro- 
 jection may be reduced to half an inch. 
 
 Double Pole Safety Cut-Outs. 
 
 1. Must be placed where the overhead or 
 underground conductors enter a building and 
 join the inside wires. 
 
 2. Must be placed at every point where a 
 change is made in the size of the wire (unless 
 the cut-out in the larger wire will protect the 
 smaller). This includes all flexible conductors. 
 All such junctions must be in plain sight. 
 
 3. Must be constructed with bases of non- 
 combustible and moisture-proof material. 
 
Electric Gas 
 Lighting. 
 
 Provide and place in position the following automatic and pendent burners 
 with all the necessary wiring to the various outlets, the fixtures to be wired 
 inside the shell of the chandelier wherever possible : 
 
 FLOOR. 
 
 First. 
 Second. 
 
 ROOM. 
 Hall. 
 Hall. 
 
 PENDANTS. 
 3 
 
 AUTOMATIC. 
 
 I 
 I 
 
 Automatics. The control of the various automatic burners is to be as follows : 
 
 One /zw-light key placed in the first story hall to control the first and second story hall lights. 
 One /zw-light key placed in the second story hall to control the first and second story hall lights. 
 
 All push plates are to be of bronze with pearl buttons. All plates are to be 
 lettered and placed where directed. 
 
 Pendants. Provide and put up the number of [plain pendants with chains complete] or 
 
 [ratchet pendants] as specified in the schedule. 
 
 Wiring. All wiring for gas lighting is to be done with No. 18 B. and S. ga ige damp 
 
 proof office wires, running them through and between the beams and partitions 
 and using no tacks nor staples. This wiring is to be protected by tubing against 
 all brick walls and iron work. All joints and splices are to be covered with 
 rubber tapes. Where electric lighting is connected to the fixtures, there must be 
 a return ground wire run for gas lighting. The building is to be wired in six 
 sections to [a sectional switch-board and main line alarm cut out placed in the 
 partition and enclosed with a paneled oak door] or [an 'automatic sectional cut 
 out placed where directed.] 
 
 Batteries. Provide and place in position approved carbon cylinder batteries of sufficient 
 
 power to operate the system through a (9") spark coil. 
 
 156 
 
'An automatic sectional cut out works automatically, cutting off any faulty section and indi- 
 cating it without interfering with any other section. This is more expensive than a main line cut 
 out, which cuts off the whole system at once. 
 
 4. Must be so constructed and placed that 
 an arc cannot be maintained -between the ter- 
 minals by the fusing of the metal. 
 
 5. Must be so placed that on any combina- 
 tion fixture no group of lamps requiring a cur 
 rent of six amperes or more shall be ultimate- 
 ly dependent upon one cut-out. 
 
 6. Must be, wherever used for more than 
 six amperes, or (where the plug or equivalent 
 device is not used) equipped with fusible strips 
 or wires, provided with contact surfaces or tips 
 of harder metal, soldered or otherwise, having 
 perfect electrical connection with the fusible 
 part of the strip. 
 
 Safety Fuses. 
 
 1. Safety fuses must be so proportioned to 
 the conductors they are intended to protect 
 that they will melt before the maximum safe 
 carrying capacity of the wire is exceeded. 
 
 2. All fuses, where possible, must be stamped, 
 or otherwise marked, with the number of 
 amperes equal to the safe carrying capacity of 
 the wire they protect 
 
 3. All cut-out blocks when installed must be 
 similarly marked. 
 
 4. The safe carrying capacity of a wire 
 changes under different circumstances, being 
 about forty per cent, less when the wire is 
 closed in a tube or piece of moulding than 
 when bare and exposed to the air, when the 
 heat is rapidly radiated. It must be clearly 
 understood that the size of the fuse depends 
 upon the size oT the smallest conductor it pro- 
 tects, and not upon the amount of current to 
 be used on the circuit. Below is a table show- 
 ing the safe carrying capacity of conductors of 
 different sizes in Birmingham, Brown & Sharpe 
 and Edison gauges, which must be followed in 
 the placing of interior conductors: 
 
 BROWN & SHARPE. BIRMINGHAM. EDISON STANDARD. 
 
 Gauge Gauge Gauge 
 
 No. Amperes. No. Amperes. No. Amperes, 
 
 oooo 175 oooo 175 200 175 
 
 ooo 145 coo 150 180 160 
 
 oo 120 oo 130 140 135 
 
 100 o no no no 
 
 1 95 I 95 90 95 
 
 2 70 2 85 80 85 
 
 3 60 3 75 65 75 
 
 4 50 4 65 55 6 5 
 
 5 45 60 50 60 
 
 6 35 6 50 40 50 
 
 73 7 45 3 40 
 
 8 25 8 35 25 35 
 
 10 20 10 30 20 30 
 
 12 15 12 2O 12 20 
 
 14 10 14 15 8 15 
 
 16 5 16 10 5 10 
 
 18 5 35 
 
 Switches. 
 
 1. Must be mounted on moisture-proof and 
 incombustible bases, such as slate or porce- 
 lain. 
 
 2. Must be double pole when the circuits 
 which they control are connected to the fix- 
 tures attached to gas pipes, and when six am- 
 peres or more are to pass through them. 
 
 3. Must have a firm and secure contact, 
 must make and break readily, and not stick 
 when motion has once been imparted by the 
 handle. 
 
 4. Must have carrying capacity sufficient to 
 prevent heating above the surrounding atmos- 
 phere. 
 
 5. Must be placed in dry accessible places 
 and be grouped, as far as possible, being 
 mounted, when practicable, upon slate or 
 equally indestructible back-boards. 
 
 Motors. 
 
 i. In wiring for motive power, the same 
 precautions must be taken as with the current 
 of the same volume and potential for lighting. 
 The motor and resistance box must be . pro- 
 tected by a double pole cut-out, and controlled 
 by a double pole switch. 
 
 Arc Lights on Low Potential Circuits. 
 
 1. Must be supplied by branch conductors, 
 not smaller than No. 128 & S. gauge. 
 
 2. Must be connected with main conductors 
 only through double pole cut outs. 
 
 3. Must be furnished only with such resist- 
 ances or regulators as are enclosed in non- 
 combustible material, such resistances being 
 treated as sources of heat. 
 
 4 Must be supplied with globes protected 
 as in the cases of arc lights on high potential 
 circuits. 
 
 Fixture Work. 
 
 1. In all cases where conductors are con- 
 cealed within, or attached to, fixtures, the lat- 
 ter must be insulated from the gas pipe system 
 of the building by an insulating joint, the 
 material of which shall not be affected by gas 
 or changes of temperature. 
 
 2. When wired outside, the conductors must 
 be so secured as not to be cut or abraded by 
 the pressure of the fastenings or motion of the 
 fixtures. 
 
 3. All conductors for fixture work must have 
 a waterproof insulation that is durable and not 
 easily abraded, and must not in any case be 
 smaller than No. 16 B. & S., No. 18 B. W. G., 
 or No. 3 E. S. G. 
 
Electric Bells. 
 
 Provide and install in complete working order, electric bells as follows 
 
 Push at front door to ring in kitchen. 
 
 Push in dining room to ring in kitchen. 
 
 Push in main bed room to ring in servant's room. 
 
 One taw-drop annunciator placed in the kitchen with a 3" bell on top. 
 
 One 3" bell in servant's room. 
 
 Push Plates. 
 
 All push plates are to match other hardware and are to have pearl buttons. 
 
 Annunciators. All annunciators are to have oak cases and are to be lettered to indicate the 
 
 stations. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 {'See "Wiring" under "Burglar Alarms."] 
 
 Batteries. 
 
 I 'See "Batteries" under "Burglar Alarms. 
 
 Door Openers, 
 Etc. 
 
 Provide one approved electric door opener to open the front door with a 
 push button in each kitchen. 
 
 Provide three combination letter boxes, mouth pieces and push buttons 
 combined, of approved pattern and finish and place near the front door. 
 
 Run i" speaking tubes with round elbows from the mouthpieces to each 
 kitchen and provide a porcelain mouthpiece and 3" bell in each kitchen. 
 
 Wiring. 
 
 I'See "Wiring" under "Burglar Alarms.' 
 
 Batteries. 
 
 'See "Batteries" under "Burglar Alarms.' 
 
 '58 
 
'Where there are gas lighting, bell and door opener systems in the same building, it is better 
 to keep the systems separate with their separate wiring and batteries rather than to connect them. 
 
 4. All burrs or fins must be removed before 
 the conductors are drawn into a fixture. 
 
 5. The tendency to condensation within the 
 pipes must be guarded against by sealing the 
 upper end of the fixture. 
 
 6. No combination fixture in which the con- 
 ductors are concealed in a space less than one- 
 fourth inch between the inside pipe and the 
 outside casing will be approved. 
 
 7. Each fixture must be tested for possible 
 "contacts" between conductors and fixture, 
 and for "short circuits," before the fixture is 
 connected to its supply conductors. 
 
 8. The ceiling blocks of fixtures should be 
 made of insulating material. 
 
 Electric Gas Lighting. 
 
 Where electric gas lighting is to be used on 
 the same fixture with the electric light: 
 
 1. No part of the gas piping or fixture shall 
 be in electrical connection with the gas light- 
 ing circuit. 
 
 2. The wires used with the fixture must 
 have a non-inflammable insulation, or, where 
 concealed between the pipe and shell of the 
 fixture, the insulation must be such as is 
 required for fixture wiring for the electric 
 light. 
 
 3. The whole installation must test free 
 from " grounds." 
 
 4. The two installations must test perfectly 
 free of connection with each other. 
 
 Pendants and Sockets. 
 
 i. No portion of the lamp socket exposed 
 to contact with outside objects must be allowed 
 to come into electrical contact with either of 
 the conductors. 
 
 Cord Pendants. 
 
 1. Must be made of conductors, each of 
 which is composed of several strands insulated 
 from the other conductor by a mechanical 
 separator of carbonizable material, and both 
 surrounded in damp places with a moisture- 
 proof and a non-inflammable layer. 
 
 2. Must be protected by insulating bushings 
 where the cord enters the socket. 
 
 3. Must be so suspended that the entire 
 weight of the socket and lamp will be borne 
 by knots above the point where the cord comes 
 through the ceiling block or rosette, in order 
 that the strain may be taken from the joints 
 and binding screws. All sockets used for wire 
 or cord pendants should have openings at 
 least equal to one-quarter inch gas pipe size. 
 
 4. Must be allowed to sustain nothing 
 heavier than a four-light cluster, and in such 
 a case special provision should be made by an 
 
 extra heavy cord or wire, as a mechanical re- 
 inforcement. 
 
 5. Must be equipped with keyless sockets, 
 as far as practicable, controlled by wall 
 switches. In no case may a lamp giving more 
 than fifty candle-power be placed in a key 
 socket on a flexible pendant. 
 
 Electric Heating and Cooking. 
 
 1. In general the same precautions should 
 be taken in the installation and operation of 
 electric heating and cooking appliances as are 
 applicable to circuits for electric light and 
 power. 
 
 2. The practice of attaching heating and 
 cooking appliances to lamp sockets must not 
 be permitted where said appliances require 
 pver three amperes. Proper circuits must be 
 provided, fully protected by double pole safety 
 fuses and switches, and the appliances them- 
 selves should be kept from contact with in- 
 flammable materials. 
 
 3. Flexible cords should be used with strands 
 separately covered with non-inflammable insu- 
 lation, and both wires or strands covered with 
 a water-proofing, and that by a braiding, and 
 especial care should be taken to make proper 
 connections on all appliances, and each should 
 be plainly marked with the maximum volts 
 and amperes they will safely carry. 
 
 Class D Alternating Systems. 
 
 Converters or Transformers. 
 Converters. 
 
 1. Must not be placed inside of any building, 
 except the Central Station, unless as herein- 
 after provided. 
 
 2. Must not be placed in any but metallic 
 or non-combustible cases, which cases should 
 be connected to earth when wires are under- 
 ground. 
 
 3. Must not be attached to the outside walls 
 of buildings unless separated therefrom by 
 substantial insulating supports. 
 
 4. Must not be placed in any other than a 
 dry and convenient location (which can be 
 secured from opening into the interior of the 
 building, such as a vault), when an under- 
 ground service is used. 
 
 5. Must not be placed without safety fuses 
 at the junction between main and service con- 
 ductors, and safety fuses in the secondary 
 circuits where they will not be affected by the 
 heat of the converter. 
 
 Primary Conductors. 
 
 In those cases where it may not be possible 
 to exclude the transformers and primary wires 
 
 '59 
 
Painter's 
 
 SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the erec- 
 tion of a frame house to be constructed for Mr. 
 at 
 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 \ address \ 
 \ date \ 
 
 General The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor, transportation, scaffolding, 
 
 Conditions. utensils, and so forth, of every description required for the full performance 
 of the work herein specified, except as otherwise particularly mentioned. He 
 shall keep a competent foreman on the premises ; shall not sublet any part of 
 his work without the written consent of the Owner ; shall be responsible for all 
 damage to property or the work of other contractors caused by him or his 
 employees, and must take all necessary precaution to properly protect his work 
 during progress. 
 
 All the materials are to be of the best of their several kinds in quality as 
 herein specified; all labor is to be performed in the best manner by skilled 
 workmen, and both are to be subject to the approval of the Architect. 
 
 When special makes or grades of prepared paints, varnish or wood finish 
 are called for, such material must be delivered at the -building in the original 
 
 1 60 
 
(Electrical rules, continued from p. 159.) 
 
 entirely from the building, the following pre- 
 cautions must be strictly observed: 
 
 1. The transformer must be located at a 
 point as near as possible to that at which the 
 primary wires enter the building. 
 
 2. The primary lead of a transformer should 
 be heavily insulated with ihe highest-class 
 insulation, such as vulcanized pure india-rubber 
 of the best quality, preferably covered with a 
 high class outer covering, and such leads 
 should have a minimum length of eighteen 
 inches. 
 
 3. Between these points the conductors 
 must be heavily insulated with a coating of 
 moisture-proof material, and in addition must 
 be so covered and protected that mechanical 
 injury to them or contact with them shall be 
 practically impossible. 
 
 4. The primary conductors, if within a 
 building, must be furnished with a double pole 
 switch, and also with a double pole cut-out 
 where the wires enter the building, or where 
 they leave the main line on the pole or in the 
 conduit. These switches, should, if possible, 
 be enclosed in secure and fire-proof boxes out- 
 side the building. 
 
 5. The primary conductors, when inside a 
 building, must be kept apart at least ten inches, 
 and at the same distance from all other con- 
 ducting bodies. 
 
 Secondary Conductors. 
 
 1. The conductors from the secondary coil 
 of the transformer to the lamps, or other trans- 
 lating devices, must be installed according to 
 the rules for "inside wiring" for "Low 
 Potential Systems." 
 
 2. Section i under primary conductors and 
 referring to primary leads, applies with equal 
 force to the secondary leads. 
 
 Class E. Electric Railways. (Omitted.) 
 
 Class F Batteries. 
 
 Primary or Secondary Batteries. 
 
 1. Secondary batteries or accumulators 
 should be placed in a light and well ventilated 
 place, preferably upon racks, and thoroughly 
 well insulated. 
 
 2. Frequent examinations should be made of 
 the connections and the specific gravity of the 
 solution. 
 
 3. When current for light and power is taken 
 from primary or secondary batteries, the same 
 general regulations must be observed as apply 
 to such wires fed from dynamo generators de- 
 veloping the same difference of potential. 
 
 Class G. Miscellaneous. 
 
 i. The wiring in any building must test free 
 
 from "grounds" before the current is turned 
 on. This test may be made with a magneto- 
 bell that will ring through a resistance of 20,000 
 ohms where currents of less than 250 volts are 
 used. 
 
 2. No ground wires for any purpose may be 
 attached to gas pipes within the building. 
 
 3. All conductors connecting with telephone, 
 district messenger, burglar alarm, watch clock, 
 electric time and other similar instruments, 
 must, if in any portion of their length they are 
 liable to become crossed with circuits carrying 
 currents for light or power, be provided near 
 the point of entrance to the building with 
 some protective device which will operate 
 to shunt the instruments in case of a danger- 
 ous rise of potential, and will open the circuit 
 and arrest an abnormal current flow. Any 
 conductor normally forming an innocuous cir- 
 cuit may become a source of fire hazard if 
 
 crossed with another conductor through which 
 it may become charged with a relatively high 
 pressure. 
 
 Glossary of Electrical Terms. 
 
 A Volt is the unit of electro-motive force, or 
 pressure. It is the electro-motive force which 
 maintains a current of one ampere in a conduc- 
 tor whose resistance is one ohm. It represents 
 J-Qoo of the electro-motive force of a Clark 
 standard cell. 
 
 Electro-motive Force or E. M. F. is equiva- 
 lent to the difference of potential between two 
 points, analogous to the head of water in hy- 
 draulics. It may be termed a tendency to flow. 
 
 An Ampere is the unit of electric current. 
 It is the amount of electricity which would 
 pass through a circuit having a resistance of 
 one ohm under an electro-motive force of one 
 volt. One ampere will deposit 0.00118 of a 
 gramme of silver per second. 
 
 A Coulomb is the unit of electrical quantity. 
 It is the amount of electricity which would pass 
 in one second in a circuit having a resistance 
 of one ohm under an electro-motive force of 
 one volt. 
 
 An Ohm is the unit of electrical resistance. 
 The legal or Paris ohm is the resistance of a 
 column of pure mercury one square millimeter 
 in section, 106.3 centimeters long, at the tem- 
 perature of melting ice (o C. or 32 F.). A 
 wire with one ohm resistance will limit the 
 current passing at an electro-motive force of 
 one volt to one ampere. 
 
 Megohm: A million ohms. 
 
 Ohm's Law: The electrical current in any 
 circuit is equal to the voltage of that circuit 
 
 E 
 
 divided by its resistance in ohms. (C= ) 
 
 R 
 
 A Henry is a unit of induction. It is the 
 induction in a circuit when the electro-motive 
 
 161 
 
cans with the seals unbroken and labels attached, and such cans are not to be 
 opened until inspected by the Architect. 
 
 Anything not shown on the drawings but which is mentioned in the 
 specification or vice versa, or anything not expressly set forth in either, but 
 which is reasonably implied, shall be furnished and performed the same as though 
 specially shown and mentioned in both, and should anything be omitted from 
 the drawings or specifications which is necessary to a clear understanding of the 
 work, or should any error appear, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify 
 the Architect before proceeding with his work. In the event of the Contractor 
 failing to give such notice, he shall make good any damage to or defect in his 
 work caused thereby. 
 
 The drawings and specifications furnished for this work are to be considered 
 instruments of service, are to be used for this building only, are the property of 
 the Architect and must be returned to him immediately on completion of the work 
 set forth therein. 
 
 At any time directed, the Contractor shall clear out any of his rubbish or 
 material which may be in the way of other mechanics, and at completion shall 
 clear out all rubbish and surplus material left by him, shall clean off all paint 
 and varnish spots from floors, glass, walls, and so forth ; shall repair any damage 
 to his work, no matter by whom caused, [loss or damage by fire excepted,] and 
 leave the premises broom clean and in perfect repair and order so far as his work 
 is concerned. 
 
 The Painter is referred to the Carpenter's specification for the amount of 
 woodwork to be finished. 
 
 The Owner reserves the right to accept any or reject any or all proposals 
 presented. 
 
 Painted Work. 
 
 Cover all sap, knots and defects in wood work which is to be painted, with a 
 good coat of strong shellac before priming. Putty up all nail holes, cracks or 
 defects after priming. 
 
 Exterior. Paint a11 exteri <>r wood work, unless otherwise particularly specified, including 
 
 fences, clothes posts, yard house, and the floors, steps and ceilings of the piazza with 
 
 163 
 
(Electrical rules, continued from p. 161.) 
 
 force induced in that circuit is cue volt, while 
 the inducing current varies at the rale of one 
 ampere per second. 
 
 A Watt is the unit of power. 
 
 One watt = one volt X by one ampere. 
 
 746 watts = i electrical horse-power. 
 
 A Wattmeter: An instrument for measuring 
 the electrical energy in a circuit. 
 
 Horse-power = 33,000 foot pounds per min- 
 ute, or 550 per second. 
 
 EC C 2 R E 2 , 
 
 One horse-power = - or - > or - - where 
 746 746 746 
 
 E = volts, C = amperes and R = ohms. 
 
 Mechanical power and electrical power may 
 both be expressed in horse power, watts or 
 kilowatts; an electrical horse-power is about 
 
 90 per cent, of the mechanical horse-power 
 applied to the shaft of the dynamo. 
 
 Candle-power; A standard candle burns 120 
 grains of spermacetti wax per hour. 
 
 A sixteen candle power incandescent lamp 
 gives a light equal to sixteen standard candles. 
 
 A Farad is the unit of electrical capacity ; a 
 conductor or condenser holding one coulomb 
 under potential of one volt has a capacity of 
 one farad. 
 
 Insulators: Substances possessing high re- 
 sistance or poor conductivity where electric 
 currents are concerned, such as dry air, ebon- 
 ite, paraffine, glass, etc. 
 
 Conductors: Substances which readily con- 
 vey electric currents, such as silver, copper, etc. 
 
 (Copyright. Printed by permission N. E. L. A.) 
 
 163 
 
three coats of f John Lucas & CoSs pure oil Tinted Gloss liquid paint! or \Johrt 
 Lucas & Co?s Capitol White tinted with Lucas C. P. Colors} in three colors as directed. 
 Paint all tin work of roofs, gutters, valleys, etc., and all iron work with two 
 coats of {John Lucas & Co^s Iron Oxide] or \_John Lucas & Co.'s Plumbago-Graphite'} 
 paint. 
 
 Interior Painting. Paint all wood work in {specify where} three coats of {.John Lucas & Co?s Inside 
 while} or [Imperial Enamel paint, white} tinted with Lucas C. P. colors in four 
 colors as directed. 
 
 Shingles. All shingles of sides, gables, etc. [and all roof shingles] are to be "dipped 
 
 three-fourths of their length in [a pure linseed oil stain made by mixing equal 
 parts si John Lucas & CoSs Pure Oil Tinted Gloss paint and pure boiled linseed oil. 
 or \_ff. W. Johns shingle stain] before being put on. The colors are to be as directed. 
 
 Natural Wood 
 Finish. 
 
 Hard Wood. 
 
 In natural wood finish, care must be taken to have the putty match the finish 
 in color. All such work must be properly cleaned from dirt, finger marks, etc., 
 and all rough spots must be sandpapered. It shall be the duty of the Painter to 
 inspect all wood work and floors which are to have a natural finish, and if such 
 work is not in a proper condition for finishing, he shall notify the Architect. 
 
 All hard wood of \trim, stairs, doors and wainscoting, where hard wood is 
 called for in the Carpenter's specification,] is to be finished as follows: 
 
 (First). One coatof/<?A Lucas & Co.' s paste wood filler (light), properly and evenly filling 
 the grain of the wood by rubbing in and wiping off before it has set. When dry give 
 
 (Second). [One coat of John Lucas & Co.'s liquid wood filler, light,] or [One thin coat 
 of pure spirit (white) or (orange) shellac] rubbed down smooth with [No. oo sand paper] or [No. 
 i steel wool.] 
 
 (Third and Fourth). Two coats of Laute and Dax * Interior Star Finish. Rub between 
 these two last coats with hair cloth and 'rub the last coat with purnice stone and water to a dead, 
 even surface. Then finish with rotten stone and oil. 
 
 164 
 
'Often yellow ochre (French yellow ochre for the best work) ground in pure linseed oil is used 
 for the priming coat, and this followed by one or two coats of paint. In two-coat work for a 
 white finish the yellow ochre should not be used for priming, as one coat of white will not cover. 
 Often a mixture of white lead and zinc white is used French zinc white for the best work. 
 
 Paint is composed of a pigment white lead, zinc white, ochre, and so forth and a fatty 
 matter or oil, usually linseed oil. The important part of the mixture is the oil. Pure linseed oil 
 has the inherent quality, when oxidized, of resisting the elements. Hence the important factor in 
 preserving the surface of a building exists in the large proportion of pure linseed oil that is dried 
 with the pigment. The pigment, however, should always be neutral. 
 
 The analysis of a 100 ft. keg of pure white lead shows it to contain about 94 fts. of carbonate 
 of lead and about 6 fts. of oil ; and of a 100 ft. keg of ochre, 70 to 75 fts. of ochre, and 25 to 30 fts. 
 of oil. Hence the larger proportion of the preserving quality is in the ochre. 
 
 It will be noticed that in this specification the term ' ' pure linseed oil paint ' ' is used rather 
 than white lead and linseed oil. It has been more common to specify some brand of white lead 
 and linseed oil and that the colors shall be as selected by the owner. White lead and oil will 
 make white paint only, and when a color is selected requiring some other pigment, perhaps one- 
 half of the mixture will be ochre, while no mention of ochre is made in the specification. In 
 event of the paint wearing well the credit is, perhaps, given to the lead, when probably it had 
 little to do with the lasting quality. 
 
 Ready mixed paints, both white and colored, have the advantage of being uniform in their 
 several qualities. The method of compounding them by powerful machinery allows of the maxi- 
 mum quantity of pure linseed oil being used, and such paints, when made by a reputable manu- 
 facturer, are more scientifically mixed, contain more oil, and therefore perform their duty as a 
 preservative better than a paint made by the ordinary methods of compounding lead and oil cold. 
 The cost per gallon of a first-class ready mixed paint is higher than that of the ordinary mixtures, 
 but, as its spreading quality is greater, the real cost is no more and under many conditions less. 
 
 2 Side shingles are often painted or stained after being put on. Roof shingles, if treated a* 
 all, should be dipped before being put on. Roof shingles are dipped in hot paint, stain, linseed 
 oil or crude petroleum, the first being the highest priced and the last the cheapest. 
 
 3 " Exterior ' ' varnish is used for outside work. 
 
 'This provides for a dead finish. When a gloss finish is desired, the rubbing of the last coat 
 is omitted. 
 
 '65 
 
Floors and Stair Finish the floors of {specify where! and treads of stairs as follows: 
 
 'I reads. 
 
 (First). One coat of John Lucas & Co.' s paste wood filler (light), properly and evenly filling 
 the grain of the wood by rubbing in and wiping of! before the filler has set. When dry give 
 
 (Second and Third). Two coats of Laute & Dax Floor Varnish rubbed with pumice stone 
 and water, then oiled and thoroughly wiped off. 
 
 Pine - Finish the ^pine work in {specify where j as follows: 
 
 Or any soft wood. 
 
 (First). One coat of John Lucas & Co.'s liquid wood filler (light), rubbed down lightly 
 with (No. oo sand paper) or (No. i steel wool). 
 
 (Second and Third). Two coats of Laute & Dax Interior Star Finish, rubbed between the 
 two finishing coats with hair cloth and after the last coat with pumice stone and oil. 
 
 bnamel Finish. Finish the woodwork in {specify where} with a white enamel finish as follows: 
 
 (First and Second). Paint with two coats of John Lucas & Co.'s pure white lead, thinned 
 with two thirds oil and one third turpentine carefully applied so that the brush marks will show as 
 little as possible; sandpaper lightly between each coat and after the last coat. 
 
 (Third and Fourth). Apply two coats of John Lucas & Co.'s enamel paint [or ' 'Lucas Bath 
 Enamef] . Moss down lightly with steel wool after the third coat. 
 
 Or 
 
 (First and Second). Paint with (wo coats of pure white lead and linseed oil, carefully applied 
 so that the brush marks will show as little as possible, and sandpaper lightly between each coat 
 and after the last coat. 
 
 '(Third). Apply one coat of John Lucas & Co.'s French white zinc in varnish, thinned 
 with turpentine. 
 
 (Fourth). Apply one [or two] coats of French white zinc mixed with Laute & Dax' s finest 
 white enamel varnish. Rub this coat well with hair cloth. 
 
 (Fifth). Apply one coat of the same varnish, rubbed with pumice stone and water to a dead, 
 even finish, and polish with rotten stone and oil. 
 
 Or 
 
 (First). One thin coat of pure spirit white shellac, sandpapered smooth. 
 
 (Second, Third and Fourth). Three coats of John Lucas & Co 's pure white lead and 
 linseed oil, carefully applied so that the brush marks will show as little as possible, sandpapared 
 lightly between each coat and after the'last coat. 
 
 '(Fifth and Sixth). Two [or three] coats composed of one part of John Lucas & Co.'s 
 French white zinc with a little flake white mixed in and one part of pure white lead mixed 
 with Laute & Dax' s finest white enamel varnish. Rub the last coat with pumice stone and 
 water and polish with rotten stone and oil to a dead even finish. 
 
 Put on John Lucas & CoSs gold size and when in proper condition apply pure 
 leaf gold to the mouldings where directed. 
 
 1 66 
 
'The ordinary ways of finishing soft woods are: 
 
 One coat of pure spirit shellac and two coats varnish. 
 
 Three coats of varnish- 
 
 One coat of filler and two coats of varnish. 
 
 Three coats of shellac. 
 
 Three coats of shellac, rubbing each coat, is a very durable finish and looks well. It can be 
 done very quickly, but is more expensive than a varnish finish. 
 
 "Bath Enamel is used wherever the enamel is to be subjected to the continuous action of hot 
 water, as in bath tubs, bath room work, etc. 
 
 *If a colored finish is desired, mix the color in these coats. 
 
 167 
 
Staining. The wood work in {specify where} is to be stained to imitate ckerrv as 
 
 follows : 
 
 (First), {for hard woods} Apply a first coat, consisting of John Lucas Cr co.'s 
 liquid wood filler and stain combined, or {for soft woods} Apply one coat of John Lucas & Co.'s 
 perfect wood stain. 
 
 (Second and Third). Two coats of Laute & Dax Interior Star Finish. Rub between 
 the two coats with hair cloth and after the last coat with pumice stone and oil to a dead, even 
 finish. 
 
 Graining. Grain the {specify where} as follows: 
 
 (First and Second). Two coats of John Lucas & Co.'s Capitol White, tinted with Lucas 
 C. P. Colors and thinned with one-third oil and two-thirds turps. 
 
 (Third). One coat of John Lucas & Co.'s graining color grained and shaded in a first-class 
 manner to imitate quaitered oak. 
 
 (Fourth and Fifth). Two coats of Laute & Dax Star Finish, Interior [or Exterior] . 
 
 Or 
 
 (First and Second). Two coats of John Lucas & Co.'s pure linseed oil paint. 
 
 (Third). One coat of graining color, grained and shaded in a first-class manner to imitate 
 quartered oak. 
 
 (Fourth and Fifth). Two coats of Laute & Dax Star Finish, Interior [or Exterior] . 
 
 Kalsomining. 
 
 Kalsoinine in the best manner the plaster work of side walls and ceilings in 
 {specify rooms} two colors to each room. The kalsoinine is to be composed of pure 
 Paris white, glue and alum, and tinted with JoJin Lucas & Co?s water colors to 
 such tints as directed. All walls which are to be kalsomined are to be first given 
 a coat of good varnish. 
 
 Painted 
 Piaster Work. 
 
 Paint the plaster work of walls and ceilings in {specify rooms} four coats of 
 John Lucas & Co.^s pure Oil Tinted Gloss Liquid paint in two colors to each room. 
 The two last coats are to be stippled. 
 
 flantles, etc. 
 
 The finishing of mantles, bookcases, sideboard, hat rack, church pews, school 
 desks and scats, Venetian blinds and inside shutters [is not included in this specifica- 
 tion] or [is included and they are to be finished in the same manner as before 
 specified for the other woodwork in the same rooms]. 
 
 168 
 
'The ordinary ways of staining are as follows: 
 
 One coat composed of three parts of stain to one part of filler and two coats of varnish. 
 
 One coat of stain, one coat of pure spirit shellac and one or two coats of varnish. 
 
 One coat of stain, one coat of filler and one or two coats of varnish. 
 
 One coat of stain and one or two coats of varnish. 
 
 169 
 
General 
 Conditions. 
 
 Plumber's 
 
 SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the 
 erection of a frame house to be constructed for Mr. 
 at 
 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 \ address } 
 
 I date \ 
 \ For General Conditions see page 2. j- 
 
 Excavation. Do all necessary excavating and filling to properly perform the work herein 
 
 specified. All filling is to be well rammed or puddled every foot in height. 
 
 Cutting. The Plumber is not to do any cutting of timbers. The Carpenter will do 
 
 all cutting Tor pipes, etc., and no floor beams are to be cut at a greater distance 
 than 2' from bearings. 
 
 170 
 
Pipes. The diameters of all pipes, as herein specified, are inside diameters The 
 
 arrangement of the waste system is to be as direct as possible, avoiding all un- 
 necessary offsets. The house drain and all horizontal waste pipes must have a 
 fall of at least '(") to the foot. All vent pipes are to be graded to discharge the 
 water of condensation. 
 
 Earthenware. 
 
 Cast Iron. 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 Coating. 
 
 Joints. 
 
 Wrought Iron. 
 Wastes, etc. 
 
 Supplies. 
 
 All earthenware pipes are to be smooth, salt-glazed and cylindrical, not less 
 than 2 (| ") in thickness, free from defects, and each length perfectly straight. The 
 ends of the pipes are to be wet before applying the cement, and the space between 
 each hub and the small end of the next section is to be completely filled with 
 Portland cement with the joints clean inside. 
 
 All cast iron pipes and fittings must be sound, smooth and cylindrical, free 
 from cracks and defects, of a uniform thickness and of the grades as hereinafter 
 called for. All cast iron pipes must be of at least the following average 3 weights 
 per lineal foot : 
 
 Diameter, 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 
 
 Standard, 3^ 4! 6 8J 10 pounds per foot. 
 
 * 
 
 Extra Heavy, 5^ gi 13 17 20 
 
 All vertical runs of cast iron pipes are to be firmly secured in position with 
 strong iron pipe hooks placed under each hub and all horizontal runs by strong 
 iron hangers not more than 5' apart. 
 
 No tar coated pipes are to be used, but after the pipes have been tested and 
 accepted by the [Architect] or [Inspector] they will be coated outside with coal-tar 
 pitch, applied hot. 
 
 All joints of cast iron pipes are to be made with picked oakum and pure soft 
 moulten pig lead bedded with hammer and caulking iron, using for each joint (12) 
 ounces of lead to each inch of diameter of the pipe on which the joint is made. 
 No putty or cement joints are to be used. 
 
 
 
 All waste, soil and vent pipes, where wrought iron is hereinafter called for, 
 are to have wrought iron screw couplings, smooth inside with a shoulder, and put 
 together in red lead. 
 
 All supply pipes, where galvanized iron is hereinafter called for, are to be 
 extra galvanized wrought iron, with fittings and screw couplings of the same 
 
 172 
 
'It is claimed that a fall in drain pipes of from " to $" is better than a greater one, the con- 
 tention being that if the fall is too great it allows the liquid to run away faster than the solid 
 matter, leaving the latter to clog up the pipes. 
 
 Thickness of Earthenware Pipes. 
 
 Inside Diameter, 3" 4" 5" 6" 10" 12" 15" 18" 
 
 Average thickness, f" " f" ||" " " i" i" if 
 
 'Weights of Cast Iron Pipes. 
 
 IN POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT. 
 
 Diameter, 2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 7" 8" 10" 12" 
 
 Standard, 3| 4| 6 8 10 13 16 
 
 Extra Heavy, 5^ 9! 13 17 20 27 33^ 45 54 
 
 Iron Pipes are made porcelain lined in both weights. 
 
Heating. 
 
 Gas Pipes. 
 
 Weights. 
 
 Lead Pipes. 
 Wastes. 
 
 Supplies. 
 
 Weights. 
 
 Supports. 
 
 Joints. 
 
 Brass. 
 
 material, put together in red lead and firmly secured in position with galvanized 
 iron hooks, bands and hangers, put up on suitable blocks where required. 
 
 All steam or hot water heating pipes are to be of wrought iron, with fittings 
 and screw couplings of the same material, put together in [steam pipe cement] or 
 [red lead] and firmly secured in position with strong iron hooks and hangers. 
 
 All gas pipes are to be of wrought iron, with fittings and screw couplings of 
 galvanized malleable iron, put together in red lead, avoiding the use of cement, 
 firmly secured in position with iron hooks and bands to the timber, cutting in 
 blocks where necessary. 
 
 All wrought iron pipes are to be of the following 'weights : 
 Inside diameter, f" f" f" i" ij" if" 2" 4" 5" 
 
 Pounds per lineal foot, 0.56 0.84 1.12 1.67 2.24 2.68 3.61 10.66 14.5 
 
 All branch lead soil, waste and vent pipes including bends, which are herein- 
 after specified, are to be of the grade known as (D) lead. 
 
 All lead supplies as hereinafter specified are to be in grade as called for. 
 [The main and the cold supplies to j mention fixtures [ are to be tin lined.] 
 
 All lead pipes are to be of the following "weights per lineal foot : 
 Diameter, f" |" f" i" ii" 2" 3" 4" 
 
 D pipe, 3lbs. 8oz. 4lbs. 6 Ibs. 8 Ibs. 
 
 A A pipe, 2 Ibs. 2 Ibs. 12 oz. 3 Ibs. 8oz. 4 Ibs. 12 oz. 
 
 All vertical lead pipes are to be firmly secured in position with hard metal 
 tacks and screws. All horizontal risers are to be secured with brass bands and 
 screws to boards put up by the Carpenter. These supports are to be 3 apart. 
 
 All joints between lead pipes are to be wiped. All connections of lead with 
 iron pipes are to be made with heavy [brass ferrules set in the hub of the iron 
 pipe and caulked in] or [copper ferrules the inside diameter of which is larger than 
 the outside diameter of the lead pipe. The lead pipe is to be drawn through the 
 ferrule and lapped over the flange. The copper ferrule is then to be caulked into 
 the hub of the iron pipe] and the lead pipe attached to the ferrule by a soldered 
 wiped joint. 
 
 All water pipes where brass is hereinafter called for are to be of seamless 
 drawn 3 brass tubing with brass fittings and screw unions put together in red lead 
 and firmly secured in position with brass hooks, bands and hangers, put up on 
 
'Sizes and Weights of Wrought Iron Pipe 
 
 IN POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT. 
 
 Inside 
 Diameter 
 in Inches, 
 Standard, 
 X Strong, 
 XX Strong, 
 
 4 i I J i ii i* 2 
 
 0.24 0.42 0.56 0.84 1.12 1.67 2.24 2.68 361 
 0.29 0.54 o 74 1.09 1.39 2.17 3.00 3.63 5.02 
 
 5-'4 
 
 3 
 7-94 
 
 3i 
 9.80 10.66 14.50 18.76 
 
 y.6i 10.25 I2 -47 '4-97 20.54 28.58 
 i 7 2.44 3 6 5 5-20 6.40 9.02 13.68 18.56 22.75 2 7-48 38.12 53.11 
 
 "Weights of Lead Pipe. 
 
 IN POUNDS AND OUNCES PER LINEAL FOOT. 
 
 Calibre in Inches, 
 
 AAA 
 
 AA 
 
 A 
 
 B 
 
 C 
 
 D 
 
 D light 
 
 E 
 
 E light 
 
 f- 
 
 . . r-8 
 
 1-5 
 
 1-2 
 
 I-O 
 
 0-13 
 
 O-IO 
 
 .... 
 
 0-8 
 
 
 i 
 
 -3-0 
 
 2-0 
 
 I-I2 
 
 I 4 
 
 I-O 
 
 0-13 
 
 .... 
 
 O-II 
 
 0-9 
 
 
 
 --3-8 
 
 2-1 2 
 
 2-8 
 
 2-0 
 
 I-I2 
 
 1-8 
 
 1-4 
 
 I-O 
 
 0-12 
 
 1 
 
 ..4-8 
 
 3-8 
 
 3-o 
 
 2-4 
 
 2-0 
 
 I-I2 
 
 1-8 
 
 i-4 
 
 I-O 
 
 i 
 
 ..6-0 
 
 4-12 
 
 4-0 
 
 3-4 
 
 2-8 
 
 2-O 
 
 I-I2 
 
 1-8 
 
 .... 
 
 i^ 
 
 ..6-12 
 
 5-12 
 
 4-12 
 
 3-12 
 
 3-0 
 
 2-8 
 
 2-4 
 
 2-O 
 
 .... 
 
 i 
 
 ..9-0 
 
 8-0 
 
 6-4 
 
 5- 
 
 4-4 
 
 38 
 
 
 34 
 
 2-0 
 
 2 
 
 .10-12 
 
 q-o 
 
 7-0 
 
 6-0 
 
 5-4 
 
 A-O 
 
 I-O 
 
 
 
 2* 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 6-0 
 
 
 4-0 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 6-0 
 
 q-o 
 
 4-8 
 
 3-8 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 8-0 
 
 6-0 
 
 5- 
 
 4-8 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . . 8-0 
 
 6-12 
 
 6-0 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12-0 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 .... 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .9 12 
 
 .... 
 
 'Weights of Seamless Drawn Brass Pipe. 
 
 IN POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT. 
 
 Inside diameter 
 
 in inches, i i i ' 'i 'A 2 2^ 3 3^ 4 4i 5 6 
 
 Weight, 0.25 0.43 0.62 o.go 1.25 1.70 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.75 8.30 10.90 12.70 13.90 15.75 20.60 
 
 Brass pipes are made either plain or cin lined inside, and plain, polished or nickel plated out- 
 side. If plain outside they should have a coat of white shellac, which may be specified either here 
 or in the Painter's "specification. 
 
 '75 
 
suitable blocks where required. [The main supply and all pipes for cold water 
 supplies to | mention fixtures! are to be tin lined.] All brass pipes where they are 
 exposed to view are to be polished. Give all other brass pipes a coat of white 
 shellac. 
 
 Pipe Casings. 
 
 Encase all supply pipes and traps above the first floor with tubes made of 
 i i oz. zinc. The horizontal joints are to be well soldered and the upright joints 
 lapped. These casings are to be graded to certain points and connected to f" D 
 lead drip pipes run to the laundry tubs. 
 
 Exposed Pipes. 
 
 All pipes in kitchen and inferior rooms where practicable are to be left exposed. 
 All exposed iron pipes are to be bronzed and all lead pipes cleaned off with oakum 
 and gasolene and [bronzed] or [shellaced]. 
 
 Testing. 
 Wastes. 
 
 Gas. 
 
 Supplies. 
 
 Cesspools. 
 
 Before the plastering is done the house trap is to be filled with 'plaster-of- 
 Paris or plugged, all openings in waste, soil and drain pipes plugged, and the 
 entire system of waste, soil, vent and drain pipes filled to the top with 2 water in 
 the presence of the Architect and Inspector. 
 
 Before the plastering is done all gas outlets are to be capped and the gas 
 pipes tested under an air pressure of eight pounds. The caps are to be left on. 
 
 At completion the water is to be turned on in the presence of the Architect 
 and left for his inspection, after which the water shall be turned off in the street 
 and all traps emptied. 
 
 If any defects are found in the work in testing they must be repaired and the 
 tests repeated until the work is found to be perfectly tight. 
 
 {See page 40,} 
 
 ,76 
 
'Usually a mixture of plaster-of-Paris and Portland cement in equal proportions is used for 
 filling up the house drain for these tests. 
 
 'This water test is undoubtedly the best. In case of the building being so high or the drain 
 pipes so light, however, that this test would burst them, or where there is danger of freezing, a 
 peppermint test is sometimes specified, as follows : 
 
 "Fill all traps with water, close all outlets and pour five ounces of oil of peppermint into the 
 top of the soil pipe. Follow with two or three gallons of hot water and immediately close the top 
 of the soil pipe. If any odor of peppermint is detected in any part of the building the Plumber 
 shall, at his own expense, find and repair the defects. This test shall be repeated until the system 
 is proven tight." 
 
 An air pressure test of about eight pounds is sometimes used for the waste system, the same 
 as is here given for gas. 
 
 '77 
 
House Sewer. 
 
 [Lay a (5") vitrified 'tile house sewer from a point (6') outside of the front 
 wall of the building] or [Lay a (5 ") extra heavy cast iron house sewer from the 
 house drain in the building] to the [cesspool which will be located (50') from the 
 building] or [sewer in the street. Tap, and pay for tapping the sewer and connect 
 therewith. The building is to be located (50') from the street line.] 
 
 House Drain. 
 
 House Trap. 
 
 Cleaning Screws. 
 
 Run a (5") extra heavy cast iron house drain [where shown on the plans, from 
 the foot of the soil pipe to a point (6') outside of the front wall of the building], 
 and connect to the house sewer with a tightly cemented joint. Make all necessary 
 changes in direction with curved pipes. The house drain is to be run [below 
 the cellar bottom in a "trench prepared by the Mason^\ 
 
 Trap the house drain with a (5") extra Jieavy cast iron running or half S trap 
 placed just inside the cellar wall, with a hand hole for cleaning covered with a 
 brass screw cap. 
 
 Place two cleaning screws between the house trap and the foot of the soil 
 pipe, with Y branch connections to the drain and with brass screw covers. 
 
 Fresh Air Inlet. 
 
 Provide and put in a (5") extra heavy cast iron pipe connected to the house 
 drain inside of the house trap, and run [to a point (25') outside of the building 
 where shown, and (i') above the finished grade, with a perforated iron cover] or 
 [flush with the sidewalk near the street curb, and covered properly with a 
 galvanized iron grating leaded into the flagstone.] 
 
 Yard Drains. 
 
 Leader Drains. 
 
 [The 3 Mason will construct the area, light court and yard catch basins shown 
 on the drawings. Provide and set a (10") galvanized iron strainer for each] or 
 
 [Furnish and set in each area, light court and yard where shown on the plans, 
 a heavy 4 cast iron round cesspool or catch basin (13 ") in diameter with a galvanized 
 iron grating.] 
 
 Run from each a 4" extra heavy cast iron drain and connect to the house drain. 
 Trap each with a (4") extra heavy cast iron running trap placed [inside the cellar 
 wall] or [deep enough in the ground to prevent freezing.] 
 
 | For cast iron connections for leaders, see page 182, and tile drain leader connections and irri- 
 gation drains, see page 42.;- 
 
 178 
 
'A vitrified tile house sewer is also specified in the Mason's Specification, page 42. 
 
 'For trench for drain pipe, see in Mason's specification, page 30. 
 
 'Brick catch basins are specified in Mason's specification, page 42. 
 
 'Cast iron cesspools or catch basins are made round or square, with grating or plate and with 
 or without a bell trap. If one with a bell trap is used, omit the trap on the waste. If set out 
 of doors the bell trap is likely to freeze. 
 
 The ordinary sizes of iron cesspools are 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20 and 24 inches, either 
 square or round. The usual sizes of outlets are for 6" cesspools, 2" outlets; for 8" and 9", 3" out- 
 lets, and for all the others 4" outlets. 
 
Standing Soils 
 and Wastes. 
 
 Provide and set one line of (4") extra heavy cast iron soil pipe and two lines of 
 (2") extra heavy cast iron standing waste pipe, as shown on the drawings. Connect 
 each line at the foot of the house drain and continue each Line independently (3') 
 above [the highest part of] the roof, leaving the end.y open. 
 
 All waste connections into soils and standing wastes and the soil and waste 
 connections into the house drain are to be made with Y branches and one-eighth 
 or one-sixteenth bends. All vent connections are to be made with T branches. 
 
 Vent Pipes. 
 
 Provide and run for each line of water closets a (2") extra heavy cast iron vent 
 pipe connected to each water closet 'trap with a short length of (2" D) lead pipe 
 and [connect into the soil pipe above the highest fixture] or [run above the roof 
 independently.] 
 
 Ventilate all other traps in the building by running (2") extra heavy cast iron 
 pipes connected to the traps by short lengths of (D) lead pipes of the full size of 
 the wastes on which such traps are located. Run these vent pipes either into the 
 soil or waste lines above the highest fixtures on such lines, or extend them inde- 
 pendently (3') above [the highest part of] the roof. 
 
 Pipes Enlarged. 
 
 Every standing waste and vent pipe extending through the roof is to be 
 enlarged at the roof line' to a (4") extra heavy cast iron pipe. 
 
 Roof Joints. All joints between the roof and such pipes as extend through the roof, are to 
 
 be made water tight by heavy [sheet lead] or [tin] or [copper] flashings 18" square, 
 with a funnel around the pipe. The flashing is to be securely fastened to the roof 
 and the funnel is to be turned over and caulked into the hub of the iron pipe. 
 
 Baskets. Protect the open ends of all soil, waste and vent pipes above the roof with 
 
 strong wire baskets properly secured. 
 
 1 80 
 
'Syphon closets do not require trap ventilation. 
 
 181 
 
Leaders. 
 
 Inside. 
 
 Outside. 
 
 Traps. 
 
 Provide and run two (4") extra heavy cast iron leaders inside the building. 
 The joint between the leader and the roof is to be made by means of a brass 
 ferrule and copper tube properly connected. Connect the leaders to the house 
 drain. 
 
 Run from each outside leader a (4") extra heavy 'cast iron pipe. Connect to 
 the house drain and run up (4') above the finished grade. j For leaders, see under 
 Metal Work. | 
 
 Trap all leader connections into the house drain with a (4") extra heavy cast 
 iron running trap placed [inside the cellar wall] or [deep enough in the ground to 
 prevent freezing.] 
 
 Traps. 
 
 Bell Traps. 
 
 Trap all fixtures in the building unless otherwise specified with half S or running 
 traps of the same size and material as the wastes from such fixtures. All traps 
 are to be ventilated as specified, and are to have brass trap screws. 
 
 | For Grease Trap, see note No. 2, oppos ,\ 
 
 Furnish and set four (6' ) bell traps with (2") outlets for heater, refrigerator 
 ivaste, gas machine, conservatory waste, as shown on the plans. Run an extra heavy 
 cast iron pipe from each bell trap, in size to correspond with the outlet, and 
 connect to the drain. 
 
 Safes. 
 
 Marble. 
 
 Lead. 
 
 Wastes. 
 
 Furnish and set (ii") countersunk Italian marble safe slabs under | mention 
 fixtures [ each in one piece the full size of the fixture under which it is placed, and 
 with a waste hole drilled through. 
 
 Underline all other fixtures above the basement with 3 (4 Ib.) sheet lead turned 
 up 2" all around. 
 
 All safes are to have (ii ) convex brass strainers and (f" D) lead wastes to 
 the 4 cellar floor. 
 
 182 
 
'For tile leader connections, see Mason's specification, page 42. 
 
 "Where a grease trap is desired, the usual way is to place brass grease traps under the sinks 
 or other fixtures desired, in which case the ordinary traps under such fixtures are omitted see 
 Grease Traps under heading "Sinks." Sometimes, however, a brick grease trap is constructed 
 on the house drain in the cellar or outside of the building see Mason's specification, page 40 
 in which case it should be ventilated with a special iron pipe about 2" in size, carried to the soil 
 or above the roof. 
 
 "Sheet lead is usually made in rolls 8' wide and 2^, 3, 3^, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10 pounds to the 
 square foot. 
 
 *Or these safe wastes might be run to some fixture in the basement or kitchen. 
 
Tank. 
 
 % 
 
 A tank (Y x 4') in size and (3') deep will be constructed in the attic by the 
 'Carpqnter. Line this tank with 2 (8 lb. sheet lead), with wiped seams. Dot the 
 sides with 2!"- dots, placed 2' on centres, and leave the lead smooth all around. 
 Use tinned copper nails. 
 
 Overflow. Connect a (2") D lead overflow pipe 3" from the top of the tank, and run to 
 
 [a 3 roof gutter or leader, with a brass flap valve on the end to keep out the cold.] 
 
 Emptying Pipe. 
 
 Run a (iF) D lead pipe from the bottom of the tank to the overflow pipe with 
 a (ii') open way valve placed close to the tank. 
 
 City Supply. Supply the tank with city water through a separate (") galvanized iron rising 
 
 main. No cold water branches to fixtures are to be taken from this riser. Place 
 a ball cock on this supply to prevent overflow. 
 
 Roof Supply. 
 
 Cistern or Well 
 Supply. 
 
 Cistern and Well 
 Supply. 
 
 Tell-tale Pipe. 
 
 Run {specify number} (4") galvanized iron leader pipes .from the gutters in the roof to the 
 tank and run down to within 6" of the bottom of the tank. 
 
 Supply the tank from the cistern through a (2") AA lead pipe, run to within one foot of the 
 bottom of the cistern, and provide and set, on the kitchen sink, a (4") Douglass double acting lift 
 and force pump with all proper connections. 
 
 Supply the tank from the cistern and well through (2") A A lead pipes, run to within one foot 
 of the bottom of each and place a shut-off on each line so that the water can be pumped from 
 either by closing the shut-off on the line not required. Provide and set on the kitchen sink a (4") 
 Douglass double acting lift and force pump with all proper connections. Run a (f") A A lead pipe 
 from a point just below the retaining valve of the pump, to the cold water cock over kitchen 
 sink. 
 
 Run a (") D feza"teil-tale pipe from a point 4" below the top of the tank to the kitchen sink 
 and leave the end open. 
 
 Supplies from Tank. 
 
 Provide and place at the bottom of the tank a tank-valve with an air tube 
 .carried above the water level in the tank, and from it run a (f) galvanized iron 
 pipe to supply the boiler and fixtures. [The \ mention fixtures | will be supplied 
 with cold water 5 direct through separate branches taken from the house main, and 
 not from the riser to the tank.] All other fixtures are to be supplied with cold 
 water through branches taken from the down pipe from the tank. 
 
 184 
 
'For a wood tank, see Carpenter's specification, page 134. 
 
 'Weights of sheet lead are 2%, 3, 3%, 4, 4%, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 pounds per square foot. 
 Often tinned copper, about 16 oz. , is used for tank lining Copper is made in weights of 10, 
 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20 oz. per square foot. 
 
 Tanks are sometimes made in cast or wrought iron either rectangular or cylindrical; the 
 cast iron in plates 18" x 18* and 18* x 9' in size, bolted together and cemented. The wrought 
 iron tanks are riveted together. 
 Capacity of Tanks: 
 
 Rectangular : 
 
 Cubical Con tents = Length x breadth x height. 
 
 Cylindrical : 
 
 Cubical Contents=3. 14159 x the square of the radius x height. 
 
 Cubical contents in inches 
 Capacity in gallons = 
 
 Or 
 
 Capacity in gallons= Cubical Contents in feet x 7.48. 
 
 Weight of Contents. 
 
 To find the weight of water in a tank : 
 
 Weight of contents in pounds = Capacity in gallons x 8. 
 Or 
 
 Weight of contents in pounds=Cubical Contents in feet x 59.84. 
 
 The two formulas following, which are approximately correct, may be found useful in this 
 connection : 
 
 Area of a Circle =( Diameter x 148-=-167)' 
 
 Cubical Contents of a Cylinder =( Diameter x 148-=-167) s x length. 
 
 * 
 
 'If no roof gutter or leader is accessible, this overflow might be run to the kitchen sink or 
 laundry tubs and discharged over them. 
 
 4 This tell-tale pipe is used only where the tank is supplied with a pump. 
 5 This direct supply is for drinking water. 
 
 185 
 
Water Supplies. 
 
 Tap and pay for tapping the water main in the street. Connect and run to 
 the building a (74") galvanized iron supply pipe. Continue in the building with a 
 ( 3 4") galvanized iron house main and run the necessary branches as required and 
 specified. [The building is to be set (50') from the street line.] Place a lever 
 handled shut-off on the main supply just inside the cellar wall. Before any mason 
 work is begun, place a temporary cock in the cellar on the supply, to give water 
 during the progress of the work. All supplies are to be graded so that they will 
 drain dry. All hot and cold water lines are to be placed at least J^" apart. 
 
 No cock is to be placed at the end of a line pipe, but the pipe must extend 
 beyond vertically, a sufficient length to form a proper air chamber. 
 
 'Arrange all lines so that the hot and cold water can be shut off from each 
 group of fixtures independently, by means of Peck's lever handled ground key 2 stop 
 and waste cocks placed on the kitchen ceiling, and all such lines are to have the 
 name lettered on the pipe. The drips are to be connected by small lead wastes to 
 some convenient fixture. 
 
 Hose Connection, etc. 
 
 Run a (2") galvanized iron, pipe to the point marked on the drawings. Furnish 
 and put up complete a Guibert Perfect hose reel (perpendicular) or (forty-five 
 degree) pattern with (2") brass nickel plated valve and capacity for ( 1 50') of (2") hose. 
 
 Furnish (150') of (2") Underwriters unlined linen hose with a (plain) or 
 (shut-off) pipe nozzle. 
 Or 
 
 Run a (3^") galvanized iron pipe to the point marked on the drawings, with a 
 hose bibb placed at the end and lever handled stop and a waste shut-off inside 
 the cellar wall. 
 
 Run 04") galvanized iron supplies for heater and 'gas machine with ends 
 plugged up ready for future connections. 
 
 Hydrant. Provide and set where shown on the drawings, a 3 (3'-G") Douglass hydrant with hose 
 
 connections complete. Run for this a (%") galvanized iron pipe and place a lever handled stop 
 and waste shut-off on the supply inside the cellar wall. Furnish and set a (12" x 12") cast iron 
 hydrant cesspool with galvanized iron strainer on top and (3") outlet. Run a (3") extra heavy 
 cast iron waste to the house drain with a (3") extra heavy cast iron trap placed below frost. 
 
 186 
 
'The " Arrangement of Lines " might be specified more definitely to suit the building by 
 specifying the number of lines required and grouping the fixtures. For instance, in a simple 
 ordinary arrangement with a bath room and adjoining lavatory in the second story, with two 
 sinks and laundry trays below second story, with boiler located in the first story kitchen and 
 with cold water supply coming in at the basement, the arrangement might be specified as follows 
 
 (Lines i and 2). Run a line of hot and cold, each (}") galvanized iron pipes, to supply the 
 fixtures in the second story bath room and the lavatory adjoining. 
 
 (Lines 3 and 4). Run a line of hot and cold, each (J") galvanized iron pipes, to supply kitchen 
 sink, butler's pantry sink, and laundry tubs. 
 
 Run the two hot water lines across the ceiling of the kitchen, and the two cold water lines 
 across the ceiling of the laundry in the basement. 
 
 (Stops.) Place four combined stop and waste cocks on these lines, two on the kitchen ceil- 
 ing and two on the laundry ceiling. 
 
 (Drips.) Connect the drip cock on each end with a small lead waste, the waste from hot 
 water lines to run to kitchen sink and the waste from cold water lines to run over laundry tubs. 
 
 All lines are to have the names lettered on the pipes. 
 
 Or the cold water lines might be run across the kitchen ceiling by the side of the hot water 
 lines. This would make the cold runs somewhat longer, but would have the advantage of bring- 
 ing all the shut-offs together in one place on the kitchen ceiling, but the hot water pipes should 
 not be run down and across the basement ceiling to accomplish the same purpose, as it would 
 trap the pipes running from the boiler, down below the boiler and up again to the second story 
 fixtures. Hot water pipes should be kept rising from the boiler to the fixtures above. 
 
 In the arrangement here given as an example, the hot and cold water "grouping " of fixtures 
 has been made the same, which might not be the most desirable way in many cases. 
 
 Additional fixtures might be disposed of in like manner, either by extending these lines and 
 placing shut-offs on them after passing the first two or three fixtures, or by carrying branches from 
 these lines to such additional fixtures with shut offs on such branches, or by making more 
 "groups" and corresponding lines as the arrangement might require or the limit of cost allow: 
 
 It is not advisable to specify an arrangement requiring long runs back of the plastering above 
 the first story, as the water of condensation may damage the ceiling, especially if galvanized iron 
 pipes are used and without pipe casings. 
 
 If a tank is used, as specified on page 184, it should be supplied from a separate riser run 
 independently, and it would be necessary under the heading " Arrangement of Lines," to specify 
 only the hot water lines and the cold supply to such fixtures as are to be supplied direct for 
 drinking water, as everything else necessary is called for under its appropriate heading; for 
 instance, supply to tank and fixtures from tank under heading "Tank," tin lined pipes under 
 heading "Pipes," etc. 
 
 "Sometimes combined stop"and waste cocks are used and sometimes ordinary stop cocks are 
 used and separate waste or drip cocks placed on the lines. 
 
 'Hydrants are 3^, 4, 4^ and 5 feet high. 
 
 187 
 
Boiler. 
 
 Circulation Pipe. 
 
 Steam Escape. 
 
 Furnish and set where shown on the drawings a Hepe, Kaven & Company's 
 '(40) gallon extra heavy galvanized iron range boiler, double row riveted [set on 
 a Lock-wood galvanized iron standard] or ["horizontal pattern, to be hung from the 
 ceiling by means of ($" x i-j-") iron hangers run through the beams and with nuts 
 and washers on top let in flush with the top of the beams, all furnished and put up 
 complete by the Plumber.] 
 
 Supply the boiler through a (") galvanised iron pipe with a lever-handled 
 shut-off placed near the boiler. Connect the boiler to the water-back of the range 
 with 3 (|") brass pipes and brass couplings. The boiler is to have a (f") sediment 
 pipe and cock. [ 4 The sediment pipe is to be connected to the kitchen sink waste 
 on the house side of the trap.] 
 
 Run a (i") galvanized iron pipe from the highest point on the hot water pipes, 
 down to below the boiler and there connect to the sediment pipe inside of the 
 sediment cock. 
 
 All the hot water pipes must be kept rising from the head of the boiler to 
 fixtures above, and to fixtures on the same floor they must be run up from the 
 boiler and down to the fixtures rather than down on the ceiling below and up to 
 such fixtures. 
 
 Run a (i") [AA lead] or [" galvanized iron] pipe from the top of the hot 
 water supply at its highest point, up to and over the top of the tank, leaving the 
 end open for a 5 steam escape. 
 
 Range. Furnish and set in the kitchen where shown on the plan, a [ 6 Bay State 
 
 Hamilton No. i Portable double oven range with water back, warming closet, 
 shelf and hood complete.] 
 
 Register. Furnish a (12" x 14") japanned iron vent register to be set by the Mason. 
 
 Brickset. The Mason is to furnish the brick and mortar to brick set the range. 
 
 Connect the range to the flue in the chimney with a 7 (7") No. 24 imported 
 Russia iron stove pipe, with a slide damper and a proper tin collar over the joint 
 where the pipe enters the chimney flue. 
 
 188 
 
'The size of boiler should be suited to the size of range used. Boilers are made in copper, 
 steel or iron. Copper boilers are 20 to 40 per cent, higher priced than galvanized iron. Galvan- 
 ized iron boilers are much the strongest and are usually used where no tank is called for. They 
 will wear twice as long as steel boilers. 
 
 Copper Boilers. 
 
 Sizes in gallons: 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100. 
 Grades: Ordinary, 50 Ibs. ; heavy, 70 Ibs. ; double heavy, 125 Ibs. pressure. 
 
 Iron Boilers. 
 
 Capacity, in Gallons: 18 21 24 24 27 28 30 32 35 
 
 Size, in Inches: 36x12 42x12 48x12 36x14 54x12 42x14 60x12 48x14 60x13 
 
 Capacity, in Gallons: 36 36 40 42 47 48 52 53 63 
 
 Size, in Inches: 72x12 54x14 60x14 48x16 54x16 72x14 60x16 48x18 72x16 
 
 Capacity, in Gallons: 66 79 82 98 100 120 120 144 168 192 
 
 Size, in Inches: 60x18 72x18 60x20 72x20 -60x22 72x22 60x24 72x24 84x24 96x24 
 
 Iron boilers are made galvanized or plain and in three grades: standard or regular, 200 Ibs. ; 
 extra heavy, 250 Ibs., and double extra heavy or special, 300 Ibs. pressure. 
 
 "Many ranges are made with brackets for a horizontal boiler. If a boiler is hung from the 
 beams, extra timbers should be put in to support it. 
 
 'Sometimes galvanized iron pipe and couplings, sometimes AA or. AAA lead pipe with brass 
 couplings, and sometimes even lead pipe with wiped joints, are used to connect the waterback of 
 the range with the boiler. 
 
 *The sediment pipe often terminates at the sediment cock, the boiler being emptied from the 
 sediment cock through a rubber hose attached when needed. 
 
 'One of the greatest advantages of using a tank instead of a direct supply is the opportunity 
 thus afforded of allowing this steam escape to be put in; often in cases of a direct supply a 
 " vacuum valve " is placed on top of the boiler for the same purpose. 
 
 "Tables of the ranges usually used, giving the sizes for brick setting, etc., will be found of 
 great convenience in writing specifications. As the size of the boiler should be suited to the 
 size of the range used, these tables should include such information which is not usually given 
 in the catalogues. For an example of the arrangement of such tables, see opposite Heating 
 Specification. 
 
 'A 7" pipe is usual for a double oven range and a 6" pipe for a single oven. 
 
 189 
 
Kitchen Sink. 
 
 Iron. 
 City Supply. 
 
 Cistern Supply. 
 
 Well and Cistern 
 Supply. 
 
 - Waste. 
 
 Porcelain 
 with flarble Fittings. 
 
 Pantry Sink. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Furnish and set in the kitchen where shown, a (20" x 36") galvanized 'cast iron 
 sink with a strainer and with galvanized iron legs and a galvanized iron back. 
 
 Supply the sink with hot and cold water through (") galvanized iron pipes 
 and Peck's brass compression cocks. The cold water cock is to have a hose end. 
 
 Supply from the cistern in the cellar through a (i^") galvanized iron pipe run to within a foot 
 of the bottom of the cistern. Furnish and set a No. 2 Douglass revolving stand pump with all the 
 necessary connections. 
 
 Supply from the well and the cistern through (i^") galvanized iron pipes run to within one 
 foot of the bottom of each and place a shut-off on each line, so that the water can be pumped from 
 either by closing the shut-off on the line not required. Furnish and set a No. 2 Douglass revolving 
 stand pump with all the necessary connections. 
 
 Waste through a (2" D) lead branch waste connected to the soil. 
 
 | Grease Trap.} 
 
 Furnish and set a first quality Peck's white ^crockery kitchen sink (22" x 37") in size with brass 
 coupling and nickel-plated strainer ; set on nickel-plated legs and standards, as shown in Fig. 418 
 Peck's catalogue. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (f ") nickel-plated brass pipes above the floor and (f ") 
 galvanized iron pipes below and Peck's polished brass improved faucets. The cold water faucet is to 
 have a hose end. 
 
 Waste through a (2") branch (D) lead waste connected to the standing waste. Provide a 
 Peck's No. 5, 2" sink trap with vent. The trap, waste to floor, and vent are- to be nickel-plated brass 
 where exposed to view. 
 
 Provide with Italian marble backj end, drip slab, frame and apron. The back and end are to 
 be " thick and (18") high. The drip slab and frame are to be cut from a (i" x 27" x 75") slab 
 with grooves in the drip to drain the water back to the sink and with a hole cut through the size 
 of the sink. The aprons are to be (" x 5".) All free edges of the marble are to be ogee 
 moulded. 
 
 JFor marble floor slab, see under "Safes."' 
 
 Furnish and set in the pantry where shown an [oval] or [flat bottom] tinned 
 planished 3 copper overflow pantry sink, (16" x 24") in size, with a nickel-plated plug 
 strainer, chain and rubber stopper. [Set the sink in a wood box and bed it in 
 plaster-of-Paris.] 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (i") galvanized iron pipes and Peck's 
 nickel-plated brass compression pantry cocks. 
 
 Waste through a (i" D) lead branch waste trapped and run to the standing 
 waste. The overflow is to be connected to the waste. The sink is to be set in a 
 wood frame put up by the Carpenter. 
 
 190 
 
5inks : 
 
 'Cast iron sinks are made either plain, galvanized or white enameled. The relative list 
 prices are, for instance, 20" x 36", $3.70 plain; $7.75 galvanized and $10 50 enameled. They 
 are furnished without legs to be set in a wood frame made by the Carpenter, or with galvanized 
 iron or bronze legs to be set open. The usual sizes of iron sinks arc as follows: 
 
 12 x 18 inches; 14 x 20; 15 x 27; 16 X 24, 28, 30; 18 x 24, 30, 32, 36; 20 x 24, 30, 36, 38, 40, 
 42, 48; 21^ x 32^, 36; 22 x 42, 48, 50, 62 and 76 inches. 
 
 Wrought steel sinks are made plain, galvanized and grey or white enameled. The prices 
 are about the same as for the cast iron sinks. The usual sizes are 16 x 24; 18 x 30, 36; 20 x 30, 
 36 and 40 inches. 
 
 Kitchen sinks sometimes, but not usually, have an overflow connected to the waste. 
 
 "White porcelain or crockery sinks are usually of the following sizes: 22" x 30"; 22" x 37"; 
 22" x 42". They are set up with marble fittings or with wood rims and drip same as for iron 
 sinks. 
 
 3 Copper pantry sinks are made in three shapes: oval, flat bottomed and recessed, and with or 
 without overflows. The recessed sinks are flat bottomed and are used for a standing overflow. 
 The usual sizes for all shapes are as follows: 12x18; i2X2o;i4Xi6;i4X2o;i4X24; 16x24; 
 16 x 30, and 18 x 30 inches. The oval shapes cost more than the flat bottomed. Cocks are made 
 polished brass, nickel plated and silver plated. The trap, waste and vent, where exposed to view, 
 are often of polished or nickel plated brass, with the waste run to the floor or back through the 
 wall. Pantry sinks usually have an overflow and plug and chain. 
 
 191 
 
Porcelain. Furnish and set in the pantry a first quality Peck's white ^crockery butler's pantry sink (18" x 
 
 with Harble Fittings. 24" x 8") in size as shown in figure 427 Peck's catalogue, with a nickel plated plug, strainer, chain 
 
 and rubber stopper. Set the sink and slab on nickel plated brackets and legs. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through 
 plated pan try cocks. 
 
 galvanized iron pipes and Peck's improved nickel- 
 
 Waste through a (i") branch (D) lead waste connected to the main waste. [Provide with a 
 nickel-plated brass waste run to the floor with a neckel-plated brass trap, vent and overflow connec- 
 tion.] The overflow is to be connected to the waste. 
 
 Provide with Italian marble back, end, drip slab, frame and apron. The back and end are to 
 be $" thick and (18") high. The drip slab and frame are to be cut from a (ij" x 23" x 49") slab 
 with grooves in the drip and with a hole cut through the size of the sink. The aprons are to be 
 (&" x 5"). All free edges of the marble are to be moulded. 
 
 {For floor slab see under "Safes."} 
 
 Grease Traps. 
 
 Furnish and set under the kitchen and pantry sinks on the line of each sink 
 waste an (8") nickel plated brass "grease trap with a brass screw cover. Vent this 
 trap through a (2") branch (D) lead vent pipe. . The waste and vent pipes where 
 exposed to view, are to be nickel-plated brass. 
 
 Bath Tubs. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Furnish and set in the third story bath room where shown, a (14 oz.) 3 copper, 
 tinned planished bath tub (6') long with nickel-plated plug and chain and rubber 
 stopper. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (-") galvanized iron pipes and Peck's 
 nickel-plated No. 4% combination bath cocks. 
 
 Waste through a (ii" D) lead branch waste trapped and connected to the 
 soil. Connect the overflow to the waste. Provide a nickel-plated sprinkler and 
 six feet of rubber hose. 
 
 {Specify rim here or in Carpenter's.} 
 
 Porcelain 
 or porcelain lined. 
 
 Furnish and set in the second story bath room where shown, a first quality (5^') 'porcelain lined, 
 roll rim, French shape, bath tub as shown in plate (245 A) Peck's catalogue, with full nickel-plated 
 brass fittings, including supply pipes to the floor [and with a white Colophite enamel finish and gold 
 bands outside.] 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (f") galvanized iron pipes and waste, through a 
 (i" D) lead branch waste, trapped and connected to the soil. 
 
 JFor marble floor slab, see under "Safes."} 
 
 192 
 
'White porcelain or crockery pantry sinks are usually about 18" x 24" x 8" or 18" x 30" x n" in 
 size. They are set up with marble fittings or with wood rim and drip. 
 
 "When this grease trap is used, the ordinary trap under such fixtures is omitted. These traps 
 are made in polished or nickel-plated brass. A kind of grease trap is also made which screws on 
 the underside of iron sinks. For a brick grease trap, see page 40. 
 
 'Copper tubs are made in two shapes, ordinary and French, the French shape costing the 
 more and both shapes 4'-6", 5', s'-6" and 6' long, all in 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20 oz. tinned planished 
 copper. Copper tubs are also made for standing or recessed waste. 
 
 Zinc tubs are about one-half the cost of the ordinary copper and are made 5', 5' 6" and 
 6' long, all one weight. 
 
 Steel Clad bath tubs are made by the Steel Clad Bath Company, 447 West 26th St., N. Y. 
 These tubs are enameled outside, lined with tinned planished copper inside, set out open on four 
 ornamental bronzed legs, weigh about 100 pounds, and have nickel-plated overflow. These tubs 
 present a very neat appearance and cost about half way between copper and porcelain lined. 
 They are 26" wide outside of rim and 26" high from floor to top. They are furnished with either 
 polished cherry or oak rim, decorated in any color, and are made in three shapes, Roman, French 
 and American, and numbered as follows : 
 
 ROMAN. FRENCH. AMERICAN. 
 
 121416 ounces. 121416 ounces. 12 ounces. 
 
 4'-6" Nos. 21. 23. 25. 14. 16. 18. 38. 
 
 5' Nos. 27. 29. 31. 40. 
 
 5' 3" NOS. 20. 22. 24. 
 
 5-6" No. 42. 
 
 5 '-9" Nos. 26. 28. 30. 
 
 6 Nos. 32. 34. 36. 
 
 It is necessary to specify only the number in order to indicate the size, shape and weight of 
 lining. The rim, fittings and stopper and chain should be specified. The American shape is the 
 lowest priced, the Roman highest. 
 
 4 Bath tubs are made both solid porcelain, and iron porcelain lined. Both are made in two 
 shapes, French and Roman, and the solid porcelain in two grades, firsts and seconds. Both are 
 made with or without a roll rim. If a roll rim tub is used, no wood rim is required. If not, a 
 wood rim should be provided for either here or in the Carpenter's specification. The usual lengths 
 are 4^, 5, 5^ and 6 feet in iron porcelain lined, and 5 and 5^ feet in solid porcelain. Usually one 
 with a combination waste and overflow is used. If not, the overflow should connect to the waste. 
 Decoration costs extra; about $16 for white or ivory enamel, and from $20 to $35 with ornamental 
 borders. 
 
 '93 
 
Shower Bath. 
 
 Furnish and set where shown, a No. 14 A Peck's catalogue shower bath, with 
 nickel-plated brass supply pipes from floor, improved temperature cock and fittings 
 as there shown. The shower is to be 8f" and the curtain ring 25" in diameter. 
 Furnish and put up a white rubber curtain and nickel-plated shampoo complete. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (i") galvanized iron pipes where not 
 exposed to view. If not set over a bath tub, provide a (2 ") Italian marble floor 
 slab (30") square, countersunk i" deep, with a (3i") nickel-plated strainer and (ii") 
 branch (D) lead waste trapped and connected to the main waste. 
 
 Seat Bath. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Furnish and set where shown on the plans, a (14 oz.) copper tinned planished 
 'seat bath (24" x 22") in size. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (i") galvanized iron pipes and Peck's 
 nickel-plated bell supply and independent hot and cold cocks with handles above 
 the rim of the tub. 
 
 Waste through a (ii ) branch (D) lead waste trapped and connected to the 
 main waste. Provide a [nickel-plated plug and chain with a rubber stopper and 
 overflow connected to the waste] or [a nickel-plated standing combination waste 
 and overflow.] 
 
 Porcelain. Furnish and set where shown on the plans, a first quality porcelain lined seat bath (28" x 27-!-" 
 
 x 15" and 20") in size, [roll rim No. 440] or [wood rim No. 400] Peck's catalogue with a white 
 Colophite enamel finish and gold lines outside, white legs, nickel-plated Bi- Transit waste and over- 
 flow, combination compression cocks and bell supply and all fittings as shown. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (f ") galvanized iron pipes below the floor and nickel- 
 plated brass pipes above the floor. 
 
 Waste through a (i-J-") branch (D) lead waste trapped and connected to the main waste. 
 {For marble floor slab, see under "Safes."} 
 
 194 
 
'Copper seat baths are made in 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 and 20 oz. copper, and are usually about 
 24 x 22" in size. Foot baths are made in the same weights, and about 16" x 20' x 10" in size. 
 A foot bath should be connected in the same manner as a seat bath. A seat. bath may be used 
 for a foot bath also. 
 
 J95 
 
Wash Bowls. 
 
 Ordinary. 
 
 Lavatory Apparatus. 
 
 Water Closet. 
 
 Furnish and set in {mention rooms} where shown, three best (15") white 
 earthenware overflow round wash basins. 
 
 Supply each with hot and cold water through (i") galvanized iron pipes and 
 Peck's improved nickel-plated brass No. i basin cocks. 
 
 Waste through a (i" D) lead branch waste, trapped and connected to the 
 soil. Provide a nickel-plated plug with a rubber stopper fastened to the marble 
 with a nickel-plated chain. 
 
 Set for each basin a (ii" x 18" x 20") Italian marble countersunk top and $" 
 wall plates (12") high. All free edges of the marble are to be ogee moulded. 
 Secure each basin to the marble with three brass basin clamps with bolts and 
 make the joints tight with plaster-of-Paris. 
 
 The slabs are to be set on nickel-plated [brackets No. p] or [legs No. /] Peck's 
 catalogue. 
 
 Furnish and set {mention where! a lavatory apparatus with a (15" x 19") oval Erie basin 
 decorated with gold bands, with a Niagara waste. 
 
 Supply with hot and cold water through (") galvanized iron pipes and a A'zW-Erie base 
 outlet fixture. The pipes are to be No. 2 Peck's, nickel plated where exposed to view. 
 
 Waste through a (i-J-") nickel-plated brass pipe to floor with a (No. 13) nickel-plated trap and 
 vent connection. Continue through a (i" D) lead pipe connected to the soil. 
 
 Set a (i^" x 23" x 36") countersunk top, (" x 16") back and ends, and (|" x 5") front and 
 side aprons, all of Sienna marble with all free edges moulded. Support the marble on a pair of 
 Peck's No. 16 B legs and 5" apron wall sockets. 
 
 { For floor slab, see under " Safes." } 
 
 Furnish and set \ mention where \ a Peck's Triple jet No. (45) embossed l syphon 
 water closet [with gold and color decoration], with a (ii") nickel-plated brass flush 
 pipe and chain, celluloid pull and brass floor flange. 
 
 Provide with a round 'shaped Unique polished light oak seat and lid with 
 nickel-plated hinges. 
 
 Provide a (18" x n" x ioi") copper-lined polished light oak tank with a ball 
 cock and a copper ball on the supply, and with nickel-plated brass brackets 
 complete. 
 
 Supply the cistern through a (") galvanized iron pipe and (") nickel-plated 
 brass pipe from floor to tank. Place a suitable shut-off valve on the supply. 
 
 Connect the closet to the soil with a 4" branch lead waste. 
 {For floor slab, see under " Safes." } 
 
 196 
 
'Syphon closets are used where the highest sanitary fixture is desired. Washdown or washout 
 closets are used more often in public or office buildings, etc., and in dwellings where a cheaper 
 closet is desired. Syphon closets are not " back vented," that is, vented from the trap, but both 
 syphon and other closets have often a local vent. A local vent should never be used unless it 
 can be connected with a hot flue. A closet made in one piece of porcelain is preferable to one 
 with a joint. If a closet is used which does not contain a trap in the earthenware, a lead trap 
 must be provided under the floor on the waste line and directly connected with the closet. 
 
 197 
 
Urinal. 
 
 Furnish and set where shown on the plan one first quality white earthenware 
 lipped [corner] or [flat backed] urinal with a nickel-plated strainer and an overflow. 
 
 Supply. 
 Direct. 
 
 Supply through a (i") galvanised iron pipe below floor and nickel-plated brass 
 pipe and coupling where exposed to view. Provide a nickel-plated self-closing 
 urinal cock on the supply near the urinal. 
 
 Tank with Pull. 
 
 Tank, Automatic. 
 
 Tank Connections. 
 
 Furnish and set a (14" x 7" x 6") copper-lined polished light oak tank, set on nickel-plated 
 brackets, with a ball cock and a copper ball on the supply, and with nickel-plated chain and cellu- 
 loid pull. 
 
 Furnish and set one Peck's copper-lined automatic syphon flushing polished light oak urinal 
 tank, set on - nickel-plated brackets and with a ball cock and a copper ball on the supply. 
 
 Supply the cistern through a ($") galvanized iron pipe and a (") nickel-plated brass pipe and 
 coupling where exposed to view. Place a suitable shut-off on this supply. 
 
 Connect the cistern to the urinal with a (i") nickel-plated brass flush pipe. 
 
 Waste. 
 
 Waste from the urinal through a (ii" D) lead branch waste with a (ii") trap 
 connected to the main waste. The trap and the waste and vent pipes where 
 exposed to view, are to be nickel-plated brass. 
 
 Form the back, ends and partitions (s'-6") high of f" Italian marble put together with nickel- 
 plated corner clamps. The stalls are to be (24") wide on centres and (19") deep. Provide a 2" 
 countersunk floor slab of the full size of the stalls with i^" nickel-plated strainers and (i" D) 
 lead waste, trapped and connected to the drain. 
 
 Slop Hopper. Furnish and set where shown on the plan a Peck's cast-iron porcelain lined 'slop 
 
 Iron. hopper, Fig. 351 (20 x 22") in size set on a cast iron trap, with a brass flushing 
 
 rim. 
 
 Direct Supply. Supply with hot and cold water through ( f ") galvanised iron pipes and Peck's 
 
 No. j nickel-plated compression double slop sink cock with .air chambers and flush- 
 ing rim connection and nickel-plated pipes to the floor. 
 
 Porcelain. Furnish and set where shown on the plan, a first quality earthenware flushing rim slop hopper 
 
 (20" x 20") in size with a porcelain trap; Peck's combination No. i. 
 
 Supply. Supply with hot and cold water through (J") galvanized iron pipes and a nickel-plated brass. 
 
 198 
 
"Slop hoppers are made in galvanized iron, cast iron porcelain lined and solid earthenware or 
 porcelain. They are supplied sometimes with ordinary cocks set about 12" above the sink and 
 sometimes with hot and cold combination cocks. They are usually flushed through a flushing rim 
 provided either with a direct supply or connected to a tank similar to a water closet. A trap 
 should be placed on the waste below the floor, connected directly with the fixture, unless one is 
 provided for in the hopper. 
 
 199 
 
Cistern. 
 
 Peck's No. 2 compression double slop sink cock with nickel-plated air chambers and nickel-plated 
 pipes to the floor. 
 
 Furnish a copper lined polished light oak cistern, with a nickel-plated chain and celluloid pull 
 and set on (No. 3) nickel-plated brackets. Furnish with a syphon valve and a ball cock and a 
 copper ball on the supply. Supply the cistern through a (") galvanized iron pipe and a f" nickel- 
 plated brass pipe from the floor to the cistern, with a nickel- plated shut-off on the supply. Connects 
 the cistern to the flushing rim with a (i") nickel-plated brass flush pipe. 
 
 Waste. 
 
 Waste through a (3" D) lead branch waste connected to the soil. 
 Furnish and set a (" x 27" x 54") Italian marble back with all free edges 
 ogee moulded. 
 
 (For marble floor slab, see "safes.' 
 
 Wash Trays. 
 
 Cement. 
 
 Furnish and set where shown a three part Peck's improved Weehauken cement 
 wash 'tray, (80" x 24") in size. Set the trays on a galvanized iron standard and 
 provide with polished brass chains and plugs and rubber stopper. Provide an ash 
 frame and ash covers put on with brass screws. 
 
 Supply each part with hot and cold water through (f") g-alvanized iron pipes 
 and Pecks brass compression cocks. One cold water faucet is to have a hose end. 
 
 Waste through a (ii") branch and (2") main (D) lead wastes, trapped and 
 connected to the soil. 
 
 Porcelain. Furnish and set where shown three roll rim solid porcelain wash trays, each (30" x 24" x 15") in 
 
 size with nickel-plated plugs and chains and rubber stoppers. Provide a bronzed iron standard for 
 each tub. 
 
 Furnish and set a (i" x 5") Italian marble slab and (|" x 15") back with all free edges ogee 
 moulded. 
 
 {For floor slab, see "Safes."} 
 
 Supply each -tray with hot and cold water through f " galvanized iron pipes, and Peck's 
 nickel-plated f" compression cocks. One cold water faucet is to have a hose end. 
 
 Waste through a (i") branch waste, (2") trap and (2") main waste, all of nickel-plated brass 
 where exposed to view. Continue with a (2" D) lead waste to the soil. 
 
 200 
 
"Wash trays are made of cement, slate, soapstone, white or brown crockery ware, iron porce- 
 lain lined, and solid porcelain. The crockery ware, porcelain and porcelain lined are made either 
 with or without roll rims. Roll rim wash trays are set without frames and covers and often with 
 polished or nickel-plated brass wastes and trap. 
 
 201 
 
GAS FITTING. 
 
 {if the gas fitting be made a separate contract, this specification should be preceded by a 
 Heading and General Conditions and should also include the following: Cutting, page 170; Pipes and 
 Hangers, under Wrought Iron Pipes, page 174; Testing of Pipes, page 176.} 
 
 Furnish and put in the gas pipes in accordance with the rules of the Gas 
 Light Company, with outlets where marked on the drawings, (70) outlets in all. 
 All branch outlets are to be taken from the top or side of running lines. The 
 whole system is to be free from traps or low places and is to decline with a fall 
 towards the meter, which will be located \ specify where}. 
 
 All side lights in the first story rooms and in all halls are to be (s'-6") above the finished floor. 
 All mirror lights are to be (8') and all other side lights (4-9") above the finished floor. 
 
 All nipples are to project (ii") from the face of the timber. All drops are to 
 be made perfectly plumb by screwing a 1 2" piece of pipe on the nipple and trying 
 with a square or level. All side lights are to be perpendicular to the walls. 
 
 [The 'sizes of pipes are to be as follows : .] 
 
 Gas Log Connections. 
 
 Run the pipes for gas log connections in \ mention \ fireplaces. The pipes are 
 to be run below the tile of the hearths and are to extend (ii") above the level of 
 the finished floor. The outlets are to be in the centre of the fireplace and (8") in 
 front of the brick back. Place a valve shut-off with a wooden wheel on each "in 
 the floor at the side of the chimney breast. 
 
 Street Connections. 
 
 [The Owner will tap the main in the street and bring the service pipe to the 
 building.] Or [Tap the gas main in the street, obtaining the necessary permit, 
 excavating for the same, and paying the required charges. Carry the main pipe 
 to the meter and leave ready for the meter connection.] 
 
 402 
 
'Sizes of Gas Pipe. 
 
 FOR ORDINARY PIPING. 
 Sizes in use Washington, D- C., Feb.. 1893. 
 
 Diameter of pipe, #" i" i#" i*/?' 3" 4" 
 
 Longest run in feet, 6 20 40 60 80 150 200 300 450 600 
 
 Greatest number of burners, i 6 20 35 60 100 200 300 450 750 
 
 FOR GAS MACHINE. 
 
 Diameter of pipe, i" i#" 2" 
 
 Longest run in feet, 20 30 50 70 100 150 
 
 Greatest number of burners, 2 4 15 25 40 70 
 
 "If the floor is not to be carpeted, the valve controlling the gas log is usually placed in the 
 floor in some out of the way position. Sometimes the valve is left flush with the floor and a 
 moveable key provided in place of a fixed wheel on the valve. If the floors are to be carpeted, 
 these valves are usually placed on the base. 
 
 203 
 
Tin. 
 
 Make. 
 
 Painting. 
 
 Solder. 
 
 Roofs. 
 
 Tin. 
 
 Copper. 
 
 Corrugated Fron. 
 
 METAL WORK. 
 
 {if the Metal Work be made a separate contract this specification should be preceded by a 
 Heading and General Conditions, j 
 
 All tin throughout is to be of the N. & G, Taylor Co?s Old Style brand of 
 roofing tin, each sheet stamped with the brand and thickness. 
 
 Paint all tin work of roofs on the underside, all tin of gutters on the underside 
 and on the top where it will be covered with slate or shingle, and all tin flashing 
 and valleys both sides, with a coat composed of seven pounds of Prince's metallic 
 paint, dry, to one gallon half-boiled, half raw, pure linseed oil. 
 
 All tin work of roofs, gutters, etc., is to be well locked and soldered in half-tin 
 half-lead solder, using resin as a flux, to be wiped off at completion. 
 
 Cov( r the roofs where shown tin on the drawings with 1C thickness N. & G. 
 Taylor Co.'s Old Style brand of roofing tin in sheets '(zo" x 14") in size with three 
 wire nails to each sheet. No nail heads are to be left exposed. Where the tin 
 work of roofs comes against the frame building, the tin is to be run up (6") behind 
 the clapboards. Where the tin work of roofs comes against brick or stone work of 
 walls or chimneys, the tin is to be turned up against the brick work (6") and counter 
 flashed with [the same tin] or [4 lb. lead] or [14 oz. copper.] . The counter flashing is 
 to be 
 
 [stepped up and turned into the horizontal joints of the brick work] or 
 
 [turned into the reglet cut by the Mason] 
 
 and cemented in with rubber roofing cement, soldering the vertical joints, and ex- 
 tending down to within (2") of the roof. 
 
 Cover the roof of {specify} with soft (14) oz. sheet copper in sheets (12" x 14") 
 in size. Tin the edges and seams with not less than i" edge- Solder with half- 
 tin, half-lead solder and resin, using not less than 6 Ibs. of solder to the square. 
 Bach sheet is to be nailed with three tinned wire nails, and no nail heads are to 
 be left exposed. 
 
 {For Plashing, etc., see under Tin Roof. J 
 {For Corrugated Iron Roof, see page 74.} 
 
 204 
 
*The usual sizes of tin sheets for roofing are 10" x 14", 14" x 20" and 20" x 28". 
 
 The best quality of roofing tin is made by soaking or literally boiling each sheet of iron in 
 pure palm oil, then dipping the sheets by hand in open pots of metal by successive immersions, 
 the metal in these pots being different in temperature. Made by this method the plates, when 
 taken from the last pot, hold every ounce of metal coating it is possible for them to absorb. Tin 
 made in this way, if properly put on and given reasonable care, will practically outlast the life of 
 the building itself. This is the way tin was originally made (Philadelphia, 1830), and is the pro- 
 cess still used in the manufacture of the Taylor " Old Style" brand of tin. 
 
 The quick, cheap way of making roofing tin is by the use of rolls and machinery. After the 
 steel or iron plate is placed in the metal bath, it is passed between submerged rollers and the 
 coating squeezed off. Such roofing plates as these are attractive to the eye but have not the 
 wearing qualities. 
 
 205 
 
Gutters. 
 
 Lined. 
 
 Hung. 
 
 Valleys. 
 
 Strip. 
 Pieced. 
 
 Line the gutters with l \_fX Old Style tin] or [(14) oz. copper] and extend the 
 metal up under the slate at least (10"), bringing the metal over the face of the cor- 
 nice and tacking it smoothly. 
 
 Form the hung gutters of// oz. copper, \\ith Y?" roll edge, and braces of the 
 same material, every 30" well soldered. 
 
 Line the valley (20'') wide \\ith /./ oz. copper. 
 
 Furnish for lining the valleys, pieces of // oz. copper '(7") long, 10" wide at 
 the bottom and 15" wide at the top. These pieces are to be woven in with the 
 slate by the roofer. 
 
 Cover the ridge rolls on the hips with a strip of No. 2j galvanized iron. Run 
 the metal (4") each side over the slate. 
 
 Furnish pieces of /^ oz. copper of the proper size to cover the hips. These 
 pieces are to be woven in with the slate by the roofer. 
 
 {See in Carpenter's Specification, page 88. j 
 {See in Carpenter's Specification, page 90. } 
 {See in Carpenter's Specification, page 90. } 
 
 Furnish and put up seven corrugated galvanized iron leaders where shown. The 
 leaders are to be "(3/4" x 4^") in size on the main roofs and (2%'' x 2^") on the 
 piazzas. Furnish and put up three ornamental leader heads made according to the 
 drawings. Cover the leader openings in the gutters with galvanized wire baskets. 
 Secure the leaders to the building with galvanized iron hooks, allowing the leaders 
 to stand clear of all mouldings: 
 
 {For leader connections see in Mason's Specification, page 42, and in Plumber's Specification 
 page 1 8a. j 
 
 Speaking Tubes. Furnish and put up with porcelain mouth pieces and whistles complete, i" tin 
 
 speaking tubes from to . 
 
 Hips. 
 
 Strip. 
 
 Pieced. 
 
 Flashing. 
 
 Skylights. 
 
 Scuttles. 
 
 Leaders o 
 
 Furnace Work. 
 
 {For furnace metal work, see Heating Specif ication.} 
 
 206 
 
'The materials usually used for gutters, valleys, hips, etc., are IX and 1C tin, 14 oz. copper, 
 1 6 oz. zinc, 4 Ib. sheet lead and No. 24 galvanized iron. 
 
 "These metal strips for valleys should be 2" longer than the slate is laid to the weather. 
 'The usual sizes for rectangular leaders are : 
 
 ij" x 2^" equal to 2" round. 
 
 2*" X 2|" 3" 
 
 *F x 3t" 4" 
 
 3i" ^ 4i" 5" 
 
 " x " 6" 
 
 207 
 
Heating 
 
 SPECIFICATION of the labor and material to be furnished in the instal- 
 lation of the 1 Hot Air Heating plant for the frame house to be constructed for 
 Mr. 
 at 
 
 in accordance with the accompanying drawings and this specification and under 
 the supervision of 
 
 Architect, 
 
 | address } 
 | date \ 
 
 General The Contractor shall furnish all material, labor, transportation, utensils and 
 
 Conditions. so forth of every description required for the full performance of the work herein 
 
 specified, except as otherwise particularly mentioned. He shall lay out his work 
 
 and be responsible for its correctness ; shall keep a competent foreman on the 
 
 premises, and shall properly protect his work during progress. 
 
 All the materials are to be of the best of their several kinds in quality as 
 herein specified, all labor is to be performed in the best manner by skilled work- 
 men and both are to be subject to the approval of the Architect. [All work and 
 material must conform to the laws, rules and regulations in force in the locality in 
 which the building is to stand, anything hereinafter specified to the contrary not- 
 withstanding.] 
 
 Anything not expressly set forth in this specification, but which is reasonably 
 implied, is to be furnished and performed without extra charge. Should any error 
 appear, either in this specification or in the work done by other contractors 
 effecting the work included herein, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify 
 
 208 
 
RICHARDSON & BOYNTON Co., 234 Water Street, New York. 
 
 (Established 1837.) 
 
 Heating Furnaces. 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 DIA- 
 
 T^T * 
 
 HEATING 
 
 
 
 NAME. 
 
 SIZE. 
 
 MATERIAL. 
 
 METER 
 OF FIRE 
 CHAM- 
 BER IN 
 
 INCHES. 
 
 DIA- 
 METER 
 
 OF CAS- 
 ING IN 
 INCHES. 
 
 CAPACITY IN 
 ORDINARY 
 ROOMS 
 
 ( 14 FT. x 14 
 
 FT). 
 
 AIR SUPPLY 
 SHOULD BE 
 
 SIZE OP 
 SMOKE 
 PIPE. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 131 
 
 With High Gas 
 
 17 
 
 3 1 
 
 4 rooms 10x18 
 
 7 
 
 (Portable.) 
 
 i34 
 
 Combustion 
 
 19 
 
 34 
 
 5 10x24 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 Chamber. Cast Pot. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ( Either brickset or 
 portable. ) 
 
 139 
 
 M3 
 147 
 155 
 
 161 
 
 With High Gas 
 Combustion 
 Chamber. 
 Cast Pot 
 
 22 
 25 
 27 
 29^ 
 
 35 
 
 39 
 43 
 47 
 55 
 61 
 
 6- 7 rooms 
 8 
 9-10 
 12-13 
 14-16 
 
 12x28 
 12x32 
 12x36 
 14x40 
 MM7 
 
 8 
 8 
 8 
 9 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Revere. 
 
 33 
 
 Steel Plate Body 
 
 17 
 
 28 
 
 2 rooms 
 
 10x14 
 
 7 
 
 (Portable only.) 
 
 42 
 
 and Cast Pot 
 
 19 
 
 32 
 
 3 
 
 10x18 
 
 7 
 
 
 46 
 
 
 22 
 
 36 
 
 4 
 
 12x24 
 
 7 
 
 
 50 
 
 
 25 
 
 40 
 
 6 
 
 12x28 
 
 8 
 
 
 54 
 
 
 27 
 
 44 
 
 8 
 
 12x32 
 
 9 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 29^ 
 
 50 
 
 10 
 
 14x34 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 82 
 
 All Cast Iron with 
 
 25 
 
 43 
 
 7 rooms 
 
 12x28 
 
 8 
 
 ( Portable or brickset. ) 
 
 83 
 
 Revertible Flue 
 
 27 
 
 47 
 
 9 
 
 12^35 
 
 8 
 
 
 84 
 
 Radiator. 
 
 29 'A 55 
 
 12 
 
 14x40 
 
 9 
 
 
 86 
 
 
 35 
 
 60 
 
 14 
 
 14x47 
 
 9 
 
 Ranges. 
 
 
 
 Qf7f ri.- 
 
 SIZE OF 
 
 
 
 
 SIZE 
 
 a 
 
 ^ t- 
 
 NAME 
 
 - : 
 
 N 
 
 tn 
 
 STYLE. 
 
 BRICK 
 OPENING. 
 
 RANGE 
 FLOOR 
 
 SIZE OF OVENS. 
 
 STYLE OF 
 OVENS. 
 
 BOILER 
 HOLES. 
 
 OF 
 BOIL- 
 
 -.- 
 a a 
 S* 
 
 
 
 
 
 SPACE. 
 
 
 
 ER. 
 
 u * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 at 
 
 Provident 
 (Single oven) 
 
 So 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 33"* i 2" 
 
 39 "x26" 
 
 iS"xi8^" 
 
 Wrought iron 
 
 6 S" 
 
 40 gal 
 
 5" 
 
 
 '37 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 30"XI2" 
 
 33K"3K" 
 
 i6"xi7" 
 
 Cast Iron 
 
 6-7" 
 
 30 gal. 
 
 6" 
 
 Perfect 
 (single oven i 
 
 195 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 30"X12" 
 
 33#"3^" 
 
 i6"xi7#" 
 
 Cast Iron 
 
 6-7" 
 
 50 gal. 
 
 6" 
 
 
 98 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 30"XI2" 
 
 33^"3^" 
 
 i6"xi7>" 
 
 Cast Iron 
 
 68" 
 
 30 gal. 
 
 6" 
 
 
 68 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 33 "x 12" 
 
 42"X26" 
 
 20"XI8 // 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 6 S" 
 
 45 g ! - 
 
 7" 
 
 
 69 
 
 Portable 
 
 
 42"X26" 
 
 20"XI8 // 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 6-9" 
 
 45 gal. 
 
 7" 
 
 Perfect 
 (double 
 
 ii 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 42#"X20" 
 
 49X"x26" 
 
 2o"xi2"xi4" each 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 S 8" 
 
 60 gal 
 
 7" 
 
 oven) 
 
 12 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 46>"x2o" 
 
 53"x26" 
 
 2o"xi3 // xi4 // each 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 8 S" 
 
 65 gal. 
 
 ~// 
 / 
 
 
 13 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 4 6#"X20" 
 
 53 "x26" 
 
 2o"xi3"xi4" each 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 6-9" + 
 
 2 S" 
 
 65 gal. 
 
 7" 
 
 
 14 
 
 Brickset or 
 portable 
 
 54#"x2o" 
 
 6o"x26" 
 
 2o"xi6"xi4" each 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 89" 
 
 So gal 
 
 7" 
 
 
 15 
 
 Portable 
 
 1 
 
 63"x26" 
 
 2o"xl6"xl4" each 
 
 Wrought Iron 
 
 8-9" 
 
 So gal. 
 
 7" 
 
 AH Wrought Iron ovens are removable. 
 
 209 
 
the Architect, and in the event of the Contractor failing to give such notice, he 
 shall make good any damage to or defect in his work caused thereby. 
 
 At any time directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall clear out any of 
 his rubbish or material which may constitute an obstruction to the progress of the 
 works, and at completion shall clear out all rubbish and surplus material left by 
 him ; shall repair any damage to his work, no matter by whom caused, loss or 
 damage by fire excepted, and leave his work in perfect repair and working order. 
 
 The Contractor is not to do any cutting of timber. All such work will be 
 done by the Carpenter, and he shall not cut any timber so as to weaken them, 
 without the consent of the Architect. 
 
 The Owner reserves the right to accept any or reject any or all proposals 
 presented. 
 
 The necessary fuel to test the plant will be furnished by the owner. 
 
 Furnace. 
 
 Casing. 
 
 Brick Setting. 
 Foundation. 
 
 HOT AIR. 
 
 Furnish and set in the cellar where shown on the plan, a 'No. /.// New Perfect 
 Portable "furnace made by the Richardson and Boynton Company, with hoe, poker, 
 shovel and evaporating pan complete. 
 
 The furnace is to be enclosed in a No. 24 galvanized iron casing Alined inside 
 with asbestos and corrugated tin. 
 
 . | For brick setting and furnace pit see in Mason's Specification, page 30. ' 
 
 A 4 foundation on which to set the heater will be provided by the Owner. 
 
 'In specifying furnaces and ranges the requisite information may be more conveniently 
 obtained from properly prepared tables than by repeated references to catalogues. These 
 tables might be elaborated to advantage by the addition of prices and so forth, omitted in the 
 examples here given. 
 
 "The New York Building Law requires that portable furnaces be kept 2' from wood work, 
 unless the wood work is protected by a metal shield, when the least distance allowed is 1'. A 
 portable furnace when set over a wood floor, must rest on a stone or brick hearth, extending at 
 least 2' in front of the ash pan. It also requires that brickset furnaces be built at least 4" from 
 woodwork; that the sides be made hollow with 3" air space, and that the tops be made double: 
 the inner top of brick and the outside top of brick or metal, both on iron bars. 
 
 3 The furnace casing is often lined in this way in order to better retain the heat. 
 
 4 The concrete cellar bottom is a sufficient foundation. 
 
 210 
 
THATCHER FURNACE COMPANY. 
 Furnaces. 
 
 
 
 j . j 
 
 
 SIZE OF PIT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 iu^Se 
 
 IN INCHES. 
 
 
 
 
 DIAMETER DIAMETER 
 
 HOT AIR 
 
 < ~ -^ r 
 
 
 
 NAME. 
 
 No. 
 
 MATERIAL. 
 
 OF 
 
 FIRE POT 
 IS INCHES. 
 
 OF CASING 
 IN INCHES. 
 
 CAPACITY 
 IS CUBIC FEET. 
 
 gjsl 
 
 
 
 =>2 
 - 
 '* a 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c ~ 
 
 I 
 
 Thatcher Tubular Furnace 32 Cast Iron 32 
 
 8 to 12000 
 
 
 31 12 
 
 (Either portable or brickset. ) 36 
 
 36 
 
 10 to 16000 
 
 
 36 14 
 
 40 
 
 
 40 
 
 16 to 22000 
 
 
 40 15 
 
 
 44 
 
 . 
 
 
 44 
 
 20 to 30000 
 
 
 44 16 
 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 48 30 to 40000 
 
 
 47 16 
 
 
 52 
 
 
 
 52 
 
 40 to 50000 
 
 
 52 18 
 
 
 56 
 
 
 
 56 
 
 60 to 80000 
 
 
 56 18 
 
 
 60 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 65 to 85000 
 
 
 60 18 
 
 Thatcher Tubular Combination 240 Cast Iron 
 
 40 13 to 19000 100 
 
 40 
 
 15 
 
 Heater. 244 
 
 44 14 to 24000 
 
 200 
 
 44 
 
 16 
 
 (Either portable or brickset. ) 248 
 
 
 
 48 21 to 31000 
 
 300 I 47 
 
 16 
 
 959 
 
 
 
 52 30 to 40000 
 
 400 
 
 52 
 
 18 
 
 256 
 
 
 
 56 45 to 60000 
 
 500 
 
 56 
 
 18 
 
 
 260 
 
 
 
 60 
 
 55 to 75000 
 
 550 
 
 60 
 
 18 
 
 Scorcher Furnace 132 ! Cast Iron 19 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 12 
 
 (Either portable or brickset.) 136 |vv '' t t h ur < n flu e e 21 36 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 14 
 
 140 steel 25 40 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 15 
 
 
 144 
 
 radiator. 27 
 
 44 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 16 
 
 Meteor Furnace 
 
 208 ! Cast Iron 
 
 16 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 (Either portable or brickset. ) 
 
 302 '' with steel 
 
 18 
 
 32 
 
 
 31 
 
 12 
 
 
 306 
 
 plate 
 
 20 
 
 36 
 
 
 36 
 
 14 
 
 
 400 
 
 radiator. 
 
 22 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 15 
 
 
 404 
 
 
 25 
 
 44 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 16 
 
 
 408 
 
 
 27 
 
 48 
 
 
 
 48 
 
 18 
 
 Active Furnaces 
 
 332 
 
 Cast Iron 
 
 18 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 29 
 
 10 
 
 
 336 
 340 
 
 pot with 
 steel plate 
 body. 
 
 20 
 22 
 
 36 
 40 
 
 
 
 35 
 41 
 
 12 
 14 
 
 Ranges. 
 
 SIZE OF 
 BRICK SETTING 
 
 j 
 SIZE OF RANGES. 
 
 SIZE OF OVENS. 
 
 
 NAME. No. STYLE. 
 
 : * 
 = 1 "5 
 
 j Z \ * 
 
 | OVENS 
 : t* 
 
 "5 
 E X 
 
 j; HOLES. ' 
 
 "c '** 
 
 * j 
 
 BOILERS. 
 
 Thatcher 
 
 Brickset 
 
 Double Oven 
 
 8 j or 
 Portable 
 
 42" x 20' 
 
 5 48'x30" 31 Two 20"xl2' 
 
 14 
 
 Eight 8" 
 
 t 40 gal. ordmarv 
 or 
 1 60 gal. ex. -. back 
 
 Thatcher 
 Single Oven 
 
 Brickset 
 88 or 
 Portable 
 
 33 Jsf x 12' 
 
 J38-X26*" 
 
 29% One 
 
 18^x19- 
 
 12J4 
 
 Six8" 
 
 < 40 gal. vertical 
 ) 28 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 
 Brickset 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 180 or 
 L Portable 
 
 33i4'xl2' 41'x29- 31% One 
 
 18^x20' 
 
 14 
 
 Six 8" 
 
 {48 gal. vertical 
 32 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 
 Brickset 
 or 
 Portable 
 
 39" x 29" 
 
 39'x29' 
 
 31 % One 
 
 22"x20- 
 
 14 
 
 Six 8" 
 
 ( 52 gal. vertical 
 < 42 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 
 Brickset 
 290 or 
 Portable 
 
 39" x 29" 
 
 39" x 29' | 31J One 
 
 22'x20' 
 
 14 
 
 Six8" 
 
 ( 52 gal. vertical 
 ) 42 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 
 1 - I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Thatcher 
 Single Oven 
 
 Brickset 
 77 or 
 
 Portable 
 RrirlcMt 
 
 .. 
 
 8Sif**84%" as&j One 17%'xl7y 
 
 ^ 
 
 Six 7" 
 
 ( 30 gal. vertical 
 "/ 18 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 
 i 78 . 
 
 or 33M"xl2" 33 a 4"x24^" 
 Portable 
 
 28% 
 
 One 18" x 17 14 " 
 
 11^ Six8' 
 
 \ 32 gal. vertical 
 ( 18 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 Thatcher 
 Single Oven 
 
 80 
 
 Brickset 
 or 33V x 12' 38'x25i-i' 
 Portable 
 
 1 ! ! 
 
 30 
 
 One 
 
 
 11 J Six 8* 
 
 ( 35 gal. vertical 
 "( 24 gal. horiz'tal 
 
 No. 88 Serie= have removable steel plate ovens and can be furnished with high or low warming closets. 
 
 211 
 
Smoke Pipe. Connect the heater to the smoke flue built in the chimney, with a No. 20 (9") 
 
 galvanized iron smoke 'pipe with a close fitting lever damper, and with a T joint and 
 a cold air check damper. 
 
 I ipes and R un tne required number of cellar ''pipes and vertical stacks to the various 
 
 Kg e s. registers, as shown on the drawings, of the sizes as hereinafter specified, made of 
 
 IX bright tin, with a damper in each pipe close to the furnace. The horizontal 
 pipes in the cellar are to be round and are to connect with the stacks by means of 
 shoes and elbows rather than by collars in the side of the stack. All pipes are to 
 be lettered in the cellar with the name of the room which they supply. Where 
 pipes pass through partitions, they are to be provided with tin collars %" larger 
 than the pipe. Where stacks or pipes pass within 3" of any wood work, such wood 
 work is to be flashed with 1C bright tin. Lath over all stacks in partitions with 
 York metal lath. 
 
 [Cover all stacks and all pipes where they pass between floors, with two 
 thicknesses of 3 asbestos weighing not less than 10 Ibs. to 100 square feet.] 
 
 All registers are to be Tnttle and Bailey Mamifacturing Co.'s make, Indian 
 lattice design. 
 
 All floor registers are to be black japanned, and all side wall registers "white 
 [porcelain enameled] or [japanned]. All registers are to have IX tin register 
 boxes and suitable valves and 5 frames complete. 
 
 'New York Building Law: Where laundry stoves, hot water, steam, hot air or other 
 furnaces are used in any building, the smoke pipe leading therefrom must be kept at least IS" 
 from the floor beams or ceiling, unless the same is properly protected by a metal shield, when 
 the distance shall not be less than 9". In all cases where such pipe passes through a wood or 
 stud partition, it shall be protected by a thimble with 8" of brickwork around it, or a double 
 collar of metal with at least 0" air space and holes for ventilation. 
 
 2 The New York Building Law requires horizontal and hot air pipes in stud partitions to be 
 constructed double with %" air space between; also that pipes in partitions shall not come within 
 3" of studs, that horizontal pipes shall not come within 0" of an unprotected ceiling or :" of a 
 protected ceiling, and that where hot air pipes pass through a wood or stud partition, they shall 
 be protected by either a double collar of metal with 2" air space and holes for ventilation, or by 
 brickwork 4" in thickness. 
 
 3 This asbestos covering on furnace pipes assists greatly in retaining the heat. It is often 
 applied by being wired on, but a better and cheaper method of affixing it is by means of Jaqui's 
 patent application (The Union Asbestos Wrapping Co., Newark, N. J.) by which the asbestos 
 is closely applied to the pipes without wire or paste. This method is also used for low pressure 
 steam or hot water pipes. 
 
 4 White japanned registers cost about one-half as much as white porcelain enameled. 
 
 s The New York Building Law requires that registers in wood floors have stone boarders set 
 in plaster-of- Paris, and that registers set directly over a brickset furnace be supported on a 
 brick shaft, built up from the cover of the hot air chamber, and lined with a metal pipe. 
 
 212 
 
THATCHER FURNACE COMPANY. 
 Hot Water Boilers. 
 
 i. -t. ' 
 OK 
 
 
 : zx r.x. 
 
 i|l 
 
 xO ?; 
 
 ffi ? 3- 
 
 ? 5' J 
 
 !? 
 
 I 
 
 Z 
 
 x 
 7.'r. 
 
 i 
 
 ii i 
 
 ^ 
 
 f.'^r- 
 
 
 Thatcher safety 
 sectional cast 
 iron boiier. 
 
 25 940 
 26 1250 
 27 1540 
 28 1850 
 29 2150 
 
 24x24 
 24x30 
 24x36 
 24x42 
 24x48 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 
 67 
 67 
 67 
 67 
 67 
 
 40 
 46 
 52 
 58 
 64 
 
 46 
 46 
 46 
 46 
 46 
 
 10 
 10 
 10 
 10 
 10 
 
 1-4, 2-3 
 1-4, 2-3 
 1-4, 2-3 
 1-i, 3-3 
 1-i, 3-3 
 
 4-2,2-3 
 4-2, 2-3 
 6-2, 2-3 
 6-2, 2-3 
 6-2, 2-3 
 
 
 
 Thatcher boiler. 
 
 206 2250 
 207 2925 
 208 3600 
 209 4275 
 210 4ir.O 
 211 5625 
 
 36x3*1 
 36x36 
 36x43 
 36x48 
 36x54 
 36x60 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 
 
 72 
 
 ' 2 
 2 
 -o 
 o 
 
 50 
 56 
 02 
 68 
 74 
 80 
 
 58 
 58 
 58 
 58 
 5S 
 58 
 
 12 
 12 
 12 
 12 
 12 
 12 
 
 2-4, 1-3 
 2-4, 1-3 
 2-4, 1-3 
 2-5, 1-3 
 2-5, 1-3 
 2-5, 1-i 
 
 4-2, 2-3 
 6-2. 2-3 
 6-2, 2-3 
 6-2, 2-4 
 4-3, 2-4 
 4-^J, 2-4 
 
 
 
 
 212 0300 
 
 36x66 
 
 12 
 
 
 "2 
 
 86 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 2-5, 1-i 
 
 4-3, 3-4 
 
 
 
 Champion return 
 
 22 600 
 
 20x18 
 
 4 36 
 
 20 
 
 54 
 
 60 
 
 45 
 
 8 
 
 3_ 2t/ 
 
 22 221 
 
 15 
 
 
 draught wrought 
 iron tubular 
 
 33 800 
 
 20x24 
 
 5 42 
 
 20 
 
 54 
 
 72 
 
 45 
 
 8 
 
 1-3, ll2X 
 1-2 
 
 4-2. 1-3 
 
 18 
 
 
 boiler. 
 
 44 1000 
 
 20x30 
 
 6 -is 
 
 20 
 
 54 
 
 84 
 
 45 
 
 9 
 
 2-3, 1-2 
 
 4-2, 1-3 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 65 1300 
 
 30x18 
 
 5 36 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 60 
 
 55 
 
 10 
 
 3-3 
 
 2-2, 2-3 
 
 24 
 
 
 
 66 1550 
 
 30x24 
 
 5 48 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 78 
 
 55 
 
 10 
 
 2-3. l-2i., 
 
 4-2, 2-3 
 
 26 
 
 
 
 77 2000 
 
 30x30 
 
 6 60 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 96 
 
 55 
 
 10 
 
 2-314. 1-3 
 
 6-2, 2-3 
 
 28 
 
 
 
 88 2400 
 
 30x36 
 
 7 72 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 114 
 
 55 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 6-2, 2-3 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 99 2850 
 
 30x42 
 
 8 84 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 133 
 
 55 
 
 12 
 
 3-4 
 
 6-2, 2-4 
 
 42 
 
 
 
 101 3400 
 
 36x36 
 
 7 60 
 
 36 
 
 70 
 
 102 
 
 65 
 
 12 
 
 2-5 
 
 22 2-4 
 
 48 
 
 SIZE 
 
 
 202 3850 
 
 36x42 
 
 8 72 
 
 36 
 
 70 
 
 120 
 
 65 
 
 12 
 
 2-5 
 
 2-2, 2-4 
 
 52 
 
 FIRE 
 
 
 303 4500 
 
 36x48 
 
 9 H4 
 
 36 
 
 70 
 
 138 
 
 65 
 
 16 
 
 1-6 
 
 2-2i 2 , 2-5 
 
 60 
 
 Inches 
 
 Empire vertical 
 safety cast iron 
 boiler. 
 
 2 225 
 3 350 
 4 525 
 
 Mains in 
 ered or 
 
 cellar to be cpv- 
 figured as radi- 
 
 47 
 51 
 53 
 
 
 26 
 29 
 32 
 
 
 l-8jf 
 1-i 
 
 il 1 
 
 10 
 10 
 15 
 
 13 
 16 
 19 
 
 
 5 650 
 
 
 
 
 56 
 
 
 35 
 
 
 1-4 
 
 1-4 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 Steam Boilers. 
 
 '. 
 
 -s.-s.C 
 
 S.X.S. 
 
 Thatcher safety 
 
 15 
 
 525 
 
 24x24 5 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 46 
 
 40 
 
 10 
 
 2-3 
 
 2-2, 2-3 
 
 47 
 
 
 sectional cast ' 
 
 16 
 
 690 
 
 24x30 6 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 46 
 
 46 
 
 10 
 
 2-3 
 
 2-2, 2-3 
 
 47 
 
 
 iron boiler. 
 
 17 
 
 870 
 
 24x36 7 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 46 
 
 52 
 
 10 
 
 2-3 
 
 4-2, 2-3 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 18 
 
 1045 
 
 24x42 8 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 46 
 
 58 
 
 10 
 
 2-3 
 
 4-2, 2-3 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 19 
 
 1220 
 
 24x48 9 
 
 
 
 67 
 
 46 
 
 64 
 
 10 
 
 2-3 
 
 4-2, 2-3 
 
 47 
 
 
 Thatcher boiler. 
 
 106 
 
 1185 
 
 36x30 6 
 
 
 
 72 
 
 50 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 3-3 
 
 4-2,2-3 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 107 
 
 1550 
 
 36x36 7 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 56 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 3-3 
 
 6-2, 2-3 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 108 
 
 1915 
 
 36x42 8 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 62 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 3-3 
 
 6-2, 2-3 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 2280 
 
 36x48 9 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 68 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 2-4, 1-3 
 
 6-2, 2-3 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 110 
 
 2645 
 
 36x54 10 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 74 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 2-4. 1-3 
 
 6-2, 2-4 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 111 
 
 3010 
 
 36x60 1 1 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 80 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 2-5, 1-3 
 
 6-2, 2-4 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 112 
 
 3375 
 
 36x66 12 
 
 
 
 ' 'O 
 
 86 
 
 58 
 
 12 
 
 2-5, 1-3 
 
 6-2, 2-4 
 
 54 
 
 
 Champion return 
 
 22 
 
 325 
 
 20x18 4 
 
 36 
 
 20 
 
 54 
 
 60 
 
 45 
 
 8 
 
 1-2 14 
 
 2-1 *4 
 
 39 
 
 
 draught wrought 
 
 33 
 
 425 
 
 20x24 5 
 
 42 
 
 20 
 
 54 
 
 72 
 
 45 
 
 8 
 
 ' & 
 
 1 o I 
 
 2-1 '14 
 
 39 
 
 
 iron tubular 
 
 44 
 
 525 
 
 20x28 6 
 
 48 ' 
 
 20 
 
 54 
 
 84 
 
 45 
 
 9 
 
 i-3 2 
 
 2-2 
 
 39 
 
 
 boiler. 
 
 65 
 
 750 
 
 30x20 5 
 
 36 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 60 
 
 55 
 
 10 
 
 1-3 
 
 2-2 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 66 
 
 900 
 
 30x24 5 
 
 48 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 78 
 
 55 
 
 10 
 
 1-314; 
 
 2-2 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 1100 
 
 30x30 
 
 60 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 96 
 
 55 
 
 10 
 
 2-3 
 
 2 2i ( 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 1400 
 
 30x36 7 
 
 72 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 114 
 
 55 
 
 12 
 
 2-3 
 
 3-31-2 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 99 
 
 1700 
 
 30x42 8 
 
 84 
 
 30 
 
 64 
 
 132 
 
 55 
 
 12 
 
 l-3i.i 
 
 o_ 2 L/ 
 
 47 
 
 
 
 101 
 
 2000 
 
 36x36 7 
 
 60 
 
 36 
 
 77 
 
 102 
 
 65 
 
 12 
 
 1-5" 
 
 22 1 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 202 
 
 2300 
 
 36x42 8 
 
 72 
 
 36 
 
 77 
 
 120 
 
 65 
 
 12 
 
 1-6 
 
 2-2 >! 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 303 
 
 2700 
 
 36x48 9 
 
 84 
 
 36 
 
 77 
 
 138 
 
 65 
 
 16 
 
 1-6 
 
 2-3 
 
 53 
 
 
 Empire vertical 
 
 2 
 
 125 
 
 These ratiny> 
 
 are in 
 
 ad- 
 
 47 
 
 26 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 22 
 
 33 
 
 13 
 
 safety cast iron 
 
 3 
 
 200 
 
 dition to mains and 
 
 are 
 
 51 
 
 29 
 
 
 
 1-3& 
 
 22 
 
 36 
 
 16 
 
 boiler. 
 
 4 
 
 300 
 
 guaranteed 
 
 to be'cor- 
 
 53 
 
 32 
 
 
 
 
 22i 
 
 39 
 
 19 
 
 
 5 
 
 400 
 
 rect 
 
 
 
 56 
 
 . 35 
 
 
 
 1-3 
 
 2-2J'a 
 
 43 
 
 33 
 
 213 
 
The 'sizes of pipes, stacks and registers are to be]as follows : 
 
 ROOM. PIPE. STACK. 
 
 FLOOR. 
 
 First 
 Second 
 
 Parlor . 
 
 Parlor Bed Room 
 
 PIPE. 
 
 10" 
 
 0" 
 
 4" x 16" 
 
 REGISTER. 
 10" X U" 
 
 10"xl2" 
 
 LOCATION. 
 
 In floor 
 Side wall 
 
 Cold Air Box. 
 
 Guarantee. 
 
 Construct and put up a cold air box '(22" x 30") in size, extending from the 
 opening in the wall to the heater. Form this box of No. 24 galvanized iron, 
 riveted together and secured to the cellar ceiling. Place a galvanized iron sliding 
 damper in each end, and make a (22" x 30") door in the side with a button 
 fastening. 
 
 The Contractor hereby guarantees that this apparatus will heat the rooms 
 mentioned in the schedule to 70 Fahr. in the coldest winter weather, provided 
 that the apparatus is given proper care and attention and coal suited to the 
 requirements of the heater is used. Should any part of this system fail to fulfill 
 the guarantee herein contained, or should any defect appear in the same, the 
 Contractor hereby agrees to remedy such defect at his own cost, within a 
 reasonable time after receiving a written notice of the same. 
 
 'It would be difficult to give exact rules for ascertaining the sizes of pipes, stacks and 
 registers required for furnace heating. In general, the pipes leading to registers in upper 
 stories are smaller in proportion than those leading to registers in the first story. The follow- 
 ing rules, varied according to the climate and the exposure of the building, may be found 
 useful. They are on a basis of raising the temperature from zero to 70. 
 Pipes. 
 
 For ascertaining the number of square inches in sectional area of the cellar pipes in propor- 
 tion to the cubic feet of air in the rooms to be heated : 
 
 Cubic feet of air (about) to one square inch of pipe. 
 
 Exposed. Ordinary. Warm. 
 
 First Story Rooms, 10 25 30 
 
 Second Story Rooms, 21 .33 40 
 
 Third Story Rooms, 2G 40 48 
 
 Stacks. 
 
 The stacks are usually made equal in area to the pipes or a little larger. 
 Registers. 
 
 The net capacity in square inches of the registers should be about one-fifth greater than that 
 of the cellar pipes. 
 
 The following tables give the capacity in square inches of the usual sizes of pipes and registers: 
 
 ROUND PIPES. 
 
 Diameter. Area. 
 
 Diameter. Area. 
 
 Diameter. Area. 
 
 4 in. 13 
 
 10 in. 78 
 
 20 in. 314 
 
 "> 
 
 20 
 
 11 
 
 95 
 
 22 
 
 380 
 
 fi 
 
 28 
 
 12 
 
 113 
 
 24 
 
 452 
 
 7 
 
 38 
 
 14 
 
 154 
 
 2fi 
 
 531 
 
 8 
 
 50 
 
 10 
 
 201 
 
 28 
 
 616 
 
 9 
 
 03 
 
 18 
 
 254 
 
 30 
 
 707 
 
 214 
 
REGISTERS. 
 
 Rectangular. 
 
 Openings in inches and capacities in square inches. 
 
 
 Net 
 
 Net 
 
 Net 
 
 Net 
 
 Opening. 
 
 Capacity. Opening. 
 
 Capacity. Opening. 
 
 Capacity. Opening. 
 
 Capacity. 
 
 4x8 
 
 21 
 
 8x8 
 
 43 12x12 
 
 96 
 
 15 X 25 
 
 250 
 
 4 x 10 
 
 27 
 
 ^8 x 10 
 
 53 12 * 14 
 
 112 
 
 16 x 16 
 
 171 
 
 4 x 13 
 
 35 
 
 8x12 
 
 64 12 x 15 
 
 I 2O 
 
 16 x 20 
 
 213 
 
 4X 15 
 
 40 
 
 8x15 
 
 80 12 x 16 
 
 128 
 
 16 x 24 
 
 256 
 
 4 x 18 
 
 48 
 
 8 x 18 
 
 96 12x17 
 
 136 
 
 18 x 24 
 
 288 
 
 6x6 
 
 24 
 
 9 x 2 
 
 54 12 x 18 
 
 144 
 
 20 x 20 
 
 267 
 
 6x8 
 
 3* 
 
 9 x 19 
 
 72 
 
 12 X 19 
 
 52 
 
 20 X 24 
 
 320 
 
 6 x 9 
 
 36 
 
 9 x 13 
 
 ?8 
 
 12 X 2O 
 
 1 60 
 
 20 x 26 
 
 347 
 
 6 x 10 
 
 40 
 
 9 x 14 
 
 84 
 
 12 X 24 
 
 192 
 
 21 X 29 
 
 406 
 
 6 x 14 
 
 56 
 
 10 X IO 
 
 67 
 
 14 x 14 
 
 131 
 
 24 x 24 
 
 384 
 
 6 x 16 
 
 64 
 
 IO X 12 
 
 80 
 
 14 x 16 
 
 '49 
 
 24 x 32 
 
 5" 
 
 6 x 18 
 
 72 
 
 10 X 14 
 
 93 
 
 14 x 18 
 
 168 
 
 27 x 27 
 
 486 
 
 6 x 24 
 
 96 
 
 10 x 16 
 
 107 
 
 14 x 20 
 
 187 
 
 27 x 38 
 
 684 
 
 7x7 
 
 32 
 
 10 x 18 
 
 1 20 
 
 14 X 22 
 
 205 
 
 30 x 30 
 
 600 
 
 7 x 10 
 
 47 10 x 20 
 
 '33 
 
 
 
 Net 
 Opening. Capacity. 
 
 7 26 
 
 8 33 
 
 ROUND. 
 
 Net 
 
 Opening. Capacity. 
 10 52 
 
 " 75 
 
 Net 
 
 Opening. Capacity. 
 16 134 
 
 18 169 
 
 20 209 
 
 Net 
 
 Opening. Capacity. 
 24 3i 
 
 3 47i 
 
 36 679 
 
 9 42 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Find the size of the pipe, stack and register required to heat a 15' x 20' second story room 10' in height with one 
 side exposed and with three windows. 
 SOLUTION. 
 
 Pipe : The capacity of the room is 3,000 cubic feet. Allowing i square inch of pipe area to 33 cubic feet (as given 
 above for " ordinary " exposure), a pipe capacity of 91 square inches is required. A reference to the table shows that an 
 n" pipe containing 95 square inches is the nearest larger size. 
 
 Stack : The stack should contain 95 square inches to equal the capacity of the cellar pipe. 
 
 _ Register: Allowing an area one-fifth greater than that of the pipe (95), a register with a net^rea or capacity of 114 
 square inches would be required. A reference to the table shows that a 13" x 15'' sqnare register with a net capacity of 120 
 square inches is the nearest larger size. 
 
 The note, No. i on page 219, referring to the amount of radiation required, is also appli- 
 cable to the amount of hot air to be supplied for furnace heating. The formula, as there given, 
 might be used for finding the size of the furnace pipes required, as follows : 
 Formula A'. 
 
 The sectional area of the cellar pipe=Formula A X C. 
 
 In which the value of C is for first story rooms, 2.2; for second story rooms, 1.8; and for 
 third story rooms, 1.5. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 
 Find the pine capacity required to raise the temperature from zero to 70" in the room taken above as an example 
 containing 3,000 cubic feet, with 60 square feet of glass and with (200-60=140) 140 square feet of exposed brick wall, furred 
 and plastered. 
 
 SOLUTION (by the formula A'): 
 I + 60 
 
 10 3000 r 67 3000! 
 
 1 | 70x1.81 1 7011.8 (.134 + .6)70x1. 8=92. 
 
 1. 500 5000 J (.500 5000 J 
 
 A stack should not be connected to two separate registers on different floors where it can be 
 avoided. When it is necessary to so arrange them, the pipe above the lower register should be 
 reduced in size to about one-half and a tight damper should be placed just above the lower 
 register. Two registers on the same floor are often supplied from one stack, in which case the 
 stack should be about one-half larger and a division strip should be placed in the stack extending 
 from the top down about 2'. 
 
 "The cold air box should be equal in section to at least six-sevenths of the aggregate sectional 
 area of the heating pipes taken from the furnace. It is usual to make the cold air box equal in 
 area to the total area of the pipes. The law in most cities requires the cold air box to be of 
 metal or masonry. For a masonry cold air box, see page 30, and for one of wood, see page 138. 
 To insure a better supply of cold air, often the cold air box is constructed across the cellar, con- 
 necting two openings in the foundation and a branch duct is carried from the main duct to the 
 furnace. Sometimes also a register is placed in the hall or some room, connected by a duct to 
 the cold air box, thereby increasing the capacity of the furnace at the expense of the ventilation. 
 
 215 
 
Principle of 
 Construction. 
 
 STEAM. 
 
 {For Heading and General Conditions, see page 208. j 
 
 This apparatus is to be constructed on the 'low pressure system and on the 
 [two pipe system with separate feed and return pipes and mains] or [one pipe 
 system with single pipes to the radiators serving both for feed and returns, and 
 with proper relief pipes from the ends of the return mains, returned to the boiler 
 and connected below the water line.] 
 
 Heater. The Contractor is to furnish and set in complete working order a No. 27-12 
 
 Boynton Furnace Company s Portable Sectional Return Flue steam Boiler with a gross 
 capacity of (1850) square feet of radiation. The boiler is to be tested under a 
 hydrostatic pressure of 100 Ibs. to the square inch, before leaving the factory. 
 
 Fittings. Furnish and place on the heater complete a Crosby steam gauge with syphon 
 
 and cock, a water gauge with column and gauge cocks, glass and rods complete ; 
 a safety valve with [lever and weights] or [ball] ; an automatic draft regulating 
 apparatus with lever weights and cock complete ; one blow-off cock not less than 
 f" in size ; one [lever handled] or [square head with detachable wrench] feed cock 
 not less than f" in size ; one Jenkins Brothers' [globe] or [angle] valve for main 
 steam ; Q^.^ Jenkins Brothers [globe] or [angle] valve and one swinging disk check 
 valve for main return. 
 
 Fire Tools. Furnish a full set of fire tools with slicing bar, poker, shaker bar, shovel and 
 
 cleaning brush complete. 
 
 Smoke Pipe. Connect the heater to the smoke flue built in the chimney by the Mason, with 
 
 a No. 20 (14") galvanized iron smoke "pipe with a close fittin-g lever damper and 
 with a T joint and a cold air check damper. 
 
 Foundation. 
 
 A foundation on which to set the heater will be provided by the Owner. 
 
 Bricking. 
 
 | For brick-setting the Boiler, see in Mason's Specification, page 30. } 
 
 216 
 
Steam Heating. 
 
 'Steam heating plants are either high or low pressure. Low pressure plants are those carrying 
 up to 10 Ibs. of steam, 2 to 5 Ibs. being the usual pressure. High pressure plants are sometimes 
 used for large buildings. A low pressure gravity circulation apparatus is the one usually employed 
 for dwellings and may be used for the largest buildings. It consists of the boiler, the main steam 
 pipes and risers and corresponding return risers and mains for the return of condensation to the 
 boiler, relief pipes for relieving the mains, and radiators, coils or other heating surfaces for the 
 various rooms to be warmerf. 
 
 2 For the New York Building Law in regard to smoke pipe see note 4, page 210. 
 
 New York Building Law: No steam pipe shall be placed within 2" of any timber or wood 
 work unless the timber or wood work is protected by a metal shield, then the distance shall not 
 be less than i". All steam pipes passing through floors and ceilings shall be protected by a metal 
 tube i " larger in diameter than the pipe and the space shall be filled with mineral wool, asbestos 
 or other incombustible material. All wooden boxes or casings enclosing steam pipes, and all 
 covers to recesses shall be lined with iron or tin plate. 
 
 (Continued on p. 219.) 
 
 THE BOYNTON STEAM HEATERS. 
 
 
 
 a. 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 X . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 NAME. 
 
 SIZE OF 
 HEATER. 
 
 HEIGHT IN 
 
 INCHES TO Ti 
 
 OF DRUM. 
 
 WIDTH 
 OUTSIDE OF 
 DRUMS 
 
 LENGTH 
 
 IN INCHES. 
 
 HEIGHT OF 
 WATER LINE. 
 
 SIZE OF STEA 
 CONNECTIONS 
 
 SIZE OF 
 RETURNS. 
 
 NUMBER OF 
 SECTIONS. 
 
 SIZE OF 
 GRATE IN 
 
 INCHES. 
 
 SIZE OF 
 SMOKE-PIPE 
 REQUIRED. 
 
 CAPACITY IN 
 
 SQ. FT. OF 
 
 DIRECT 
 RADIATION. 
 
 DIAMETER 
 OF FIREPOT. 
 
 Boynton Niagara Low- 
 
 118 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 14 inch 
 
 6 
 
 125 
 
 14" 
 
 pressure Steam Boiler 
 
 1 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 17 " 
 
 7 
 
 175 
 
 17" 
 
 
 124 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 20 " 
 
 I 
 
 250 
 
 20" 
 
 Boynton Sectional Return 
 
 .05 
 
 59 
 
 4i 
 
 40 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 5 
 
 17X20 
 
 8 
 
 300 
 
 
 Flue Steam Boiler 
 
 .oc 
 
 59 
 
 4i 
 
 45 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 6 
 
 17X25 
 
 8 
 
 350 
 
 
 
 .07 
 
 59 
 
 41 
 
 50 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 7 
 
 17x30 
 
 8 
 
 400 
 
 
 
 .08 
 
 59 
 
 4i 
 
 55 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 8 
 
 17X35 
 
 9 
 
 450 
 
 
 
 i-- .. 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 46 
 
 48 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 6 
 
 18x30 
 
 9 
 
 550 
 
 
 
 1 8-7 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 52 
 
 48 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 7 
 
 18x36 
 
 9 
 
 650 
 
 
 
 1 8-8 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 58 
 
 48 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 8 
 
 18x42 
 
 9 
 
 800 
 
 
 
 18-9 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 64 
 
 48 
 
 3 
 
 2-2 
 
 9 
 
 18x48 
 
 9 
 
 950 
 
 
 
 27-7 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 54 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 7 
 
 27x36 
 
 10 
 
 1 100 
 
 
 
 27-8 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 60 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 8 
 
 27X42 
 
 10 
 
 1250 
 
 
 
 27-9 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 66 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 9 
 
 27x48 
 
 12 
 
 1400 
 
 
 
 27-10 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 72 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 10 
 
 27x54 
 
 12 
 
 1550 
 
 
 
 27-11 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 78 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 ii 
 
 27x60 
 
 12 
 
 1700 
 
 
 
 27-12 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 84 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 12 
 
 27x60 
 
 '4 
 
 1850 
 
 
 
 27-13 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 90 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 13 
 
 27x66 
 
 14 
 
 2OOO 
 
 
 
 27-14 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 96 
 
 54 
 
 4 
 
 2-3 
 
 14 
 
 27x66 
 
 14 
 
 2150 
 
 
 The above sizes are fitted with revolving triangular grates acting independently of each other. The above ratings are 
 based on all mains and returns as radiation and are absolutely guaranteed in any section of the country. Manville sheep's 
 wool cement is included for covering the sides and top of Heater ^ inch thick. For anthracite coal use stove size. These 
 Boilers are guaranteed to operate successfully ith soft coal for fuel. 
 
 217 
 
Radiation. 
 
 Indirect Radiators. 
 
 Coils. 
 
 Direct-Indirect. 
 
 Valves. 
 
 The rooms are to have the full number of feet of direct, indirect, and direct- 
 -indirect 'radiation, as called for in the following schedule : 
 
 
 
 DIRECT. 
 
 INDIRECT. 
 
 DIRECT-INDIRECT. 
 
 
 
 
 Radiators 
 
 Radiators 
 
 Registers 
 
 Cold Air 
 Inlets 
 
 Radiators. 
 
 
 
 JH 
 
 TO 
 
 FLOOR 
 
 ROOM 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 HEAT 
 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 .t 
 
 TO 
 
 
 
 
 u- 
 
 'S 
 
 <u 
 
 
 U< 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fc 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 X 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 o 
 fc 
 
 5" 
 O 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 N 
 
 cn 
 
 o 
 
 N 
 
 K 
 
 o 
 
 cr 
 en 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 O 
 
 
 First 
 
 Parlor 
 
 i 
 
 50 
 
 45" 
 
 Ideal 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 70' 
 
 Totals. 
 
 The indirect radiators are to be in not less than (15) square foot sections 
 wherever practicable. They are to be placed in the cellar and enclosed in No. 24 
 galvanized iron casings. Connect proper No. 24 galvanized iron inlets, with 
 dampers, to supply fresh air from the opening left for that purpose to the stacks, 
 and run the corresponding outlets for warm air, connected by 1C charcoal tin pipes 
 to the registers in each room heated by indirect radiation. The registers are to 
 be [bronze] or [black japanned] and of the sizes given in the schedule and set in 
 strong tin boxes. All pipes to and from the indirect stacks are to be so arranged 
 that the air coming in shall be properly circulated over the stacks, thoroughly 
 warmed and conveyed without loss to the rooms in which the registers are placed. 
 
 All coils are to be hung on ring and hook plates and fastened to ij" x 3^" 
 wood strips. 
 
 Connect the direct-indirect radiators to the openings in the walls left for that 
 purpose, with No. 24 galvanized iron ducts, 4" high and as wide as the length of 
 the radiator. These ducts are to be turned downward to the openings at an angle 
 of 45. Place a [black japanned] or [bronze] register face in each outside opening, 
 and a proper damper in each duct to regulate the flow of air. 
 
 All radiators are to have nickel plated, wood wheel Standard radiator valves 
 of full opening with Jenkins disks and also automatic nickel plated air valves. 
 
 218 
 
(Steam Heating, Continued.) 
 
 Radiation. 
 
 The three usual systems of steam or hot water for communicating the heat to the various 
 rooms, are: First, Direct radiation, consisting of radiators or coils placed directly in the rooms to 
 be warmed, warming and maintaining the temperature of the air in the rooms; Second, Direct-Indi- 
 rect radiation consisting of radiating surfaces placed in the rooms as in the direct system, but with a 
 compartment in the radiator into which outside air is admitted, thus warming directly the air in the 
 room and also that which is admitted for ventilation; Third, Indirect radiation consisting of 
 radiating surfaces placed outside of the room to be warmed, commonly divided into several parts 
 and placed at the lower end of vertical flues leading to the different rooms. These radiators are 
 supplied with outside air through special ducts and warm only the air passing into the room. 
 Where the Indirect or Direct-Indirect systems are used the building should be provided with some 
 definite system of ventilation for the removal of foul air. 
 
 'Aside from the size of a room the amount of steam or hot water radiation required to heat 
 it depends on a number of conditions, among which might be mentioned: the material, construc- 
 tion and location of the building; the amount of glass and outside wall surface in the room; the 
 direction of the room exposure; the amount of steam carried by the boiler; the number of 
 degrees of heat it is required to raise the temperature and the amount of ventilation furnished 
 to the room. It is apparent that any rule of universal application must take all these conditions 
 into consideration. 
 
 The following is an original formula and while not verified to any great extent by experience 
 it seems to nearly meet the requirements: 
 
 Formula A. 
 
 For direct low pressure steam. 
 
 f Area of exposed wall surface in sq. ft. , Decrees of de 
 
 **"- ~a~ ' *"' ft " + Cubical contents of room in ft. | X sirii raise in" 
 
 (Nor : To divide by 500 or 5,000 doable the dividend and point off three figures from the right for 500 and four for 5000.) 
 
 In which the value of a is as follows: 
 20 for brick or stone walls, furred, lathed and plastered. 
 15 for brick or stone walls, lathed and plastered. 
 10 for frame walls, sheathed, lathed and plastered. 
 5 for frame walls sheathed both sides. 
 5 for brick or stone walls bare. 
 
 For direct hot water heating take about double the amount of radiation as given by the 
 formula. 
 
 For furnace heating, see Formula A' page 215. 
 
 The usual method of computing the amount of radiation required is that of allowing one 
 square foot of heating surface to a certain number (depending on the above conditions) of cubic 
 feet of air in the room. If this method is used the following figures for a low pressure steam sys- 
 tem may be useful: 
 
 Direct. Indirect. Direct-Indirect. 
 
 For living rooms in dwellings, Zero to 70. 
 
 Exposed, i sq. ft. of radiation to 50 33 42 cu. ft. air. 
 
 Ordinary 60 40 50 
 
 Warm 75 5 6 3 
 
 For Bed Rooms, etc., Zero to 65. 
 
 Exposed 55 37 45 
 
 Ordinary 66 45 55 
 
 Warm 82 55 68 
 
 Stores, Churches, Public Halls, etc 75 to 125 50 to 80 60 to 100 
 
 Factories 10010150 6510100 80 to 120 
 
 Warehouses 150 to 200 100 to 130 120 to 160 
 
 Conservatories, etc., principally of glass. ... 20 13 16 
 
 " " entirely of glass, i square foot of radiation to 5 or 6 of glass. 
 
 For hot water heating allow 2 square feet of radiation instead of i square foot to the amount 
 of air given in the table. 
 
 (Continued on p. 231.) 
 
 219 
 
Piping. Furnish and put up all the necessary flow and return mains and connections, 
 
 properly proportioned, of the best quality wrought iron with tight joints. All 
 horizontalyftw and return mains are to have a rise from the heater of not less than 
 i" in 10'. All rising pipes are to be plumb and all pipes are to run in such a 
 manner as to insure a perfectly noiseless free circulation. The ends of all pipes 
 are to be reamed out and all burrs and obstructions removed before being placed 
 in position. 
 
 [All pipes, except in the cellar, are to be concealed] or [All pipes are to be left 
 exposed and run parallel and free from unsightly bends or exposed couplings 
 above the cellar.] 
 
 The sizes of all pipes are to be as follows : 
 
 For Double Pipe. 
 (Steam.) 
 
 Radiators 30 square feet and under are to have f " supply and f " return valve and connections. 
 
 Radiators above 30 square feet and not exceeding 60 are to have i" supply and f" return 
 valve and connections. 
 
 Radiators above 60 square feet and not exceeding xooare to have i" supply and i" return 
 valve and connections. 
 
 Radiators above 100 square feet and not exceeding 150 are to have i|" supply and *" return 
 valve and connections. 
 
 For One Pipe. Radiators 25 square feet and under are to have i" single valve and connections. 
 
 (Steam.) Radiators above 25 square feet and not exceeding 60 are to have i^" single valve and 
 
 connections. 
 
 Radiators above 60 square feet and not exceeding IDO are to have i^-" single valve and 
 connections. 
 
 Radiators above 100 square feet and not exceeding 200 are to have 2" single valve and 
 connections. 
 
 (Hot Water.) 
 
 Radiators 40 square feet and under are to have i' flow and return. 
 Radiators above 40 square feet and not exceeding 72 are to have i" flow and return. 
 Radiators above 72 square feet and not exceeding 125 are to have i-J" flow and return. 
 Radiators above 125 square feet and not exceeding 200 are to have 2" flow and return. 
 
 220 
 
(Steam Heating, Continued.) 
 
 The following table gives the capacity and dimensions of a number of Direct and Direct-Indi- 
 rect radiators: 
 
 Direct : National, Ideal and Peerless Steam .... 
 Direct-Indirect: National ^ St tS m and 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 S^c 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 754 
 
 754 
 
 - ; 
 
 1 Width over legs 
 in inchu. 
 
 HIATING SURFACE OF ONE Loop IN SQUARE FKET. 
 
 HEIGHT OF SECTION IN INCHES. 
 
 45 
 
 38 
 
 3 
 
 3' 
 
 16 
 
 *5 
 
 *3 
 
 23 
 
 2O 
 
 . 9 
 
 iS 
 
 16 
 
 '5 
 
 '4 
 
 
 
 854 
 1 
 
 954 
 
 5 
 
 s 
 
 4 
 4 
 8 
 3 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Direct : Ideal and Peerless Water .... 
 
 
 ^. 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Direct : ^National four column Water 
 Direct : National single column Steam .... 
 
 
 -;. 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 j*,j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Direct : National single column Water 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r>i*>t F.Tr*lW ..... ! Stram 
 
 
 
 iH 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ Detroit ornamental fluted J 
 Direcl: < Detroit plain fluted (Steam and 
 ( Detroit special wide top 1 "| Water 
 Direct-Indirect: Detroit ; 
 
 554 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 *f 
 
 
 
 *f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 M 
 
 * 
 
 .... 
 
 4 
 
 3% 
 
 Direct : Detroit Flue '. . . . . J St f^ > d 
 
 | Water 
 .' Perfection . 1 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 4 
 
 954 
 
 3H 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I Perfection special cast iron top | 
 Direct i*t Perfection special marble top. f- . . . . Steam. . . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 {.Perfection wide top curved j 
 Direct-Indirect : Perfection Water 
 
 Direct: Perfection Flue < Steam and 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 3* 
 
 3* 
 
 .... 
 
 1 Water 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Allow ^ " at each end of radiators for the bushings. 
 
 The Ideal and Perfection are made circular, corner, window and stairway shapes for both steam and water in all sizes given in the table. 
 
 The Detroit ornamental fluted is made corner and circular shapes for steam and water in all sizes given in the table. 
 
 The Detroit and Perfection are made in dining room forms, 
 
 . 
 
 All these radiators are tapped 2" and bushed to the following sizes. 
 
 STEAM. HOT WATER. 
 
 One Pipe System Two Pipe System. 
 
 24 sq. ft. and under i' 
 24 sq. ft. to 60 sq. ft. i54' 
 60 sq. ft. to loo sq. ft. l5' 
 loo sq ft. and up 2" 
 
 48 sq. ft. and under i" x 
 
 48 sq. ft. to 96 sq. ft. iJ4" x i" 
 
 96 sq. ft. and up 
 
 40 sq. ft. and under i " x i" 
 
 40 sq, ft. to 72 sq. ft. iVi' x i ! 4 ' 
 
 73 sq. ft. and up ij" x ij$" 
 
 The following table gives the capacities and dimensions of a few Indirect Radiators. 
 
 STEAM OR HOT WATER. 
 
 Excelsior. Perfection Pin. 
 
 Length of section 36" 
 
 Height of section 754" 
 
 Height of section at connections 754" 
 
 Width occupied in stack 354" 
 
 No. of sq. ft. of radiation to each section, 12 
 
 (Continued on page 223.) 
 
 Standard. Extra Large. 
 36" 36" 
 
 "54" '5*4" 
 
 10 15 
 
 221 
 
For Two Pipe System. 
 (Steam.) 
 
 For One Pipe (Steam) 
 or For Hot Water. 
 
 All mains and returns are to be in size as follows 
 To supply 100 square feet of radiation and under, 
 
 It 
 
 100 
 
 ( ( 
 
 and not 
 
 exceed 
 
 ing 150 
 
 1 1 
 
 150 
 
 ( 
 
 1 1 
 
 ti 
 
 225 
 
 n 
 
 225 " 
 
 
 
 ( * 
 
 * t 
 
 400 
 
 u 
 
 400 " 
 
 t t 
 
 1 1 
 
 a 
 
 700 
 
 " 
 
 700 " 
 
 
 
 < i 
 
 1 1 
 
 IOOO 
 
 1< 
 
 1000 '" 
 
 ( ( 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 1400 
 
 It 
 
 1400 " 
 
 ( i 
 
 i t 
 
 t 
 
 22OO 
 
 1 1 
 
 220O " 
 
 I i 
 
 1 1 
 
 a 
 
 3500 
 
 To supply 100 square 
 
 feet 
 
 and under, 
 
 1 1 
 
 100 
 
 t t 
 
 and not 
 
 exceeding 225 
 
 it 
 
 225 " 
 
 1 ( 
 
 tt 
 
 ii 
 
 4OO 
 
 1 1 
 
 400 '* 
 
 ( t 
 
 i t 
 
 * ( 
 
 7OO 
 
 1 1 
 
 700 
 
 ( ( 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 IOOO 
 
 1 1 
 
 IOOO " 
 
 i ( 
 
 1 1 
 
 t < 
 
 1500 
 
 " 
 
 1500 " 
 
 41 
 
 M 
 
 44 
 
 2500 
 
 Steam. Return, 
 i" i" 
 
 if 
 
 2-J-" 2" 
 
 3" *f 
 3i" 3" 
 
 it i // 
 
 4 3i 
 
 5" 4" 
 
 'f 
 2" 
 
 3" 
 3f 
 4" 
 5" 
 
 Fittings. 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 Plates. 
 
 Bronzing and 
 Japanning. 
 
 All fittings are to be of heavy cast grey iron, no malleable iron fittings are to 
 be used, and all unions are to be ground unions, flange unions or rights and lefts. 
 
 All pipe lines in the basement are to be supported by neat and strong expan- 
 sion hangers securely fastened. 
 
 Where pipes pass through the floors and ceilings, the openings are to be fitted 
 with [nickel plated] or [bronze] or [iron] floor and ceiling plates. 
 
 All radiators and coils and all exposed pipes above the cellar are to be 
 bronzed in the best manner, and the heater and basement pipes are to receive one 
 coat of best japan. 
 
 Covering, 
 flagnesia Sectional. 
 
 Cover the heater, boiler and' tanks completely with Magnesia blocks, i-J" thick when com- 
 pletely applied, secured by No. 19, 2" mesh poultry wire and brought to a smooth uniform surface 
 by a coat of hard finishing plaster. 
 
 Cover the smoke pipe with an air space i" deep formed by using wire net of No. 18 wire " 
 mesh, offset from the surface of the smoke pipe by iron studs at least five to the square foot and 
 r" long in the clear, fastened to the wire net. Cover the wire netting with Magnesia blocks i" 
 thick when completely applied, secured by mesh poultry net and brought to a smooth surface by a 
 hard finishing plaster. 
 
 Cover all pipes, mains, returns and risers and all connections and fittings with Magnesia 
 sectional coverings with moulded fittings. All joints are to be set up tight, laps of canvas are to 
 be pasted down and bands of japanned iron i" wide are to be applied at intervals of 18" and on 
 each side of every fitting. All covering placed out of doors is to be enclosed in an extra wrapping 
 
 of 10 oz. canvas, sewed on. 
 
 222 
 
(Steam Heating, Concluded.) 
 
 The following table gives the proportion of the cold air supplies, hot air flues and registers 
 required for indirect heating. As most indirect sections are made in either 8, 10, 12, 15 or 20 
 square foot capacities, the table is given in multitiples of those numbers. The sizes of the hot air 
 flues and registers are for first story. For second story about three quarters and for third story 
 about one half of the sizes given are usually used. 
 
 Heating 
 
 Cold Air 
 
 Diameter of 
 
 Hot Air 
 
 Size of 
 
 Net Capacity 
 
 Surface 
 
 Supply 
 
 Round Duct 
 
 Flue 
 
 Register 
 
 of Register 
 
 sq. ft. 
 
 sq. in. 
 
 inches. 
 
 sq. in. 
 
 sq. in. 
 
 sq. in. 
 
 i 
 
 !} 
 
 't 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 12 
 
 4 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 16 
 
 10 
 
 IS 
 
 4t 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 18 
 
 4i 
 
 24 
 
 36 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 23 
 
 5* 
 
 3 
 
 45 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 24 
 
 Si 
 
 32 
 
 48 
 
 32 
 
 20 
 
 3 
 
 6} 
 
 40 
 
 60 
 
 40 
 
 24 
 
 36 
 
 6$ 
 
 48 
 
 72 
 
 48 
 
 3 
 
 45 
 
 7f 
 
 60 
 
 90 
 
 60 
 
 32 
 
 48 
 
 7* 
 
 64 
 
 96 
 
 64 
 
 36 
 
 54 
 
 8f 
 
 72 
 
 108 
 
 7* 
 
 40 
 
 60 
 
 8J 
 
 80 
 
 1 20 
 
 80 
 
 45 
 
 68 
 
 9f 
 
 90 
 
 '35 
 
 90 
 
 48 
 
 72 
 
 9f 
 
 96 
 
 144 
 
 96 
 
 50 
 
 75 
 
 9J 
 
 100 
 
 T 5 
 
 IOO 
 
 56 
 
 84 
 
 lOf 
 
 112 
 
 1 68 
 
 112 
 
 60 
 
 90 
 
 I Of 
 
 120 
 
 1 80 
 
 I2O 
 
 64 
 
 96 
 
 - "i 
 
 128 
 
 192 
 
 128 
 
 70 
 
 i5 
 
 "I 
 
 140 
 
 210 
 
 140 
 
 72 
 
 108 
 
 
 144 
 
 216 
 
 144 
 
 75 
 
 "3 
 
 12 
 
 '5 
 
 225 
 
 '5 
 
 80 
 
 I2O 
 
 I2f 
 
 160 
 
 240 
 
 160 
 
 84 
 
 126 
 
 I2f 
 
 1 68 
 
 2 5 2 
 
 168 
 
 88 
 
 132 
 
 13 
 
 176 
 
 264 
 
 176 
 
 90 
 
 '35 
 
 '3i 
 
 1 80 
 
 27O 
 
 180 
 
 96 
 
 144 
 
 13; 
 
 192 
 
 288 
 
 192 
 
 100 
 
 '5 
 
 I 3f 
 
 200 
 
 300 
 
 200 
 
 104 
 
 156 
 
 14* 
 
 208 
 
 312 
 
 208 
 
 I0 5 
 
 '58 
 
 Mi 
 
 21O 
 
 315 
 
 2IO 
 
 1 08 
 
 162 
 
 '4f 
 
 216 
 
 324 
 
 216 
 
 no 
 
 '65 
 
 '4i 
 
 22O 
 
 33 
 
 22O 
 
 112 
 
 168 
 
 Ml 
 
 224 
 
 336 
 
 224 
 
 1 20 
 
 180 
 
 1 5^ 
 
 240 
 
 360 
 
 240 
 
 128 
 
 192 
 
 *5f 
 
 256 
 
 384 
 
 2 5 6 
 
 130 
 
 '95 
 
 j sf 
 
 260 
 
 39 
 
 260 
 
 132 
 
 198 
 
 15$ 
 
 264 
 
 396 
 
 264 
 
 135 
 
 203 
 
 i6i 
 
 270 
 
 405 
 
 270 
 
 For the size of registers corresponding to the net capacities, see in table, page 215. 
 Piping. 
 
 There are four usual systems of piping: 
 
 First, With main steam pipes and risers with accompanying returns; 
 
 Second, With main steam pipes and risers with accompanying return mains and separate re- 
 turn risers from each heater connected below the water line. (This system is noiseless and is 
 usually used for very low pressures as in dwellings.); 
 
 Third, With main steam pipes and risers with corresponding return mains but without separate 
 return risers; 
 
 Fourth, With single pipes, either one or several, running from the top of the boiler and 
 branching to the various heaters, returning the condensation back through the same pipe which 
 supplies the steam. (This system requires large pipes and considerable pitch, and works much 
 better where a separate pipe is run from the top of the boiler to each radiator. The third and 
 fourth systems are cheaper in first cost and require but one valve for each heater.) 
 
 The following table gives the sectional area of a few sizes of steam and hot water pipes : 
 
 Inside diameter of pipe in inches 
 Area of pipe in square inches 
 
 K 
 
 I 
 
 k 
 
 iH 
 
 2 
 
 *X 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 4 5 
 
 6 
 
 .4418 
 
 .7854 
 
 I. 5W72 
 
 1.7671 
 
 i-M' 6 
 
 4.9087 
 
 7.0686 
 
 9.6211 
 
 13.566 : 19.635 
 
 *8.*74 
 
 223 
 
Asbestos Cover the heater completely, also the smoke pipe, with H. W. John's sheet fire felt (i") in 
 
 Covering. thickness, finished with H. W. John's Asbestos cement (") thick. 
 
 Cover all steam pipes mains, returns and risers and all connections and fittings with H. 
 
 W. John's asbestos fire felt sectional pipe covering with canvas cover fastened with metal bands 
 
 or straps placed 18" apart. 
 
 Temporary 
 Heat 
 
 If temporary heat be required, the Contractor shall, at any time directed 
 by the Architect, set a sufficient number of radiators to furnish the same. The 
 Owner shall supply coal for such temporary heat and care for the apparatus during 
 such time. If such heating requires radiators to be set out of their final position, 
 an allowance of ($3.00) for each radiator so connected shall be made by the Owner. 
 
 Guarantee. 
 
 The Contractor hereby guarantees 
 
 (First) That the apparatus will heat the rooms mentioned in the schedule, to 
 the temperatures mentioned in the same, in the coldest winter weather, and with 
 not more than (5) Ibs. pressure to the square inch ; 
 
 (Second) That the apparatus will maintain heat in every radiator at the same 
 time ; 
 
 Provided that the apparatus is given proper care and attention, and coat 
 suitable to the requirements of the heater is used. 
 
 Should any part of this system fail to fulfill the guarantee herein contained, or 
 should any defect appear, the Contractor hereby agrees to remedy such defects at 
 his own cost, within a reasonable time after receiving a written notice of the same. 
 
 224 
 
HOT WATER. 
 
 [ For Heading and General Conditions, see page 208. } 
 
 Principle of 
 Construction. 
 
 This apparatus is to be constructed on the gravity or law pressure system, open 
 to the atmosphere through an expansion tank and in such a manner as to insure a free 
 and continuous circulation throughout the entire apparatus and so that radiators 
 on any floor may be shut off without interfering with the circulation in others. 
 
 Heater. The Contractor is to furnish and set in complete working order a No. 79 
 
 Boynton Furnace Company's Portable Return Flue Sectional hot water heater with a 
 capacity of (1850) square feet of radiation. The boiler is to be tested under a 
 hydrostatic pressure of 100 Ibs. to the square inch before leaving the factory. 
 
 Special Fittings. 
 
 Furnish and put on the heater a nickel-plated Scully hot water thermometer 
 and an Ashcroft altitude gauge. 
 
 Firestools. 
 
 j See Steam Heating, j 
 
 Supply and Draw 
 Cocks. 
 
 Smoke Pipe. 
 
 Foundation. 
 
 Bricking. 
 
 Furnish a " or f" square head brass feed cock connected to the boiler with a 
 detachable wrench, also a f" brass blow-off cock. 
 
 {See Steam Heating.} 
 {See Steam Heating. 1 
 | For Bricksetting the Heater see in Mason's Specifications, page 30. } 
 
 Expansion 
 Tank. 
 
 Furnish and set where directed above the highest point in the system, a heavy 
 galvanized steel 'expansion tank of a capacity of one gallon to every (18) gallons or 
 water in the entire system, with proper gauge glass, brass fixtures and guard rods. 
 The tank is to have an overflow pipe taken to the roof or sink as may be most 
 convenient, and an exhaust pipe to be taken from the. tank to the open air. Con- 
 nect the tank to the feed and return riser. Construct a neat shelf on which to 
 rest the tank. 
 
 226 
 
Hot Water Heating. 
 
 There are two forms of hot water heating apparatuses, depending on the temperature of the 
 water: 
 
 First, The open tank system in which the water is rarely above 200 and never above 212. 
 (In this method the heating surface must be about double that for steam and the cost is propor- 
 tionately greater.); 
 
 Second, The closed system, sometimes called the high pressure system, although the pressure 
 need not exceed 10 Ibs. (With this system the surface need not be much greater than for steam.) 
 
 'If it is necessary to use water from a house tank an expansion tank with a float valve should 
 be used. 
 
 Radiation. 
 
 The same systems of radiation are used for hot water heating as for steam. See pages 219, 
 221, 223, for radiation, etc. The radiators require but one valve for each, which may be placed 
 either on the flow or return pipe. These valves should have full openings. Air cocks are placed 
 at the highest points on all radiators or coils to permit of the escape of air in filling and the 
 admission of air in emptying. 
 
 Pipes. 
 
 A hot water system always has separate flow and return pipes. The flows are taken out of 
 the top of the boiler and the returns are connected near the bottom. Larger pipes are required 
 for hot water than for the two pipe system, steam. The sizes of mains are about the same as for 
 one pipe steam, or they may be somewhat smaller. Horizontal mains less than i" in size 
 should not be used except for single radiator connections. In the Mills or overhead system 
 of hot water piping, sometimes erroneously called the one pipe system, the feed pipe is run from 
 the top of the boiler as directly as practicable, to the top of the building. Branches are there 
 taken off and run to points over the radiators in the stories below. These pipes then descend 
 and have two connections to the radiators, one at top and one at bottom. After passing all the 
 radiators, on the vertical line, these down pipes return to the bottom of the boiler either 
 separately or connected in the cellar. With this method, air keys are not required on the 
 radiators. 
 
 227 
 
Radiation. 
 
 Indirect Radiators. 
 
 Coils. 
 
 Direct-Indirect. 
 
 Valves. 
 
 | See Steam Heating.} 
 {See Steam Heating. ( 
 {See Steam Heating.! 
 {See Steam Heating.} 
 
 Each radiator is to have a nickel-plated wood wheel Detroit quick opening 
 radiator valve of full opening with union elbow, also a Beltknap nickel-plated air 
 valve operated with a key. One key is to be furnished for each floor. 
 
 Piping. 
 
 Fittings. 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 Plates. 
 
 Bronzing and 
 Japanning. 
 
 Covering. 
 
 {See Steam Heating.} 
 
 { See Steam Heating. } 
 
 {See Steam Heating. 
 
 {See Steam Heating. 
 
 {See Steam Heating. 
 
 {See Steam Heating.} 
 
 Guarantee. 
 
 The Contractor hereby guarantees 
 
 (First) That the apparatus will heat the rooms mentioned in the schedule 
 to the temperatures mentioned in the same, in the coldest winter weather, with the 
 water at not over (180) Fahr. ; 
 
 (Second) That the apparatus will maintain heat in every radiator at the same 
 time ; 
 
 Provided that the apparatus is given proper care and attention and coal suit- 
 able to the requirements of the heater is used. 
 
 Should any part of this system fail to fulfill the guarantee herein contained, 
 or should any defect appear, the Contractor hereby agrees to remedy such defects 
 at his own cost within a reasonable time after receiving a written notice of the 
 same. 
 
 228 
 
THE BOYNTON HOT WATER HEATERS. 
 
 
 
 0. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 C9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 2 O . 
 
 to 
 O 
 
 ta. M 
 o ' 
 
 SIZES OF 
 
 to 
 
 
 H 
 - X 
 
 2 x 5 
 
 *' 
 
 NAME. 
 
 sj| 
 
 Z * s 
 
 III 
 
 Id 
 
 X Q 
 
 SsS 
 
 en r- 
 
 3* 1 
 
 ^ H 
 
 FLOWS AND 
 RETURNS. 
 
 09 
 
 Z 
 
 S2 
 
 S f- 
 
 z 
 
 E M 
 
 x si * 
 MOO* 
 
 &o 2 
 
 2 1? S3 
 
 * * a 
 
 s 
 
 id of 
 
 <<* 
 
 - 
 
 Is 
 
 te u ^ 
 
 = 
 
 i?OQ 
 
 3 < o* 
 
 o 
 
 
 a 
 
 Z* 
 
 sis 
 
 N g g 
 
 < x; - < 
 UiiQK 
 
 C 
 
 The Boynton Niagara Hot Water 
 
 14 
 
 
 .. 
 
 75 
 
 1-1% inch. 
 
 .. 
 
 12 inch 
 
 6 
 
 150 
 
 12 
 
 Heater for Hard Coal. 
 
 iS 
 
 
 
 100 
 
 1-2 " 
 
 
 14 " 
 
 7 
 
 2OO 
 
 M 
 
 
 118 
 
 . . 
 
 . . 
 
 125 
 
 2-2 
 
 
 14 " 
 
 6 
 
 250 
 
 14 
 
 
 I2O 
 
 . t 
 
 . . 
 
 150 
 
 2-2 
 
 . . 
 
 17 " 
 
 7 
 
 300 
 
 17 
 
 
 124 
 
 . 
 
 
 200 
 
 2-2 
 
 
 20 " 
 
 7 
 
 375 
 
 20 
 
 Boynton Return Flue Sectional Hot 
 
 62 
 
 59 
 
 40 
 
 .. 
 
 -3 and 2-2 
 
 5 
 
 18x25 
 
 8 
 
 500 
 
 .. 
 
 Water Heater. 
 
 63 
 
 59 
 
 40 
 
 
 -3 and 2-2 
 
 6 
 
 18x30 
 
 8 
 
 700 
 
 , . 
 
 For Hard Coal, Wood or Natural Gas. 
 
 64 
 
 59 
 
 40 
 
 
 -3 and 2-2 
 
 7 
 
 18x35 
 
 9 
 
 900 
 
 . 
 
 
 76 
 
 65 
 
 43 
 
 
 -4 and 2-3 
 
 6 
 
 2IX3O 
 
 9 
 
 1 100 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 65 
 
 43 
 
 
 -4 and 2-3. 
 
 7 
 
 21X35 
 
 10 
 
 1350 
 
 
 
 78 
 
 65 
 
 43 
 
 
 -4 and 2-3 
 
 8 
 
 2IX4O 
 
 10 
 
 1600 
 
 . . 
 
 
 79 
 
 65 
 
 43 
 
 
 4 and 23 
 
 9 
 
 21X45 
 
 10 
 
 1850 
 
 
 
 So 
 
 65 
 
 43 
 
 ' 
 
 -4 and 23 
 
 10 
 
 21X50 
 
 12 
 
 2IOO 
 
 
 
 85 
 
 75 
 
 68 
 
 .. 
 
 2-4 and 1-3 
 
 5 
 
 42X30 
 
 14 
 
 25OO 
 
 .. 
 
 
 86 
 
 75 
 
 68 
 
 . . 
 
 1-6 and 2-4 
 
 6 
 
 42x36 
 
 14 
 
 3000 
 
 
 
 87 
 
 75 
 
 68 
 
 
 1-6 and 2-4 
 
 7 
 
 42X42 
 
 M 
 
 3500 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 75 
 
 68 
 
 . . 
 
 1-6 and 2-4 
 
 8 
 
 42x48 
 
 14 
 
 4OOO 
 
 . . 
 
 
 89 
 
 77 
 
 72 
 
 
 1-8 and 2 -4 
 
 9 
 
 42X54 
 
 16 
 
 4500 
 
 
 
 90 
 
 77 
 
 72 
 
 
 1-8 and 2-4 
 
 10 
 
 42x60 
 
 16 
 
 5000 
 
 
 
 
 77 
 
 72 
 
 - 
 
 1-8 and 2-4 
 
 ii 
 
 42X66 
 
 16 
 
 5500 
 
 ' 
 
 The above sizes are fitted with revolving triangular grates, acting independently of one another. The above ratings are 
 based on exposed flows and returns as radiation and are absolutely guaranteed in any section of the country. Manville 
 sheep's- wool cement is included for covering sides and top of Heaters % inch thick. For anthracite coal use coal stove size 
 
 
 
 E 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 o . 
 
 to 
 o 
 
 
 SIZES OF 
 
 
 
 
 Id 
 
 a 
 
 z 
 
 
 NAME. 
 
 a. os 
 
 i. *" S 
 
 M 
 
 
 FLOWS AND 
 
 *S 
 
 
 
 - a: 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 fr* 
 
 off 
 
 g a 
 
 X O 
 H CD 2 
 
 
 RETURNS. 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 S S s 
 
 H U < 
 
 
 
 M < 
 
 
 
 a C S 
 
 
 
 s r^ 
 
 &J < S 
 
 a o o 
 
 sS *** eg a 
 
 
 
 2 s 
 
 = 2 
 
 " > Oti 
 
 
 
 SBw 
 
 SO 5 
 
 -5 * 
 X X Ctf 
 
 uSax 
 
 
 The Boynton Soft Coal Return Flue 
 
 .05 
 
 59 
 
 41 
 
 .. 
 
 1-3 and 2-2 
 
 5 
 
 17x20 
 
 8 
 
 400 
 
 
 Sectional Hot Water Heater. 
 
 .06 
 
 59 
 
 41 
 
 . . . 
 
 1-3 and 2-2 
 
 6 
 
 17x25 
 
 8 
 
 500 
 
 
 
 .07 
 
 59 
 
 41 
 
 
 1-3 and 2-2 
 
 7 
 
 17x30 
 
 8 
 
 000 
 
 
 
 .08 
 
 59 
 
 41 
 
 
 1-3 and 2-2 
 
 8 
 
 17x35 
 
 9 
 
 700 
 
 - 
 
 
 1 8-5 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 
 1-3 and 2-2 
 
 5 
 
 18x24 
 
 9 
 
 TOO 
 
 
 
 18-6 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 . . 
 
 1-3 and 2-2 
 
 6 
 
 18x30 
 
 9 
 
 800 
 
 . . 
 
 
 18-7 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 . . 
 
 2-3 and 1-2 
 
 7. 
 
 18x36 
 
 9 
 
 IOOO 
 
 . . 
 
 
 1 8-8 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 . . 
 
 2-3 and 1-2 
 
 8 
 
 18x42 
 
 9 
 
 1200 
 
 . , 
 
 
 18-9 
 
 66 
 
 44 
 
 
 2-3 and 1-2 
 
 9 
 
 18x48 
 
 10 
 
 I4OO 
 
 
 
 27-7 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 . . 
 
 1-4 and 2-3 
 
 7 
 
 27x36 
 
 10 
 
 1750 
 
 . . 
 
 
 27-8 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 
 1-4 and 2-3 
 
 8 
 
 27x42 
 
 10 
 
 20OO 
 
 
 
 27-9 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 
 1-4 and 2-3 
 
 9 
 
 27x48 
 
 12 
 
 225O 
 
 
 
 27-10 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 . 
 
 1-4 and 2-3 
 
 10 
 
 27x54 
 
 12 
 
 2500 
 
 
 
 27-11 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 
 1-4 and 2-3 
 
 ii 
 
 27x60 
 
 12 
 
 2750 
 
 
 
 27-12 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 
 2-4 and 1-3 
 
 12 
 
 27x60 
 
 H 
 
 3000 
 
 . . 
 
 
 27-13 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 . 
 
 2-4 and 1-3 
 
 13 
 
 27x66 
 
 14 
 
 3250 
 
 
 
 27-14 
 
 77 
 
 55 
 
 
 2-4 and 1-3 
 
 14 
 
 27x66 
 
 14 
 
 3500 
 
 
 The above sizes are fitted with revolving triangular grates acting independently of each other. The above ratings are 
 based on all mains and returns as radiation, and are absolutely guaranteed in any section of the country. Manville sheep's- 
 wool cement is included for covering the sides and top of Heater % inch thick. For anthracite coal use stove size. These 
 Boilers are guaranteed to operate successfully with soft coal for fuel. 
 
 229 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Abbreviations: Mason's, M.; Bluestone, S.; Cut Stone, S.; Iron Work, I.; Carpenter's, C,; Electrical, E.; Painting, Pa.; Plumbing, PI.; Heating, H. 
 
 Page. 
 
 ADAMANT piaster- 
 ing 48 
 
 Alterations 3 
 
 Anchors M. 44, C. 84 
 
 Angle Beads 1 1 8 
 
 Arbitration 3 
 
 Arch Centres 6 
 
 Arches, Inverted 24 
 
 Arches, Stone 62 
 
 Arches, Wood Centres 
 
 for 86 
 
 Area Flagging 54 
 
 Area Grating 44 
 
 Area Railings, Iron. . . 76 
 
 Areas . 26 
 
 Ashlar Work 58 
 
 Ash Pits 32 
 
 Automatic Gas Light- 
 ers 1 56 
 
 Award of Contract. ... 4 
 
 BACKING, Brick.. 20, 21 
 
 Balconies 96 
 
 Base 114 
 
 Bases S. 52, I. 68 
 
 Basins, Wash 196 
 
 Baskets for Pipes 1 80 
 
 Bath Room C. 130 
 
 Bath Tubs 192,193 
 
 Beam Anchors 84 
 
 Beam Filling 26 
 
 Beams, Iron 70, 71 
 
 Bells, Electric 158 
 
 Bell Traps 182 
 
 Blasting 10, n 
 
 Blinds 108 
 
 Bluestone 52 
 
 Board Fence 140 
 
 Board Walk 140 
 
 Boilers, Range ...188, 189 
 Boilers, Heating. .216, 226 
 Bolting of Iron Work. 66 
 
 Book Cases 124 
 
 Box Girders 70 
 
 Boxing for Shutters. . 116 
 Bracing of Frame . ..80, 81 
 
 Brass Pipes 174, 175 
 
 Brick Footing 22 
 
 Brick Foundations .... 22 
 
 Brick, Moulded 36 
 
 Brick Paving. ... ... 38 
 
 Brick Set Heater 30 
 
 Brickwork 20, 21 
 
 Brickwork, Face 36 
 
 Bridge and Platform . 8 
 
 Bridging 86 
 
 Bridle Irons.see Stirrup 84 
 
 Burglar Alarm 154 
 
 Butler's Pantry 126 
 
 CAPACITY of Tanks i%$ 
 Capping for Piling 14 
 
 Care of Building 4, 6 
 
 Carpenter's Specifica- 
 tion 78 
 
 Page. 
 
 Carving S. 56, C. 94 
 
 Casings, Inside 114 
 
 Cast 1 ron 64 
 
 Cast Iron Columns. ... 68 
 Cast Iron Pipes. . . 172, 173 
 Catch Basins, 
 
 M. 42, PI. 178 
 
 Cedar Closet 128 
 
 Cellar Area 26 
 
 Cellar Bottom 28 
 
 Cellar Hatchway 96 
 
 Cellar Stairs 122 
 
 Cellar Work 136 
 
 Cement 18, 19, 65 
 
 Cement Sidewalk 54 
 
 Centres for Arches. ... 86 
 
 Centres, Plaster 50 
 
 Cesspools 40 
 
 Chair Rail 116 
 
 Chimney Caps 60 
 
 Chimney Rods 44 
 
 Chimneys 32 
 
 China Closet 126 
 
 Cistern 38 
 
 Cistern Supply to Sink 190 
 Cistern Supply to Tank 184 
 
 Clamps for Stone 56 
 
 Clapboards 90, 91 
 
 Cleaning Screws 178 
 
 Closets 126 
 
 Closets, Water, 
 
 C. 130, 136, PI 196, 197 
 
 Clothes Chute 134 
 
 Clothes Posts 138 
 
 Coal Bins 136 
 
 Coal Slide 26 
 
 Coating of Pipes 172 
 
 Cold Air Duct, 
 
 M. 30, C. 138, H. 214, 215 
 Columns and Pilasters, 
 
 Stone 62 
 
 Columns, Iron and 
 
 Steel 68, 71 
 
 Composition Work .... 94 
 
 Concrete 18 
 
 Concrete Footings . . 22 
 
 Conservatory 134 
 
 Conservatory Floor, 
 
 Cement 38 
 
 Contractor 2 
 
 Coping 62 
 
 Copper Baths . . . 192, 193 
 Copper Range Boil- 
 ers 188, 189 
 
 Corner Boards 92 
 
 Cornices, Plaster 50 
 
 Cornices, Wood. . . .92, 116 
 Corrugated Iron Roof. 74 
 Counter Flashing. . . , . 88 
 
 Coves, Plaster 50 
 
 Cresting 88 
 
 Curb 54 
 
 Curb, Backing for. ... 20 
 Cut Outs, Electric. ... 152 
 Cut Stone Specification 56 
 Cutting C. 78, PI. 170 
 
 Page. 
 
 [)AMP Course 24 
 
 Deafening, M. 44, C.IO2 
 Deflection of Wooden 
 
 Beams, Formulae for 81 
 
 Delay 3 
 
 Demolition of Old 
 
 Buildings. . .M. 8, C. 78 
 
 Door Frames 98 
 
 Door Openers, Electric 158 
 
 Doors. 112 
 
 Doors, Iron Sidewalk. 74 
 
 Drain, House 178 
 
 Drains M. 42, PI. 178 
 
 Drawers 130 
 
 Drawings 4 
 
 Dresser, Kitchen. ... 128 
 
 Drives 16 
 
 Dry Drains 42 
 
 Drying Room 136 
 
 Dumb Waiter 134 
 
 EARTHENWARE 
 
 Pipes. M.42, PI. 172, 173 
 Electrical Rules. 
 
 (Standard Rules, N. 
 
 E. L. A.) 151 
 
 Electrical Specification 150 
 
 Electric Lighting 152 
 
 Elevator 134 
 
 Enamel Finish 166 
 
 Enclosing, Temporary 100 
 
 Excavation.. M. 10, PI. 170 
 
 Excavation for Piling, to 
 
 Expansion of Iron Work 72 
 
 Expansion Tank. .226, 227 
 
 Exposed Pipes 176 
 
 Exterior Painting. 162, 165 
 
 PACE Brickwork 36 
 
 Fences 140 
 
 Filling for Piling 14 
 
 Finials 88 
 
 Finish of Walls 48 
 
 Fire Escape 74 
 
 Fire or Mice Stops, 
 
 M. 38, C. 102 
 
 Fireplaces 32, 34 
 
 Fireproofing, Brick. . . 20 
 
 Flagging, Area 54 
 
 Flag Sidewalk 52 
 
 Flagstone, Step 52 
 
 Flashing 88 
 
 Flitch Plates 84 
 
 Floors 102 
 
 Floors, Brick 20 
 
 Floors, Loads of (N. 
 
 Y. B. Law) 65 
 
 Floor, Waterproof. ... 38 
 
 Flues 32 
 
 Flues, Ventilating. . . 36 
 
 Foot Baths 195 
 
 Footings 22 
 
 Footings, Stone 16 
 
 Forms for Arches 86 
 
 Formulae: 
 
 Capacity of Tanks .. 185 
 
 Page. 
 Deflection of Wooden 
 
 Beams 81 
 
 Electrical 163 
 
 Heating 215, 219 
 
 Sustaining Weight of 
 
 Piles 15 
 
 Transverse Strength 
 
 of Wooden Beams 8 1 
 
 Weight of Water. .. 185 
 
 Wooden Posts .... 81 
 
 Foundations 22 
 
 Frames, Window and 
 
 Door 98 
 
 Framing 82 
 
 Fresh Air Inlet 178 
 
 Fuel and Stoves 6 
 
 Furnace, Bricksetting. 30 
 
 Furnace Pit 30 
 
 Furnaces, Hot Air, 
 
 210, 211, 213 
 
 Furring too, 101 
 
 QABLE shingles. .. 90 
 
 Gas Connections. 202 
 
 Gas Fitting 202, 203 
 
 Gas Lighting, Electric 156 
 Gas Logs. ..M. 34, PI. 202 
 Gas Pipes. ... 174, 176, 203 
 General Conditions. . . 2 
 
 Girders, Iron 70 
 
 Glazing 106 
 
 Glazing, Doors 112 
 
 Glossary of Electrical 
 
 Terms 161 
 
 Grading 16 
 
 Graining 168 
 
 Grates 34 
 
 Gratings , 44 
 
 Grease Trap, 
 
 M. 40, PI. 192, 193 
 
 Grilles 76 
 
 Grounds 100,101 
 
 Guards for Windows. . 44 
 Gutters, Sidewalk ... 54 
 Gutters, Metal. . ..206, 207 
 
 HANGERS for Pipes 172 
 
 Hard Finish .... 48 
 Hardware Specification 142 
 
 Hardwood Finish 164 
 
 Hat Rack 124 
 
 Hearths 34 
 
 Heating Pipes, 
 
 PI. 174, H. 220 
 Heating Specification. 208 
 
 Hollow Walls 20 
 
 Hose Connection 186 
 
 Hot Air Heating 210 
 
 Hot Air Pipes and 
 
 Registers. 212, 214, 215 
 Hot Water Heaters. 226, 229 
 HotWater Heating, 226, 227 
 House Sewer.M. 42, PI. 178 
 House Sewer, Drain 
 
 and Trap 178 
 
 Hydrant 186, 187 
 
 INSURANCE 5 
 
 Inverted A relics. .. 24 
 Iron Beams and Girder 70 
 
 Iron Fences 140 
 
 Iron Range Boilers. 1 88, 189 
 Iron Specification ... 64 
 Iron Work M. 44, I. 64. C. 84 
 Irrigation 42 
 
 JAMBS, Stone 60 
 
 Joints in Pipes. [ 72, 1 74 
 
 KALSOMINING... 168 
 
 King's Windsor 
 
 Cement 48 
 
 Kitchen Fireplace .... 34 
 
 Hearth 34 
 
 Range ...188, 189 
 " Sink, 
 
 C. 132, PI. 190, 191 
 
 LAC ING Bars, Size of 71 
 
 Lathing 46 
 
 Lattice Work . 94 
 
 Lavatory C. 132 
 
 Lavatory Apparatus . . 196 
 
 Lawns 16 
 
 Leader Drains, 
 
 M. 42, PI. 178, 182 
 
 Leaders 1 82. 206, 207 
 
 Lead Pipes 174, 1 75 
 
 Lime, Cement and Sand 1 8 
 
 Linen Closet 128 
 
 Linings for Fireplaces. 34 
 Lintels.. S. 60, I. 68. C. 86 
 Lintels, Iron (N. Y. B. 
 
 Law) 69 
 
 Loads, Snow and Wind 65 
 
 Location of Building.. 10 
 
 Loose Cesspool 40 
 
 Louvre Boarding 96 
 
 Stairs 120 
 
 Mantels 124 
 
 Mason's Specification. 6 
 
 Material 2, 5 
 
 Metal Work . 204 
 
 Mice or Fire Stops, 
 
 M. 38, C. 102 
 
 Mirrors 124 
 
 Mortar for Foundations 22 
 
 Mosquito Frames 108 
 
 Moulded Brick 36 
 
 Mullions, Stone 60 
 
 NATURAL wood 
 
 Finish 164 
 
 New York Building 
 
 Law References: 
 Anchor Strips for 
 
 Wooden Beams. . . 85 
 Bonds for Stonework 23 
 
 Cement Mortar 19 
 
 Concrete 19 
 
 
Page. 
 
 Constants and Fac- 
 tor of Safety for 
 Wooden Beams. . . 81 
 Cramps for Hollow 
 
 Walls 21 
 
 Dumb Waiter Shafts 135 
 Factor of Safety for 
 
 Wood Posts 81 
 
 Fire Cut of Wood 
 
 Beams 85 
 
 Flitch Plates 85 
 
 Floor Loads 65 
 
 Furnace Pipes 213 
 
 Furnaces 209 
 
 Hot Air Heating. 
 
 209, 210, 213 
 
 Iron Beams 71 
 
 Lime Mortar 19 
 
 Lintels 69 
 
 Mortar 19 
 
 Registers 213 
 
 Smoke Pipe 210 
 
 Stirrup Irons 85 
 
 Thickness of Wood 
 
 Beams 81 
 
 Tie Rods for Iron 
 
 Beams ... 71 
 
 Wrought Iron Col- 
 umns 71 
 
 Novelty Siding, Grades, 
 etc 91 
 
 OBSTRUCTIONS.. 4 
 
 Old Buildings, 
 
 Demolition of, 
 
 M. 8. C. 78 
 
 Open Cornice, Wood.. 92 
 Open Timber. Wood. . 92 
 
 Outside Blinds 108 
 
 Outside Finish, Car- 
 penter 92 
 
 Outside Plastering. 
 
 M. 50, C. 92 
 Overflow for Tank.... 184 
 
 PAINTER'S Specifi- 
 
 .tion 160 
 
 Painting of Iron Work, 
 
 I. 70, 71, Pa. 164 
 Painting of Tin. .164, 204 
 
 Pantries 126 
 
 Pantry Sink 190, 191 
 
 Partitions 86 
 
 Patching of Plaster. . . 50 
 
 Paths 16 
 
 Paving, Brick 38 
 
 Payments 3 
 
 Piazza 94 
 
 Piazza and Porch Tim- 
 bers 82 
 
 Picket Fence 140 
 
 Picture Mould 116 
 
 Pier Caps and Bonds. . 52 
 
 Piers 24 
 
 Piling 14 
 
 Piling Notes and For- 
 mulae . 15 
 
 Page. 
 
 Pine Finish 166, 167 
 
 Pipe Casing.. C. 132, PI. 176 
 Pipe Coverings, 
 
 212, 2H, 222, 224 
 
 Pipes 172, 212, 220 
 
 Pits around Trees ... 16 
 
 Plaster Centres 50 
 
 Plaster Cornices 50 
 
 Plaster Coves 50 
 
 Plastering 44, 46, 48 
 
 Plastering Chimneys. . 32 
 Plastering Foundation. 24 
 Plastering Outside, 
 
 M. 50, C. 92 
 Plastering, Thickness 
 
 of Outside 93 
 
 Plate Girders 70 
 
 Platform and Bridge . . 8 
 
 Platforms, Stone 62 
 
 Plumber's Specification 170 
 Porcelain Baths. . . 192, 193 
 Porches, see Piazza ... 94 
 Portland Cement . . . 18, 19 
 Posts, Formula for 
 
 Wooden 81 
 
 Preparation for Tiling, 
 
 M. 38, C. 102 
 
 Privy 138 
 
 Privy Vaults 40 
 
 Protection of Stone- 
 work 58 
 
 Pump 184, 190 
 
 Pumping 16 
 
 Punching of Iron Work 68 
 
 Purlins, Iron 72 
 
 Purlins, Spacing of Iron 73 
 
 QUALITYof Outside 
 
 Lumber 92, 93 
 
 Quantity of Brickwork 21 
 Quoins 60 
 
 DADIATION, 
 
 2l8, 219, 221, 223, 227 
 
 Radiators, 
 
 218, 219, 221, 223, 227 
 
 Range 188, 189 
 
 Range Boilers 188, 189 
 
 Raking Cornices 92 
 
 Refrigerator 136 
 
 Register for Range ... 1 88 
 Registers, Sizes, etc.2[ 4,215 
 
 Repair 4 
 
 Ridge Roll 88, 206 
 
 Riveting for Iron Work 66 
 Rolling Partitions .... no 
 Roof, Corrugated Iron 74 
 Roof Gutter, Wood. . . 92 
 Roof Joints for Pipes. 180 
 
 Roofs, Iron 72 
 
 Roofs, Shingle, Slate 
 
 and Flashing for. ... 88 
 Rosendale Cement . . 18, 19 
 
 CAFES 182 
 
 Sand 18 
 
 Sand Finish 48 
 
 Page. 
 
 Sash 104 
 
 Screens, Window 108 
 
 Screen Doors 108, 1 14 
 
 Scuttle 90 
 
 Seat Baths 194, 195 
 
 Seats 124 
 
 Setting of Iron Work.. 66 
 Setting of Stonework . . 58 
 Sewers, House, 
 
 M. 42, PI. 178 
 
 Sheathing 86 
 
 Sheet Piling 12 
 
 Shingle on Sides. . . 90 
 
 Shingle Roofs 88 
 
 Shoring 12 
 
 Shower Bath 194, 195 
 
 Shutters no 
 
 Shutters, Iron 76 
 
 Sidewalk, Cement .... 54 
 Sidewalk Doors, Iron. 74 
 
 Sidewalk, Stone 52 
 
 Siding 90, 91 
 
 Sill, Stone 60 
 
 Sink, Kitcken, 
 
 C. 132, PI. 190, 191 
 Sizes of Steam and Hot 
 Water Pipes. 220, 222, 223 
 
 Skylights 90 
 
 Slate Roofs. .. 88 
 
 Slate, Sizes, etc. , of . . 89 
 Sleepers for Floors, 
 
 80, 81, 102 
 
 Slop Hoppers 198, 199 
 
 Snow Loads 65 
 
 Sodding. . . 16 
 
 Soil and Waste Lines.. 180 
 Speaking Tubes. . 158, 206 
 
 Staining 168, 169 
 
 Stairs 120 
 
 Stairs, Iron 76 
 
 Standing Soils and 
 
 Wastes 180 
 
 Steam Escape for 
 Range Boilers. .188, 189 
 
 Steam Heaters 217 
 
 Steam Heating Specifi- 
 cation 216 
 
 Steel 66 
 
 Steel Clad Bath 193 
 
 Steel Columns 68 
 
 Step Flags 52 
 
 Steps, Stone 62 
 
 Steps, Terrace. S. 52, C. 140 
 
 Stirrup Irons 84 
 
 Stone Carving 56 
 
 Stone Cutting 56 
 
 Stone Footings 16, 22 
 
 Stone Foundations. ... 22 
 
 Stone Sidewalk 52 
 
 Stonework, Weight of. 65 
 
 Stoops, Stone 62 
 
 Stops for Mice or Fire, 
 
 M. 38, C. 102 
 
 Stored Material 5 
 
 Store Front 118 
 
 Storm House 138 
 
 Stoves and Fuel 6 
 
 Page. 
 
 Straps, Iron for Roofs 84 
 Strength of Brickwork 21 
 Structural Iron Work. 64 
 
 Survey 10 
 
 Swing Shelves 138 
 
 Switches, Electric 
 Lighting 1 54 
 
 TABLES : 
 
 Bath Tubs, Sizes of 193 
 Brass Pipes, Weights 
 
 of 175 
 
 Brick Quantities .... 21 
 Cast Iron Pipes, 
 
 Weight of 173 
 
 Cement Tests 19 
 
 Corrugated Iron .... 73 
 Earthenware Pipes, 
 
 Thickness of 173 
 
 Furnace Heating,2i4,2i5 
 
 Furnaces 21 1, 213 
 
 Gas Pipes, Sizes of.. 203 
 
 Hardware 143, 147 
 
 Hot Water Heaters. 229 
 Indirect Radiation . . 223 
 Lacing Bars, Sizes of 71 
 Lead Pipes, Weight 
 
 of 175 
 
 Radiators 221 
 
 Range Boilers, Size 
 
 of 189 
 
 Ranges 211, 213 
 
 Registers, Size of .. 215 
 
 Sinks, Size of 191 
 
 Slate, Sizes of 89 
 
 Snow Loads 65 
 
 Steam Heaters 217 
 
 Steam Heating 219 
 
 Steam Pipe, Sizes of 223 
 Weight of Material.. 65 
 
 Wind Loads 65 
 
 Wire Sizes 157 
 
 Wrought Iron Pipes 175 
 
 Tack Boards 132 
 
 Tank.. ..C. 134, PI. 184 
 
 Tell Tale Pipe 184 
 
 Templates 52 
 
 Templates, Wood, un- 
 der Lintels 86 
 
 Temporary Enclosing. 100 
 Terrace Steps, S. 52, C. 140 
 
 Terraces 16 
 
 Terra Cotta 36 
 
 Testing of Iron 64 
 
 Testing of Pipes. .176, 177 
 
 Tight Cesspool 40 
 
 Tiling, Hearths 34 
 
 Tiling, Preparation for 
 
 M. 38, C. 102 
 
 Timber 80 
 
 Time of Completion . . 3 
 
 Tin 204 
 
 Tin Roofs 204, 205 
 
 Transverse Strength .. 81 
 Trap, Grease, 
 
 M. 40, PI. 192, 193 
 
 Page. 
 
 Trap Pits 30 
 
 Traps 178, 182 
 
 Trench for Drain Pipe 30 
 
 Trim .. 114 
 
 Trusses I. 72, C. 82 
 
 UNDERPINNING.. 12 
 
 Urinal. . . 198 
 
 \TALLEY, Lining, 206,207 
 
 Vault, Privy 40 
 
 Vaults 26 
 
 Venetian Blinds no 
 
 Ventilating Flues .... 36 
 
 Ventilation of Closets. 130 
 
 Vent Pipes 180 
 
 \YAINSCOTING . . 116 
 
 Walk, Board ... 140 
 
 Walk, Cement $4 
 
 Walk Lights, Iron 76 
 
 Walk, Stone 52 
 
 Wall, Finish of 48 
 
 Wall, Hollow 20 
 
 Wall, Retaining 20 
 
 Wardrobes 128 
 
 Wash Basins.. C. 132, PI. 196 
 Wash Trays, 
 
 C. 132, PI. 2OO, 2OI 
 
 Waste Pipe. . 172, 174, 176 
 
 Wastes for Safes 182 
 
 Water Closet, 
 
 C. 130, 136, PI. 196, 197 
 
 Waterproof Floor 38 
 
 Water Proofing 28 
 
 Water Supply, 
 
 M. 6, PI. 186, 187 
 Water Table. . .S. 60, C. 92 
 Weight of Brickwork .. 21 
 Weight of Material ... 65 
 Weight of Pipes, 
 
 172, 173, 174, 175 
 
 Weight of Water 185 
 
 Well Supply to Tank. . 184 
 
 Whitewashing 44 
 
 Wind Loads 65 
 
 Window Frames 98 
 
 Window Guards 44 
 
 Wine Cellar 138 
 
 Winter Steps 122 
 
 Wiring for Electric 
 
 Lighting 1 52 
 
 Wood Beams, Formula 
 for Transverse 
 
 Strength of 81 
 
 Wood Carving 94 
 
 Wood Ceilings 118 
 
 Wrought Iron 66 
 
 Wrought Iron Columns 68 
 Wrought Iron Pipes, 
 
 172, 175 
 
 VARD Catch Basins, 
 
 M. 42, PI 178 
 
 Yard Drains 178 
 
 Yard House 138 
 
 11 
 
STEEL CEILINGS m WALL DECORATIONS 
 
 PERMANENT, DURABLE, FIRE PROOF, ORNAMENTAL. 
 
 Suitable for all classes of Buildings. Can be applied 
 over old plaster without removing the same. Just 
 what is wanted in even 7 Store, Hospital, School and 
 Private Dwelling. 
 
 MANUFACTURED BY 
 
 NEW YORK METAL CEILING CO., 
 
 614 WEST TWENTY-FIRST STREET, 
 
 NEW YORK, N. Y 
 
 SEND FOR CATALOGUE. 
 
 GIVE MEASURES FOR ESTIMATE. 
 
 STANDS EVERY HIGH TEST 
 
 ADAPTED FOR 
 HEAVY 
 
 MASONR 
 
 BEST_ROCK 
 ALWAYS RELIABLE 
 
 UNIFORM IN QUALITY 
 
 STRONGEST" AMERICAN 
 CEMENTS 
 
The Perfect Automatic Fire Hose Reel 
 
 T 
 
 HE STRONGEST, 
 
 THE MOST EFFECTIVE, 
 THE MOST COMPACT, 
 THE MOST ORNAMENTAL 
 AND THE CHEAPEST 
 
 Device made for Holding- Hose for Interior Fire Protection. 
 
 SPECIFY IT WITH UNDERWRITERS' LINEN HOSE AND 
 CONTROLLING NOZZLES. 
 
 Manufactured Exclusively by 
 
 Estate of Jno. C. N. Guibert, 
 
 No. 39 CORTLANDT STREET, 
 
 CITY 
 
 SETTING, pointing and backing Lime Stone, Granite and Marble with 
 "LaFarge" Cement will prevent discoloration. It is the finest ground and 
 strongest Portland Cement manufactured. It has been used with success for 
 preventing discoloration in brick construction. " LaFarge "is the best cement to use 
 for all purposes, and especially for the finer uses, ornamental work, artificial stone, 
 statuary, mouldings, interior and exterior stucco work, etc. Pamphletonapplication. 
 
 IF YOU SPECIFY 
 
 Trade Mark 
 
 SAMSON 
 SPOT -CORD 
 
 You can tell at a glance that no other 
 cord is substituted. It is warranted made 
 of pure cotton, to have smooth finish and 
 perfect braid. 
 
 Send to us for tests of comparative 
 durability of Sash Cords, Sash Chains, etc. 
 
 SAMSON CORDAGE WORKS, 
 
 BOSTON, MASS. 
 
 SAMSON SPOT CORD. 
 
FfcEXTBt E ftoOff $ SttOTER eOWPAM^ Flexifold Doors 
 
 and Partitions 
 
 NEW YORK, 
 
 Are in the line of utility. 
 There are few building plans 
 drawn wherein one or more 
 Flexifold Closures cannot be 
 made to the great benefit of 
 both architect and owner as to 
 cost, economy of space, and 
 convenience. 
 
 IMPROVED FLEXIFOLD MANUFACTURES. 
 
 VERTICAL FLEXIFOLD PARTITIONS with ball bearings are in successful use in hundreds of modern 
 CHUKCHES, SCHOOLS AND INSTITUTIONS. 
 
 FLEXIFOLD CLOSET DOORS, for Wardrobes, Trunk Closets, Book-Cases, etc., allow wide openings 
 and save the space occupied and annoyance caused by swinging doors. 
 
 FLEXIFOLD PANELED PARTITIONS, for sub-divisions of large parlors, offices, etc., are handsome, 
 durable, and save half the usual pocket space. 
 
 FIREPROOFED PARTITIONS (steel-clad, flexifold), for FIRE-WALL openings and SHUT-OFFS, equal the 
 standard fire-door in fire-resisting qualities. 
 
 HYGIENIC SCHOOL WARDROBES combine saving of floor areas with most approved sanitation. 
 ROLLING WOOD PARTITIONS with non-friction joints to compete with any manufacturer. 
 
 Floor Plan of Wardrobe Showing- Pocket Space Required for both Sliding and Double Fold Doors. - 
 
 The mouldings are 1}4' and 2" hinged together with continuous and wholly concealed 
 interlocking ' 4 " steel connections, allowing the same finished surfaces on both sides of 
 the partition. 
 
 The partition or door is vertically rigid, and can be used to slide on any angle or 
 curves required. 
 
 Arranged for shieves and overhead trollevs. 
 
 Steel=Clad Fireproof Flexifold Partitions. 
 
 Flexifold Door & Shutter Company 
 
 74 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK. 
 
 Flexible Coilinir Partition in Pocket. 
 
 Made Paneled or for Lath and. Plaster. No charge made for 
 plain box. nor for the space it occupies. 
 
THATCHER 
 
 Furnaces, Ranges, 
 
 Steam Hot Water 
 
 Heaters 
 
 ARE RECOGNIZED BY ARCHITECTS AND 
 
 THATCHER TUBULAR FURNACE. 
 
 THE PUBLIC AS 
 
 THATCHER SECTIONAL STEAM 
 HEATER. 
 
 HIGH-GRADE AND RELIABLE GOODS. 
 
 iuaranteed.< 
 
 Send for Catalogue. 
 
 Thatcher Furnace Co 
 
 240 WATER STREET, 
 
 NEW YORK. 
 
 Works, Newark, N. J. 
 
 THATCHER RANGE. 
 
 EMPIRE STEAM HEATER. 
 
^CJ r i 
 
 s a 
 
 IT catches the eye. It rivets the mind. Inhar- 
 moniously employed it offends correct taste. 
 Harmoniously treated it beautifies and elevates. 
 
 Residents are seldom aware of the loud and glar- 
 ing effects, or on the other hand, of the dullness 
 and lack of harmonious contrasts that are shown 
 in the color combinations of their stores and 
 homes, for " true color feeling is a rare thing." 
 Glance around you and you will admit that the 
 percentage of attractively painted buildings is 
 small ; picture to yourself, on the other hand, the 
 impression that would be created by a village or 
 city in which every store and dwelling was har- 
 moniously and artistically painted. 
 
 HARMONY js OUR 
 
 We have been students of the subject for 
 half a century, and are confident of our ability 
 to help you not only to preserve but to beautify 
 your home. 
 
 Send for our sample cards ; they are unique, they 
 show harmonious combinations of the most dur- 
 able and beautiful colors and tints, they tell where 
 and how to use our many "helps" to scatter 
 beauty about the home. They include pure 
 linseed oil paints, beautiful decorative enamels, 
 perfect wood stains, duraHe bath enamels, prac 
 tical prepared paints, brilliant gold paints, and 
 many others. 
 
 We make ugly homes impossible 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 326 RACE STREET 
 
 CHICAGO 
 57 N. JEFFERSON STREET 
 
 JOHN LUCAS & CO. 
 
 PRACTICAL 
 
 MANUFACTURERS 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 2 GOLD STREET 
 
 GlBBSBORO, N. J. 
 PAINT AND VAHMSH WORKS 
 
N. & G. TAyisOR CO.'S Special 
 High Grade, GUARANTEED 
 Roofing Plates 
 
 The Taylor "Old Style" Brand 
 
 Heaviest Coated Tin made by the 
 pure palm oil process. Each sheet 
 Hand-dipped. 
 
 "The Taylor Roofing Tin' 
 
 A heavy, evenly-coated plate. In 
 appearance similar to old method. 
 
 " Columbia" 
 
 A clean, high-grade, heavy coated 
 terne. Sheets bear a beautiful mottle. 
 
 " Knoxall " 
 
 An oil- finished plate with a dull ap- 
 pearance. 
 
 ALL OF THE ABOVE ARE FULL WEIGHT, FULL COUNT, AND 
 NO WASTERS. 
 
 .alii iiliniiiiiiiliiiii,.iiiti 
 
 M'ltlllllllltlill'IILIlUllllllllllllllllU 
 
 All of our high grade tin plates are 
 of the finest manufacture, being 
 made from the best quality of Black 
 plate, pure palm oil only being used 
 no acid flux and plates are made to 
 wear. The Taylor 'Old Style" 
 Brand is made exactly the same as 
 roofing plates were first made in Phil- 
 adelphia in 1830 68 years ago and 
 then sold by us. 
 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1810. 
 
 N. 6- G. TAYLOR GO. 
 
 Manufacturers of Tin Plates 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1810 
 89TH YEAR 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 Warren Chemical & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Importers and Refiners of Tpinidad flsphalt, 
 
 Established J855. Distillers of Coal Tat*, 
 
 Incorporated I85o 
 
 of Roofing and Paving materials, 
 
 ALSO CONTRACTORS FOR... 
 
 ASPHALT ROOFING AND FLOORING 
 PITCH AND GRAVEL ROOFING 
 BRICK AND TILE ROOFING 
 
 BRANCH OFFICES 
 
 BOSTON, MASS.: 12 Pearl Street. 
 UTICA, N. Y.: 55 Mann Building. 
 ROCHESTER, N. Y.: 343 Powers Building. 
 BUFFALO, N. Y. : 35 to 45 Washington Street. 
 CLEVELAND, O.; 325 Cuyahoga Building. 
 DETROIT, MICH.: Sullivan Ave. and M. C. R.R. 
 TOLEDO, O.: 103 The Nasby. 
 CINCINNATI, O.: 64 Blymyer BuiUing. 
 TORONTO, ONT.: 157 Bay Street. 
 
 81 and 83 Fulton Street 
 
 New York, U. S. A. 
 
IiRUTE & DAX 
 
 -MANUFACTURERS OF- 
 
 Varnishes 22 Japans 
 
 84, 86, 88, 90 AND 92 VESEY ST. 
 
 NEWARK 
 * ' 
 
 Superior 
 Star 
 Carriage 
 Varnishes 
 
 THE ONLY VARNISH 
 
 EQUAL TO 
 ENGLISH VARNISHES 
 
 Elastic Gear 
 Heavy Gear 
 Quick Rubbing 
 Enamel Top Dressing 
 "Wearing Body 
 Coach Japan 
 
 Owing to great improvements in the manufacture 
 of our Coach Varnishes, we are in the position of 
 making good inducements to the tiade. 
 
 NEW JERSEY 
 
 A 
 
 rchitectural 
 )arnishes 
 
 DON'T BE 
 DECEIVED 
 
 If you want the Best 
 Goods at the Lowest 
 Prices, use our 
 
 Interior Star Finish. 
 Exterior Star Finish. 
 Star Floor Finish 
 Light Hard Oil Finish 
 Liquid Drier & Liquid Filler 
 \\Thite Enamel & Spar \Tarnish 
 
 The above specialties are to fill demands for super- 
 ior inside and outside finishing at reasonable prices, 
 and have no equal. 
 
 WHY DO ARCHITECTS ALL SPECIFY OUR VARNISHES ? 
 BECAUSE THEY KNOW THEM TO BE THE MOST DURABLE. 
 
 Our Varnishes are sold by all the principal Dealers all over the country. 
 If you can not get the kind you want from any Dealer, write to us direct 
 
"Perfect" 
 Cooking 
 
 Ranges 
 
 ----" -"-..-. ^^" 
 
 "PERFECT'' FRENCH KAKGE AND, HIGH CLOSET. 
 
 Always pleases the cook. 
 Give quick meals. 
 Durable, Efficient and 
 Very Economical. 
 Thousands in Use. 
 
 ' PERFECT" DOUBLE OVEN, RANGE. 
 
 \ Specified by all Architects Because of Giving Best Satisfaction. 
 
 "PERFECT" 
 
 FURNACES 
 
 HEAT WHERE OTHERS FAIL. 
 
 HAVE IMMENSE RADIATING SURFACES. 
 
 PRODUCING GREATEST RESULTS FROM ECONOMICAL USE OF FUEL. 
 
 More Homes are Heated with 
 These Popular Furnaces. 
 They Please Everybody. 
 Durable and Powerful. 
 
 "PERFECT" PORTABLE HKATING FURNACE. 
 
 Richardson 
 & Boynton Co. 
 
 MANUFACTURERS, 
 
 232-234 Water St., N. Y. 
 
 "PERFECT" CAST IRON HEATING FURNACE. 
 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 BERKELEY 
 
 Return to desk from which borrowed. 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 CHCtNEERING LIBRARY 
 
 JUN 7 - 1 
 
 LD 2a-100m-7,'52(A2528sl6)476 
 
502^, . 
 
 Engineering 
 Library 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY